UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON,Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K/A10-K

(Amendment No. 1)

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED December 31, 2022

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020

or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission file number: 001-39447FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM TO

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP.

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 001-03551

CCC Intelligent Solutions Holdings Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Cayman Islands98-1546280

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer98-1546280

(IRS Employer

Identification No.)

One Letterman Drive167 N. Green Street, 9th Floor

Building D, Suite M500Chicago, IL

San Francisco, CA

94129
(Address of principal executive offices)

60607

(Zip Code)

(800) 621-8070

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (415) 539-3099 code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading

Symbol symbol(s)

Name of each exchange

on which registered

Units, each consisting of one Class A ordinary share, $0.0001

Common stock, par value and one fifth of one redeemable warrant$0.0001 per share

DGNR.U

CCCS

New York

The Nasdaq Stock ExchangeMarket LLC

Class A ordinary shares included as part of the unitsDGNRNew York Stock Exchange LLC
Redeemable warrants included as part of the units, each whole warrant exercisable for one Class A ordinary share at an exercise price of $11.50DGNR WSNew York Stock Exchange LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes YesNo  No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes YesNo   No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrantregistrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YesYesNo  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). YesYesNo  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filerAccelerated filer

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). ☒  Yes No

There was noThe aggregate market value of voting and non-votingthe common equityshares of CCC Intelligent Solutions Holdings Inc. held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2020, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, because the registrant’s common equity2022, was not trading on any exchange on that date.approximately

$1,273 million.

1


As of March 29, 2021, there were 69,000,000 Class A ordinaryFebruary 24, 2023, 625,056,959 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value, and 17,250,000 Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value, issued andof the registrant were outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE


EXPLANATORY NOTE

Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. (the “Company”) is filing this amended Form 10-K/A (“Form 10-K/A”)Our definitive proxy statement relating to amend the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020, originallyour 2023 annual meeting of shareholders will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on March 29, 2021 (the “Original Report”), to restatewithin 120 days after the Company’s financial statements and related footnote disclosures as of December 31, 2020 and for the period from July 3, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020. The correction involves only non-cash adjustments. This Form 10-K/A also amends certain other Items in the Original Report, as listed in “Items Amended in this Form 10-K/A” below.

Restatement Background

On April 12, 2021, the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission released a statement on accounting and reporting considerations for warrants issued by special purpose acquisition companies (the “Staff Statement”). The Staff Statement highlighted certain financial reporting considerations for special purpose acquisition corporations (“SPACs”) relating to the accounting for warrants. While the specific terms of warrants issued by SPACs can vary, there are certain features of warrants issued in SPAC transactions that are common across many entities. The Staff Statement highlighted that warrants containing these features, which relate to whether the warrants can be indexed to the price of an entity’s shares or settled with assets other than common shares, should be classified as a liability measured at fair value, with changes in fair value each period reported as non-cash changes to earnings. Such period-to-period changes could be significant. Prior to the issuance of this guidance, SPACs generally carried their outstanding private placement warrants and public warrants containing these provisions as equity on their balance sheets without quarterly adjustments.

In light of the Staff Statement, we undertook a process to re-evaluate the equity classification of (i) our outstanding warrants issued in connection with our initial public offering on August 18, 2020, including the 15,800,000 private placement warrants issued to Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Holdings (our “sponsor”) and the 13,800,000 warrants issued as part of the units sold in our initial public offering, each with an exercise price of $11.50 (the “IPO Warrants”), (ii) the 3,500,000 warrants to be issued pursuant to the termsclose of our forward purchase agreements entered into on the same date with Dragoneer Funding LLC and Willett Advisors LLC at an exercise price of $11.50 share (the “Forward Purchase Units”) and (iii) the 2,000,000 private placement warrants with an exercise price of $11.50 that may be issued upon conversion of $2,000,000 of working capital loans (the “Working Capital Loan Warrants” and, together with the IPO Warrants and Forward Purchase Units, the “Warrants”). Management and the Audit Committee of the Company’s board of directors (the “Audit Committee”) considered the Forward Purchase Units a firm commitment at the time of the Company’s initial public offering and that the working capital loans could be issued at any time upon demand by our sponsor or one of its affiliates. As a result, management and the Audit Committee determined that the Warrants should have been classified as a liability. Based on Accounting Standards Codification 815-40, Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity, warrant instruments that do not meet the criteria to be considered indexed to an entity’s own stock shall be initially classified as derivative liabilities at their estimated fair values, regardless of the likelihood that such instruments will ever be settled in cash. In periods subsequent to issuance, changes in the estimated fair value of the derivative instruments should be reported in the statement of operations.

As a result, the Company, together with its advisors, undertook a process to value the liability of its Warrants. Based on this valuation, Company management, together with the Audit Committee, determined, on May 11, 2021, that the Company’s (i) financial statements and other financial data as of December 31, 2020 and for the period from July 3, 2020 (date of inception) through December 31, 2020 included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the periodfiscal year ended December 31, 20202022 and (ii) the condensed financial statements includedis incorporated by reference in the Company’s Quarterly Report for the three month period ended September 30, 2020 (collectively, the “Affected Periods”) contained an error that was quantitatively material and, as a result, should no longer be relied upon. The Audit Committee, together with management, determined that the financial statements in the Affected Periods should be restated to reflect the Warrants as a liability, with subsequent changes in their estimated fair value recorded as non-cash income or expense in each Affected Period. Consequently, the Company has restated the financial statements for the Affected Periods in this Form 10-K/A. All amounts in this Form 10-K/A affected by the restatement adjustments reflect such amounts as restated. These restatements result in non-cash, non-operating financial statement corrections and will have no impact on the Company’s current or previously reported cash position, operating expenses or total operating, investing or financing cash flows.

The Company has not amended its Current Report on Form 8-K, filed August 24, 2020, or Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Affected Periods. The financial information that has been previously filed or otherwise reported for these periods is superseded by the information in this Form 10-K/A, and the financial statements and related financial information contained in such previously filed reports should no longer be relied upon.

In connection with the restatement, management has re-evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020. The Company’s management has concluded that in light of the classification error described above, a material weakness exists in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were not effective. For a discussion of management’s consideration of our disclosure controls and procedures, internal controls over financial reporting, and the material weaknesses identified, see Part II, Item 9A, “Controls and Procedures” of this Form 10-K/A.

Items Amended in this Form 10-K/A

This Form 10-K/A presents the Original Report, amended and restated with modifications as necessary to reflect the restatements. The following items have been amended to reflect the restatement:

Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors

Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements

Part II, Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

The following item has been amended to reflect additional corporate governance disclosure required by the rules of the New York Stock Exchange:

Part III Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance

In addition, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer have provided new certifications dated as of the date of this filing in connection with this Form 10-K/A (Exhibits 31.1, 31.2, 32.1 and 32.2).

Except as described above, this Form 10-K/A does not amend, update or change any other items or disclosures in the Original Report and does not purport to reflect any information or events subsequent to the filing thereof. As such, this Form 10-K/A speaks only asextent described therein.

2


Table of the date the Original Report was filed, and we have not undertaken herein to amend, supplement or update any information contained in the Original Report to give effect to any subsequent events. Accordingly, this Form 10-K/A should be read in conjunction with our filings made with the SEC subsequent to the filing of the Original Report, including any amendment to those filings.

Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

7

Item 1.

Business7

Item 1A.Page

Risk Factors (Restated)23

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments57

Item 2.

Properties57

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings57

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures57

PART IISpecial Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements and Risk Factors

57

4

PA RT I

Item 1.

Business

5

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

14

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

34

Item 2.

Properties

34

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

34

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

34

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

57

35

Item 6.

Selected Financial DataReserved

58

36

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Restated)

58

37

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

63

54

Item 8.

Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data (Restated)

63

55

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

63

91

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures (Restated)

63

91

Item 9B.

Other Information

63

91

Item 9C.

Disclosures Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspection Item 9C.

91

PART III

64

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance (Restated)

64

92

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

69

92

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

70

92

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

71

92

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

73

92

PART IV

74

Item 15.

Exhibits, and Financial Statement Schedules

74

93

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary75

SIGNATURESForm 10-K Summary

76

94

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the statements contained inIn this Annual Report on Form 10-K, (this “Form 10-K” the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company” and “CCC” mean CCC Intelligent Solutions Holdings Inc. (formerly Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp.) constitute and our subsidiaries. On July 30, 2021, Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company (“Dragoneer”), consummated a business combination (the “Business Combination”) pursuant to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement, dated as of February 2, 2021 (the “Business Combination Agreement”), as amended, by and among Dragoneer and Cypress Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“CCCIS”). Immediately upon the consummation of the Business Combination and the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement (collectively, the “Transactions”, and such completion the “Closing”), CCCIS merged with and into Chariot Merger Sub, a wholly-owned direct subsidiary of Dragoneer, with CCCIS surviving the Business Combination as a wholly-owned direct subsidiary of Dragoneer (the “Merger”). In connection with the Transactions, Dragoneer changed its name to “CCC Intelligent Solutions Holdings Inc.”

3


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND RISK FACTORS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements” for purposes of the federal securities laws. Our forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our or our management team’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future.future, including those relating to the future financial performance and business strategies and expectations for our business. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements in this Form 10-Kmay include for example, statements about:information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations, client demand, business strategies, technology developments, financing and investment plans, competitive position, our industry and regulatory environment, potential growth opportunities and the effects of competition.

Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations include:

our revenues, the concentration of our customers and the ability to retain our current customers;
our ability to select an appropriate target business or businesses;

negotiate with our customers on favorable terms;

our ability to completemaintain and grow our initial Business Combination;

brand and reputation cost-effectively;

the execution of our expectations around growth strategy;
the performanceimpact of a prospective targetpublic health outbreaks, epidemics or pandemics, including the global COVID-19 pandemic, on our business and results of operations;
our projected financial information, growth rate and market opportunity;
the health of our industry, claim volumes, and market conditions;
changes in the insurance and automotive collision industries, including the adoption of new technologies;
global economic conditions and geopolitical events;
competition in our market and our ability to retain and grow market share;
our ability to develop, introduce and market new enhanced versions of our solutions;
our sales and implementation cycles;
the ability of our research and development efforts to create significant new revenue streams;
changes in applicable laws or businesses;

regulations;

changes in international economic, political, social and governmental conditions and policies, including corruption risks in China and other countries;
our reliance on third-party data, technology and intellectual property;
our ability to protect our intellectual property;
our ability to keep our data and information systems secure from data security breaches;
our ability to acquire or invest in companies or pursue business partnerships;
our ability to raise financing in the future and improve our capital structure;
our success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees or directors following directors;
our initial Business Combination;

our officersestimates regarding expenses, future revenue, capital requirements and directors allocating their time to other businesses and potentially having conflicts of interest with our business or in approving our initial Business Combination;

the proceeds of the forward purchase units being available to us;

our potential ability to obtainneeds for additional financing to complete our initial Business Combination;

financing;

our pool of prospective target businesses;

our ability to consummate an initial Business Combination dueexpand or maintain our existing customer base; and

our ability to the uncertainty resulting from the recent COVID-19 pandemic;

service our indebtedness.

the ability of our officers and directors to generate a number of potential Business Combination opportunities;

our public securities’ potential liquidity and trading;

the lack of a market for our securities;

the use of proceeds not held in the Trust Account or available to us from interest income on the Trust Account balance;

the Trust Account not being subject to claims of third parties; or

our financial performance following our Initial Public Offering.

The forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking

statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described under the heading “Risk Factors.”above and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. There may be additional risks that we consider immaterial or which are unknown. It is not possible to predict or identify all such risks. We do not undertake noany obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

4


PART I

Item 1. Business.

Founded in 1980, CCC is a leading provider of innovative cloud, mobile, artificial intelligence (“AI”), telematics, hyperscale technologies and applications for the property and casualty (“P&C”) insurance economy. Our software-as-a-service (“SaaS”) platform connects trading partners, facilitates commerce, and supports mission-critical, AI-enabled digital workflows. Leveraging decades of deep domain experience, our industry-leading platform processes more than $100 billion in annual transaction value across this ecosystem, digitizing workflows and connecting more than 30,000 companies across the P&C insurance economy, including insurance carriers, collision repairers, parts suppliers, automotive manufacturers, financial institutions and others.

Our business has been built upon two foundational pillars: automotive insurance claims and automotive collision repair. For decades we have delivered leading software solutions to both the insurance and repair industries, including pioneering Direct Repair Programs (“DRP”) in the United States (“U.S.”) beginning in 1992. DRP connects auto insurers and collision repair shops to create business value for both parties, and requires digital tools to facilitate interactions and manage partner programs. Insurer-to-shop DRP connections have created a strong network effect for CCC’s platform, as insurers and repairers both benefit by joining the largest network to maximize opportunities. This has led to a virtuous cycle in which more insurers on the platform drives more value for the collision shops on the platform, and vice versa.

We believe we have become a leading insurance and repair SaaS provider in the U.S. by increasing the depth and breadth of our SaaS offerings over many years. Our insurance solutions help insurance carriers manage mission-critical workflows across the claims lifecycle, while building smart, dynamic experiences for their own customers. Our software integrates seamlessly with both legacy and modern systems alike and enables insurers to rapidly innovate on our platform. Our repair solutions help collision repair facilities achieve better performance throughout the collision repair cycle by digitizing processes to drive business growth, streamline operations, and improve repair quality. We have more than 300 insurers on our network, connecting with over 28,000 repair facilities through our multi-tenant cloud platform. We believe our software is the architectural backbone of insurance DRP systems and is the primary driver of material revenue for our collision shop customers and a source of material efficiencies for our insurance carrier customers.

Our platform is designed to solve the “many-to-many” problem faced by the insurance economy. There are numerous internally and externally developed insurance software solutions in the market today, with the vast majority of applications focused on insurance-only use cases and not on serving the broader insurance ecosystem. We have prioritized building a leading network around our automotive insurance and collision repair pillars to further digitize interactions and maximize value for our customers. We have tens of thousands of companies on our platform that participate in the insurance economy, including insurers, repairers, parts suppliers, automotive manufacturers, and financial institutions. Our solutions create value for each of these parties by enabling them to connect to our vast network to collaborate with other companies, streamline operations, and reduce processing costs and dollars lost through claims management inefficiencies, or claims leakage. Expanding our platform has added new layers of network effects, further accelerating the adoption of our software solutions.

We have processed more than $1 trillion of historical data across our network, allowing us to build proprietary data assets that leverage insurance claims, vehicle repair, automotive parts and other vehicle-specific information. We believe we are uniquely positioned to provide data-driven insights, analytics, and AI-enhanced workflows that strengthen our solutions and improve business outcomes for our customers. Our AI solutions increase automation across existing insurance and repair processes including vehicle damage detection, claim triage, repair estimating, and intelligent claims review. We deliver real-world AI with more than 100 U.S. auto insurers actively using AI-powered solutions in production environments. We have processed more than 14 million unique claims using CCC deep learning AI as of December 31, 2022, an increase of more than 50% over December 31, 2021.

One of the primary obstacles facing the P&C insurance economy is increasing complexity. Complexity in the P&C insurance economy is driven by technological advancements, Internet of Things (“IoT”) data, new business models, supply-chain disruption, and changing consumer expectations. We believe digitization plays a critical role in managing this growing complexity while meeting consumer expectations. Our technology investments are focused on digitizing complex processes and interactions across our ecosystem, and we believe we are well positioned to power the P&C insurance economy of the future with our data, network, and platform.

While our position in the P&C insurance economy is grounded in the automotive insurance sector, the largest insurance sector in the U.S. representing nearly half of Direct Written Premiums (“DWP”), we believe our integrations and cloud platform are capable of driving innovation across the entire P&C insurance economy. Our customers are increasingly looking for CCC to expand its solutions to other parts of their business where they can benefit from our technology, service, and partnership. In response, we are investing in new solutions that we believe will enable us to digitize the entire automotive claims lifecycle, and over time expand into adjacencies including other insurance lines. For example, CCC's acquisition of Safekeep in February 2022 added subrogation solutions that can span insurance lines including automotive, property, and worker's compensation.

We have strong customer relationships in the end-markets we serve, and these relationships are a key component of our success given the long-term nature of our contracts and the interconnectedness of our network. We have customer agreements with more than 300 insurers (including carriers, self-insurers and other entities processing insurance claims), including 18 of the top 20 automotive insurance carriers in the U.S., based on DWP, and hundreds of regional carriers. We have more than 30,000 total customers, including over 28,000 automotive collision repair facilities (including repairers and other entities that estimate damaged vehicles), more than 4,500 parts suppliers, 13 of the top 15 automotive manufacturers, based on new vehicle sales, and numerous other companies that participate in the P&C insurance economy.

We generate revenue through the sale of software subscriptions and other revenue, primarily from professional services. We generated $782.4 million of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2022, an increase of 13.7% from the prior year. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2022 was $38.4 million, compared to a net loss for the year ended December 31, 2021 of $248.9 million, mainly due to $209.9 million of stock-based compensation expense recognized in conjunction with the Business Combination in the prior year. Adjusted EBITDA increased 16.8% year-over-year to $305.4 million.

5


P&C Insurance Economy

P&C insurance is one of the largest global industries. The U.S. P&C insurance industry alone serviced approximately $700 billion in DWP in 2021. Insurance is a necessity for the majority of businesses and consumers, and, as a result, the P&C insurance industry has seen steady long-term growth.

P&C insurers face a number of challenging market dynamics in today’s environment, including increasing customer expectations, competition from new entrants and business models, emerging technologies, labor shortages, and cost pressures. Insurers are often reliant on legacy on-premise systems to assist with policy and claims adjustments and processing, which can be inflexible and costly to maintain, challenging their ability to innovate and respond to market dynamics.

Further complicating matters, the P&C insurance industry is dependent on the P&C insurance economy, an interconnected economy of industries that interact to service, underwrite, finance, and repair insured assets. Insurance carriers invest in data, systems, services and partnerships to manage the many required collaboration points across these industries. To deliver end-to-end digital workflows and improved customer experiences, technology needs to extend beyond insurance organizations and include its supporting economy, in order to enable the many interactions and handoffs required to process insurance events.

In the automotive insurance sector, which represents nearly half of the U.S. P&C insurance industry, processing a single event, such as a claim, can require hundreds of micro-transactions across its supporting economy, involving consumers, lenders, collision repair facilities, automotive manufacturers, dealers, parts suppliers, medical providers, vehicle auctions, and others. These transactions depend on extensive hyper-local decisions and data, creating a level of complexity that can increase processing costs as well as the potential for fraud and other forms of claims leakage. For automotive claims, the end result is more than one billion days of cumulative claims cycle time (loss date to claim completion date) in the U.S. each year. For our insurance partners, cycle time is costly, which is one reason why, as of 2022, CCC’s platform is relied upon by 18 of the top 20 auto insurers based on DWP in the U.S. to digitize complexity and improve business outcomes.

img86293146_0.jpg 

The complexity seen in one auto claim grows exponentially more difficult to manage at scale, and complexity is continuing to increase across the P&C insurance economy. In the automotive sector, this is due to several converging factors including, without limitation:

Vehicle parts proliferation: Repairable parts per auto claim have increased 46% since 2011
Internal technology systems: The average lines of software code per new vehicle doubled from 100 million in 2015 to 200 million in 2020
Growing connected car capabilities: By 2030, 95% of new vehicles sold globally are expected to be connected
Transportation as a Service (“TaaS”) and other new business models: 10% of Transportation Network Company (TNC) users postpone the purchase of a new car due to availability of TNCs
Advanced Driver Assistance Systems (“ADAS”) and diagnostics systems: The number of vehicles receiving a diagnostic scan as part of a collision repair has increased 1,375% since 2017
Vehicle Electrification and related infrastructure: Globally, electrification represented more than 65% of overall end-use investment in the transport sector in 2021 and is estimated to have increased to more than 74% in 2022
Supply chain disruption: More than 80% of Specialty Equipment Market Association (SEMA) members reported supply chain disturbances severely or moderately impacting their business in 2021

We believe the only way to effectively manage increasing complexity is through digitization. Since our inception over forty years ago, we have focused our technology on what we believe to be our customers’ most complex problems. We have digitized total loss valuations, repair

6


estimates, DRP programs, shop management functions, repair workflows, medical claims, parts ordering, subrogation, and much more. In the process, we have built integrations and facilitated partnerships that enable information sharing across our vast network of customer companies. Our solutions are well-suited for the next wave of complexity, and we believe these trends will continue to accelerate adoption of CCC’s platform and applications.

Our Approach

Serving as the platform for the P&C insurance economy is a significant challenge that CCC is uniquely positioned to address. We believe our proprietary data and network assets, combined with our track record of innovation on our cloud platform, differentiates us from other potential P&C platform companies. Our approach is to continue to innovate and expand our solutions to create value for the P&C insurance economy.

CCC’s foundation for innovation is built upon decades of data and extensive network assets. We have deep proprietary data assets and more than $1 trillion of historical data, enabling us to provide insights, analytics, and AI-driven workflows. Our leading network was built company by company, and spans the P&C insurance economy, giving us the ability to deploy cross-market solutions and create seamless customer experiences. We believe our data and network assets are highly differentiated and very difficult to replicate.

Our innovative cloud-based applications provide the P&C insurance economy with the capabilities required to manage their businesses, optimize decision making, and digitize intricate workflows. We have a proven Research & Development (R&D) engine with a strong track record of software innovation and deployment on our cloud platform. CCC’s innovations are helping to deliver on the industry’s vision of achieving Straight- Through-Processing (STP) – processing claims digitally with limited to no human intervention. CCC's Estimate – STP is the industry’s first estimating experience capable of delivering touchless line level estimate detail in minutes. By combining artificial intelligence, insurer driven rules and a connected ecosystem, Estimate – STP is designed to revolutionize the estimating experience for insurers and policyholders. CCC Estimate – STP has already been deployed in-market with fifteen insurance carriers.

We believe our ability to rapidly innovate and deploy new software solutions via our cloud technology platform, along with our depth of data and leading network, sets us apart from the competition. The key benefits we deliver for our customers include:

Multi-tenant cloud platform enabling flexibility and innovation: CCC’s platform operates in a secure multi-tenant cloud environment, with over 650,000 registered users and 4.9 billion database transactions processed per day. Our platform enables us to innovate in response to new market trends and customer needs and rapidly deploy new solutions to our more than 30,000 customers. We continuously enhance existing solutions and bring new solutions to market, deploying more than 1,600 software releases in 2022.
Deep domain expertise: With decades of experience serving the insurance economy, we have developed a deep understanding of the industries and ecosystem we serve. Our domain expertise enables us to offer tailored solutions to help our customers achieve their business objectives. We understand the importance of the role we play as the independent party facilitating interactions across various ecosystem participants, and as a result, we have developed deep and trusting relationships with our customers. We are well positioned to enable cross-market programs and partnerships and have a decades-long history playing this role. Our business is led by a deep and experienced management team with a customer-centric mindset.
Long-term customer relationships: Over several decades we have developed strong relationships with leading insurers, collision repair groups, and automotive manufacturers, among others. Our company-wide Net Promoter Score is 82, which underscores the customer-centric focus that defines our organization including our sales, marketing, product, technology, and operations teams. We are a trusted partner to our clients, which allows us to collaborate and adapt our business based on customer feedback and changing expectations to stay ahead of our competition.
Network access: CCC’s cloud platform is used by more than 30,000 companies, including insurers, repairers, automotive manufacturers, parts suppliers, financial institutions, and others. Integrating to CCC’s platform unlocks real-time cloud connections across our ecosystem, enabling customers to digitize workflows that are otherwise exceptcumbersome and costly. Our network processes more than 500 million interface transactions each year where information is passed from one network participant to another; for example, from an insurer to a repair facility.
Proven R&D engine: We invest heavily in R&D efforts and are committed to delivering market-leading technology for the P&C insurance economy. In recent years, our innovation efforts have focused on Mobile and AI technology, and we have released several new solutions incorporating Mobile and AI that have experienced rapid industry adoption as mayour customers look to improve customer experience and enable automation. We deploy real-world AI solutions at enterprise scale. Our AI solutions combine our data assets with proprietary machine learning and analytics frameworks to automate processes so as to reduce processing costs and leakage for our customer base. Today, CCC has developed more than 300 AI models, some of which are in use across more than 100 insurers, including 18 of the top 20 U.S. automotive insurers based on DWP.
Proprietary data assets: CCC’s platform has processed more than $1 trillion of historical data, enabling us to deliver unique analytics and insights for our customers leveraging our deep proprietary data assets. Our platform allows customers to make optimal decisions by incorporating event-specific factors, local geographic factors, and historical data. Database solutions and corresponding rules engines can be configured and adjusted in real-time based on business needs and market trends.
Enterprise scale and support: We process more than $100 billion of transactions annually for our more than 30,000 customers, delivering mission-critical SaaS solutions that our customers can count on. Since January 2018, CCC’s systems have achieved 99.95% uptime on average, giving our customers the confidence to depend on CCC’s performance. We have dedicated implementation and training teams, and have proven success in implementing solutions for leading insurance carriers and thousands of small businesses.

7


Our Growth Strategy

We intend to extend our position as the leading provider of SaaS solutions for the P&C insurance economy. The key components of our strategy are:

Growing our customer base: Our customers span the P&C insurance economy, and we believe we have significant opportunity to continue to grow our customer base by targeting key new accounts and expanding our sales and marketing capabilities. We believe there is ample opportunity to add new customers within the U.S., where our business is most established.
Deepening relationships with existing customers: We seek to grow our revenue base with existing customers primarily by selling additional software subscriptions. We regularly launch new solutions and have a proven track record of cross-selling software across our customer segments, as well as up-selling customers based on package and feature upgrades. We intend to build upon strong customer relationships and access to key customer decision makers to increase software adoption and usage.
Expanding the breadth of our solutions: Our long-term focus is to digitize all P&C insurance economy workflows, targeting processing costs and leakage. In 2022, our R&D spend was 20% of revenue; however, including the impact of capitalized time related to internal use software, our total spend was 24% of revenue on R&D with a primary focus on technology leadership and continuous innovation. In 2022, we launched offerings that expanded the breadth and depth of our solutions across a number of areas including OEM-Net, Casualty Mobile Portal, and CCC Diagnostics extensions, among others.
Broadening our network ecosystem: We have a large network of companies on our platform that are dependent on the P&C insurance economy and derive value from connecting to others across the ecosystem through CCC. The breadth and depth of our platform creates network effects that accelerate the demand for our software solutions. We intend to extend our network of companies to enhance our value proposition and create new market growth opportunities.
Growing our geographic footprint: We believe there is significant opportunity for our solutions outside of the U.S. For example, in China we have built an early leadership position with four of the top five insurance carriers and are positioning ourselves to establish an ecosystem that is similar to ours in the U.S. We believe similar opportunities exist in other markets across the world which we expect to pursue over time.
Pursuing acquisitions: We have acquired and integrated numerous businesses throughout CCC’s history. In 2022, we acquired Safekeep and integrated their digital subrogation capabilities into CCC's suite of insurance solutions. We intend to continue to pursue targeted acquisition opportunities to accelerate our business strategy and growth through solution, market, or geographic expansion.

Our Solutions

We provide an integrated suite of software applications built on our cloud platform to serve the P&C insurance economy, including insurance, repair, and other end-markets. Our SaaS solutions are sold individually, bundled, or in packages, depending on the specific solution and end-market.

img86293146_1.jpg 

CCC Insurance Solutions

CCC’s solutions help insurers digitize processes, from customer intake to claim resolution, while building smart, dynamic experiences for their customers. Many of our solutions leverage the power of the CCC network by facilitating ecosystem interactions required under applicable securities laws.

to complete insurer processes. All of our insurance solutions are cloud-based SaaS solutions that power critical carrier workflows. Our insurance solutions represent approximately 50% of our 2022 total revenues, with 94% of that representing software revenue and 6% representing other revenue. Our key insurance solutions include:

8


CCC Workflow: Our suite of workflow tools support end-to-end digital insurance workflows, from customer intake to claim resolution. Our solutions enable mobile experiences, modern communications, configurable workflows, and network integrations, all while empowering insurers to seamlessly customize and configure solutions to meet unique business needs. Mobile modules provide a digital channel for communicating with the modern consumer, starting with vehicle documentation when a new insurance policy is created. Our solutions support critical claims processes, including claims documentation, photo capture, repair scheduling, and two-way text communications. Our workflow solutions leverage a sophisticated rules engine to customize routing for escalations, review, and approval processes. Our network management capability powers insurance DRPs, enabling insurers to seamlessly connect and collaborate with repair facilities and other companies to provide accurate and timely information about a claim flow from the right party at the right time.
CCC Estimating: Our insurance automotive repair estimating solution is built on CCC’s proprietary estimating database that has been cultivated for decades to deliver best-in-class repair estimating data and decisioning. CCC estimating innovations have enabled virtual inspections using consumer photos, integrated to CCC’s portal. Estimates are further automated by AI that combines machine learning and estimating logic to predict repair requirements, suggest estimate lines, and generate fast baseline estimates. Our Estimate – STP solution takes estimate automation to the next level by combining AI, digital workflows, data, and partner connections to automatically initiate and populate detailed estimates within seconds. The outcome is actionable estimates with line-level detail, including parts, labor operations and hours, and taxes. Our estimating solutions accelerate auto physical damage estimation to reduce costs and cycle time for our customers.
CCC Total Loss: Total loss solutions enable our insurance customers to identify, value, and resolve total loss automotive claims digitally. We deliver valuations representing a vehicle’s fair market value based on CCC’s market-driven valuation methodology and provide insurers with information to make total loss determinations. Once a total loss has been identified, we support our carrier customers in managing lender payoff requests, letters of guarantee, lien and title resolution, and signature collection. Throughout the process, our mobile solutions deliver a seamless customer experience integrated into CCC’s holistic workflow suite.
CCC Casualty: Personal injuries resulting from automotive accidents lead to casualty claims, which require insurers to process medical bills and demand packages for first and third-party claims, respectively. Our casualty solutions automate and expedite casualty claims processing by applying intelligent rules engines based on insurer-specific parameters to process casualty claims data quickly and segment payment-ready bills from those that the insurer wants to review. Our tools and services modernize a manual, paper-burdened system with a comprehensive, configurable experience to help insurers make timely, consistent payments across bill types, and provide analytics dashboards to visualize trends and industry benchmarks.
CCC Subrogation: In subrogation, insurance companies work with one another to resolve claims settlements when a first-party carrier seeks compensation from a third-party carrier whose insured is partially or wholly at fault for a claim paid out to the first-party claimant. CCC’s subrogation solutions automate subrogation opportunity identification for carriers by applying AI and Natural Language Processing to claims data. Our solutions also digitize subrogation workflows including the creation and distribution of demand packages with third-party carriers that include supporting evidence for subrogation claims. CCC’s subrogation solutions can apply to multiple lines of insurance, including automotive, property, and workers' compensation.
CCC AI and Analytics: We inject AI and Analytics throughout CCC’s software offerings to accelerate decision-making and improve outcomes. We have numerous AI solutions in production with leading insurers and are continuing to invest to improve our AI and launch new AI-enabled solutions. All of our core software offerings are supported by Analytics solutions that allow our customers to benchmark and manage their business performance across key performance indicators.

SUMMARY OF RISK FACTORSCCC Repair Solutions

An investmentCCC’s solutions help automotive collision repairers achieve better repair facility performance, from lead generation through repair completion and payment. Our platform improves every stage and level of the collision repair cycle, combining key business operations into one solution to drive more business, improve repair quality, simplify operations, and exceed consumer expectations for our collision facility customers. Collision repairers use our platform to connect with the industry’s leading network of partners and suppliers across the insurance and repair ecosystem. Our repair solutions represented approximately 43% of our 2022 total revenues, with 99% of that representing software revenue and 1% representing other revenue. Our key repair solutions include:

CCC Estimating: Our collision repair estimating solution is built on CCC’s proprietary database that enables repair estimate creation while connecting repairers to real-time parts pricing and availability, Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) repair procedures, and insurer guidelines. Repairers can capture photos and repair information at the vehicle with CCC Estimating's mobile application and collaborate on repair estimates digitally with insurance partners. Users have access to our network of insurers and their corresponding requirements, which can accelerate estimate reviews and supplemental requests. Our Estimating-IQ upgrade incorporates AI into the repair estimating application to provide repairers with a jump start on estimating by applying machine learning to prepopulate estimates with parts and labor operations based on photos of vehicle damage and individual repair facility configurations. Our estimating solutions help reduce errors and improve cycle time for collision repairers and their partners.
CCC Network Management: We provide software solutions that power collaboration between repairers and insurers. Our technology facilitates the majority of the automotive insurance DRP in the U.S. Participating repairers benefit from our connected technology platform that allows them to receive repair assignments and collaborate with partner insurers throughout the repair process, delivering on program metrics that drive their business. We also provide tools that allow repair Multi Store Operators (“MSOs”) to manage performance, metrics, and compliance across their repair facility network.
CCC Repair Workflow: Repair workflow is the industry’s leading repair management tool that accelerates productivity and simplifies operations for thousands of repair facilities. Repairers can schedule and track vehicle repair status, assign tasks, and manage

9


productivity across their operation. Configurable dashboards provide visibility into performance. Repairers can also streamline repair management leveraging CCC’s real-time parts ordering platform, selecting parts from multiple vendors through a single shopping cart and invoice. CCC repair workflow solutions also integrate customer interactions. CCC Engage helps collision repairers attract qualified leads and simplify the estimate process by initiating appointment and estimate creation online. CCC Engage integrates into participating insurer workflows for direct appointment scheduling through insurer channels. CCC repair workflow solutions also enables integrated customer-to-shop payments, automatically storing payment records and simplifying reconciliation.
CCC Repair Quality: We provide advanced solutions to help repairers deliver quality repairs. Our repair procedures provide technicians with a single source for data-driven insights to assist them in conducting thorough, consistent repairs, reducing the need for multiple subscriptions and enabling access to current OEM guidelines and processes. Our checklist solutions enable documentation of standard operating procedures and tracking of performance which allows repair facility managers to identify areas for improvement. CCC Diagnostics is a two-part solution that connects repairers to a network of industry leading diagnostic service providers, and enables repairers to properly document and bill diagnostic operations based on repairer-defined rules. The combined solution simplifies service initiation, documentation, and reporting with integrated functionality that creates transparency for insurers to validate completed service events.

CCC Other Ecosystem Solutions

CCC’s solutions support other segments of the insurance ecosystem, including parts suppliers, automotive manufacturers, and financial institutions. These solutions extend the CCC network and create value for companies connecting to our platform to improve business outcomes. Other ecosystem solutions represent approximately 6% of our 2022 total revenue, with 93% of that representing software revenue and 7% representing other revenue. Some of CCC’s other ecosystem solutions include:

CCC Parts Solutions: Our parts platform allows automotive parts wholesale dealers, aftermarket parts suppliers, and parts recyclers to make their inventory available to our collision repair and insurance networks in real-time. Using this platform, participating customers are able to use our platform to give their parts maximum visibility at the moment when repairers are using CCC software to write their repair estimates. This enables parts providers to display their parts inventory and promotional pricing, while automating order processing, invoicing, and settlement.
CCC Automotive Manufacturer Solutions: We offer a range of automotive manufacturer solutions that give access to our network, enable repair quality, and leverage telematics vehicle data to create valuable efficiencies across insurance and repair workflows. We provide a network management platform to automotive manufacturers including collaboration tools and reporting dashboards that empower data-driven management of certified repair shop networks. We enable the integration of up-to-date OEM repair methods and diagnostics trouble codes into our platform to give our network of repair facilities and technicians the tools to execute a proper repair. Our automotive telematics solutions can enable new use cases across CCC’s integrated ecosystem, including connected safety and vehicle diagnostics solutions. Our telematics solutions are designed to integrate vehicle telemetry data, such as driving data, accident data, and diagnostics trouble codes, into existing insurance and repair workflows, expediting decisions and reducing cycle time across our ecosystem. Auto manufacturers also benefit from CCC Parts and Lender solutions, across their parts and financing businesses, respectively.
CCC Diagnostics Service Provider Solutions: Our repair diagnostics platform allows companies that provide diagnostics, calibration, and programming service solutions to connect to the CCC Diagnostics repair network. Service provider integrations allow repair facilities to capture and document scan information in CCC workfiles, streamlining diagnostics processes. Repairers using the solution can share results of vehicle scans with consumers and participating insurers within CCC Repair Workflow.
CCC Lender Solutions: Our lender portal integrates into CCC’s insurance solutions, enabling financial institutions with automotive loans to optimize vehicle total loss processes. Auto lenders connect with participating insurers to receive earlier notice of a potential total loss, digitally exchange documents, and quickly settle existing loans while minimizing the likelihood of missed customer payments. This improves customer experience, boosts productivity, and reduces cycle time.
CCC Payments: Our enterprise payments platform enables electronic payment flows via a third-party payment processing partner for companies across the P&C insurance economy. CCC payments functionality is designed to integrate into existing CCC applications, presenting payment information within existing workflows. The solution is initially focused on insurer outbound payments, where it enables payments across P&C lines. Recipients of payments only need to enter their payment information once to have it seamlessly deployed across the CCC network, making it easy to activate electronic payments at scale. Our payments platform reduces administrative costs and cycle time while improving customer satisfaction.

CCC International Solutions

CCC provides insurance claims software to four of the top five automotive insurers in China. Our software solutions are tailored for the Chinese market, and include workflow, estimating, audit and analytics solutions. We are expanding our software solutions in China to the automotive repair market, where we are building momentum with repair facilities and automotive dealers. We are assessing other international market expansion opportunities by evaluating partnerships and acquisitions of strategic assets. Our international solutions represent approximately 1% of our 2022 total revenue, with 100% of that representing software revenue.

Our Technology

CCC has been a technology leader in the P&C insurance economy for several decades and has a strong track record of innovation. We were one of the leaders in the transition to cloud services, launching our initial CCC cloud capabilities beginning in 2003. Today, our solutions are

10


powered by our secure multi-tenant cloud. Our cloud architecture creates several benefits for our customers and partners across the P&C insurance economy, including:

Ease of implementation: We are able to implement solutions rapidly and cost-effectively, with average customer implementations taking less than three months. Implementations are performed by CCC’s service operations and training teams, and rarely require the support of external consultants. We utilize an Application Programming Interface (“API”) framework to integrate to our customers’ existing systems, enabling CCC’s solutions to perform high-value workflows without disrupting existing business processes.
Flexibility: Our solutions are highly flexible, enabling customers to deploy our software in various ways to meet their needs. For example, our insurer mobile services can be integrated into customer applications via Software Development Kits (“SDK”), deployed via HTML5, or enabled by API calls. In addition, customers can configure and adjust rules based on business outcomes, which can be deployed in real-time via the CCC cloud. For example, our configurable carrier workflow allows insurers to design custom workflows that create differentiated experiences and adjust parameters to deliver targeted results.
Innovation: We invest heavily in R&D and continuously bring new innovative solutions to market. For existing customers with integrations to CCC’s platform, new solutions can be deployed into production environments as soon as configuration and training is complete, enabling our customers to keep up with rapidly changing industry trends and consumer expectations. We continuously update and enhance our software, deploying more than 1,600 releases in 2022, with a software release quality success rate averaging more than 96% since 2018.
Security and Quality: CCC’s software suite is provided as SaaS hosted in multiple geographically diverse hosting locations with data replication between primary hosting locations and secondary locations in near real-time. CCC protects its services through a series of layered security controls and services, including but not limited to strong authentication, privileged access controls, malware detection and prevention controls, enhanced threat detection and response, secure application development controls, controls for data at rest, and in transmission, threat and prevention testing, software vulnerability disclosure program, benchmarking and 24x7 Security Operations Center (“SOC”) monitoring.
Availability and Uptime: CCC’s application environment is designed for high availability utilizing redundant databases, servers, network components, and storage, which maximizes availability through a network architecture designed to compartmentalize web, application, and database layers. Since 2018, CCC system availability has been 99.95% while meeting CCC’s customer service performance and processing commitments.

Our technology infrastructure offers proven performance at enterprise scale and is designed to support the future needs of our industry as data continues to proliferate. As of year-end 2022, we process more than 176 terabytes of network traffic and execute nearly 4.9 billion database transactions each day. We have invested in hyperscale infrastructure, enabling us to effectively process and store extremely large amounts of information, photos, videos, and driving data. For example, we receive, process, and store nearly 800 million photos each year.

Our application layer delivers solutions to a base of more than 650,000 registered users. CCC applications power end-to-end customer experiences, digital workflows, AI, network management, and telematics capabilities across the markets we serve. Our AI approach is based on automated deep learning and parallel processing of mathematical models. This comprehensive approach to data science allows us to continuously improve the accuracy of existing models and release new models that automate time consuming workloads.

Network integrations across more than 300 insurers, 28,000 repair facilities, and thousands of other ecosystem participants unlock the power of the CCC platform. Our network creates tremendous value for our customers, is not easily replicated, and sets us apart from other vertical software companies. We believe that integrating to the insurance economy is the only way to deliver full end-to-end digital workflows across insurance processes. Today we enable more than 500 million interface transactions each year.

Research and Development

Our market leading research and development efforts focus on enhancing our solutions to meet the complex requirements of our customers with a focus on capabilities, operational efficiency, security, and privacy in the cloud. In addition, we invest in new solutions that expand the breadth of our software offerings and create new capabilities for our customers, leveraging current technologies. Our research and development efforts are intended to help our customers improve their operations; drive greater digital engagement with their customers and business partners; and gather, store, and analyze data to improve business decisions. We also invest significantly in developing our solutions, services and necessary integrations to meet market requirements, including regulations, language, currency, and local terminology. This market-specific functionality must be updated regularly to stay current with regulatory changes in each market. We rely on a geographically dispersed engineering team, which has grown organically and through acquisitions.

Sales and Marketing

CCC marketing and sales organizations directly engage with decision-makers and industry leaders across the P&C insurance economy to drive software adoption. Our digital marketing provides CCC with a platform to execute highly targeted outreach to tens of thousands of active and prospective clients by customizing communications based on specific client needs or marketplace trends.

Our sales teams are structured to address the different needs of our markets. For our small business sales efforts, CCC employs a geographically dispersed account team structure to facilitate in-person demos and direct sales, along with an inside sales team. For larger insurance and automotive clients, CCC combines both enterprise and regional account teams with solutions and consulting services to lead marketing and sales efforts. Custom analysis, pilot programs, and highly consultative account teams drive customer software expansion and adoption.

As a thought leader across the P&C insurance economy, CCC delivers valued data and perspectives to these industries. As the publisher of Crash Course, a robust industry dataset on Auto Physical Damage and Casualty claims trends, CCC engages clients and prospects with custom

11


content, industry analysis, and unique insights. Monthly reports and trends data underpin our marketing outreach generating awareness in trade journals, industry presentations, and online publications. CCC collaborates with partners, clients, and thought leaders to market our solutions and expand our network. Clients participate with us in industry roundtables, including CCC-hosted advisory councils across each of the industries we serve. Additionally, CCC hosts an invitation-only Industry Conference annually.

We leverage our strategic partnerships and networks to drive sales and market software functionality. Suppliers and clients on the CCC network, including major parts suppliers, diagnostics service providers, and OEM and insurance partners, help to market CCC software. These co-marketing efforts expand our network and reinforce client value.

Our Customers

We believe we have strong customer relationships across the more than 30,000 total customers in the end markets we serve, and these relationships are a key component of our success given the long-term nature of our contracts and interconnectedness of our network.

We have more than 300 total insurance customers in the U.S., comprised of national carriers and regional carriers. In 2022, our national carrier customers included 18 of the top 20 automotive insurers based on DWP, with average customer relationships spanning more than 10 years, and numerous exclusive arrangements. Our national carrier customers also represent 18 of the top 20 overall P&C insurers in the U.S based on DWP. We work with hundreds of regional carriers, and across all our insurance customers our average contract is approximately three to five years in duration.

We have more than 28,000 automotive collision repair customers, including national MSOs, regional MSOs, independent repair facilities, and automotive dealers that perform collision repair. We partner with all of the national MSOs across the U.S. Our average repair facility contract is approximately 3 years in duration, though MSO customers can have longer contract terms.

In addition to insurance and repair, our customers include more than 4,500 parts suppliers, 13 of the top 15 automotive manufacturers as of 2022, and other companies that participate in the P&C insurance economy. Our software solutions and platform are designed to create value for our customers by boosting efficiency, improving cycle time, increasing innovation potential, and enhancing end-customer experiences.

Competition

The P&C insurance economy software market is highly competitive and fragmented. This market is subject to changing technology, shifting customer needs, and introductions of new and innovative software solutions. Our competitors vary in size, breadth, and scope of their solutions. Our current principal competitors include the following:

Internally developed software: Our large customers have sufficient IT resources to maintain and update their own proprietary internal systems and to invest in new technology capabilities. Often these in-house technology programs will be supported by large-scale consulting firms.
P&C insurance software vendors: A number of vendors provide software solutions that are specifically designed to meet the needs of the P&C insurance industry, including core systems providers, underwriting data and software providers, and claims software providers. Some of these vendors have supporting ecosystems that enable integration to third parties to facilitate interaction with the supporting P&C insurance economy.
Other ecosystem software vendors: Other established vendors and startups offer software targeting specific needs for certain segments of the P&C insurance economy, such as collision repair facility software solutions and parts e-commerce platforms.

Competitive factors in our industry will vary across solution and ecosystem segments. The principal competitive factors include software functionality, performance and value delivery, innovation potential, network breadth, implementation and support, and customer references. We believe that we compete favorably on the basis of each of these factors.

Intellectual Property

We own or have pending patents and patent applications, which generally apply to our software. As of December 31, 2022, we owned 27 issued U.S. patents, which are scheduled to expire between October 2023 and December 2040, and 13 patent applications pending for examination in the U.S.

In addition, we enter into confidentiality and proprietary rights agreements with employees, consultants, contractors and business partners, and employees and contractors are also subject to invention assignment provisions. As part of our contracting process with third parties, we use contract terms such as limited licenses, restrictions on use, and confidentiality, as additional measures to protect our intellectual property.

Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”)

We are currently formalizing our approach to ESG to ensure that stakeholder needs and material ESG topics have appropriate strategies and governance in place. To date, we have formed a cross-functional ESG working group, conducted an ESG issues assessment, and performed an inaugural greenhouse gas emissions assessment. We are currently finalizing a formal framework for our ESG program that we will report on in the future. We look forward to enhancing our disclosures for ESG as we continue to make progress on this critical initiative.

Human Capital Management

As of December 31, 2022, we had approximately 2,375 employees and 500 contingent employees. As of December 31, 2022, we had approximately 2,250 employees in the U.S. and approximately 125 employees internationally. None of our employees are represented by a labor union and we have not had any work stoppages.

12


We have continued to prioritize the health and safety of our employees, offering a flexible work model that balances business requirements and employee preferences. We believe this approach helped us continue to retain our current employees and remain competitive when hiring future talent.

Our highly engaged workforce is a result of employees’ collective demonstration of our values—integrity, customer-focus, innovation, inclusion and diversity ("I&D"), and tenacity—as well as our collaborative and results-oriented culture. Our annual performance management process embeds behavioral competencies holding our leaders accountable for maintaining highly engaged teams and supporting the development of others. Every employee is encouraged to work with their manager to create an individual development plan focused on their career aspirations and documenting objectives they will strive to achieve through opportunities such as self-directed e-learning, soft-skill and technical/product training via our Learning Academy, professional certifications, stretch assignments, and our formal mentorship program. We also offer tuition reimbursement for employees who wish to continue their formal education.

Our goal is to hire individuals who share the passion for and commitment to the work we do. We offer a comprehensive compensation and benefits program that includes competitive wages, a 401(k) with match, an Employee Stock Purchase Program, and a holistic wellness program. Recognizing the importance of work/life balance to mental and physical health, we offer an Employee Assistance Program and paid time off (“PTO”) plan that we encourage employees to use. To ensure we are advancing our under-represented hiring, we have partnered with several job boards and technical event-based recruiting companies who help to expand our reach to a broader, more diverse set of candidates. We have a formal internship program, targeting leading universities throughout the Midwest and partnering with under-represented university groups. Through our focus on increasing the diversity of our candidate pool, we increased the number of 2022 new hires from under-represented backgrounds as compared to the prior year.

We believe a diverse workforce at all levels and an inclusive culture are foundational to our success and will enable us to better serve our customers. We have a Diversity Advisory Council (“DAC”) whose mission is to support the development and execution of our I&D strategy. Through the DAC, we organized several unique cultural/heritage events to celebrate and honor the diversity of our team members and support employee-driven employee resource groups (“ERGs”) – the African American Alliance, the Women’s Network, and the Growing Professionals ERG.

We recognize that women and people of color continue to be under-represented in the technology and collision repair industries, and that is why we prioritize our corporate giving to those organizations whose mission is to increase access and exposure to careers in these fields. In 2022, we continued our support of Black Girls Code and the Thurgood Marshall College Foundation, as well as the Collision Repair Education Foundation, Collision Industry Foundation, and Women’s Industry Network. We also introduced a company-wide volunteer opportunity with Hour of Code whose mission is to introduce young people to computer science, and initiated sponsorships for local chapters of the National Society of Black Engineers.

13


Item 1A. Risk Factors.

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk.risks. You should consider carefully all of the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before making a decisiondeciding whether to invest inpurchase any of our securities. If any of the following events occur,These risk factors are not exhaustive and investors are encouraged to perform their own investigation with respect to our business, financial condition and operating resultsprospects. We may be materially adversely affected.face additional risks and uncertainties that are not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial, which may also impair our business or financial condition. In thatsuch event, the tradingmarket price of our securities could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. Such

Risks Relating to Business and Industry

A substantial portion of our revenue is derived from a relatively small number of customers in the P&C insurance and automotive collision industries, and the loss of any of these customers, or a significant revenue reduction from any of these customers, could materially impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our revenue is dependent on customers in the P&C insurance and automotive collision industries, and historically a relatively small number of customers have accounted for a significant portion of our revenue. There were no customers which individually accounted for more than 10% of total revenue during the year ended December 31, 2022. We expect that we will continue to depend upon a relatively small number of customers for a significant portion of our revenue for the foreseeable future. As a result, if we fail to successfully renew our contracts with one or more of these customers, or if any of these customers reduce or cancel services or defer purchases, or otherwise terminate their relationship with us, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be adversely impacted. Some of our SaaS arrangements with our customers can be canceled or not renewed by the customer after the expiration of the SaaS term, as applicable, on relatively short notice. Additionally, we may be involved in disputes with our customers in the future and such disputes may impact our relationship with these customers. The loss of business from any of our significant customers, including from cancellations or due to disputes, could materially impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our large customers have negotiating leverage, which may require us to agree to terms and conditions that result in increased cost of sales, decreased revenue, lower average selling prices and gross margins, and increased contractual liability risks, all of which could harm our results of operations.

Some of our customers include butthe largest P&C insurers and auto collision repair organizations in the U.S. These customers have significant bargaining power when negotiating new licenses or subscriptions or renewals of existing agreements and have the ability to buy similar solutions from other vendors or develop such systems internally. These customers have and may continue to seek advantageous pricing and other commercial and performance terms that may require us to develop additional features in the solutions we sell to them or add complexity to our customer agreements. In the past, we have been required to, and may in the future be required to, reduce the average selling price of our solutions or otherwise agree to materially less favorable terms in response to these pressures. If we are unable to avoid reducing our average selling prices or renegotiate our contracts on commercially reasonable terms, our results of operations could be adversely impacted.

Our business depends on our brand, and if we fail to develop, maintain, and enhance our brand and reputation cost-effectively, our business and financial condition may be adversely affected.

We believe that the brand identity we have developed and acquired has significantly contributed to the success of our business. We also believe that developing, maintaining, and enhancing awareness and integrity of our brand and reputation are critical to achieving widespread acceptance of our solutions and expanding adoption of our solutions to new customers in both existing and new markets. Maintaining and enhancing our brand requires us to make substantial investments and these investments may not limited to:

be successful or cost-efficient. We are a recently incorporated company with no operating historybelieve that the importance of our brand and no revenues,reputation will increase as competition in our market further intensifies. Successful promotion of our brand depends on the effectiveness of our marketing efforts and you have no basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieveprovide a reliable, useful and valuable collection of solutions at competitive prices. These factors are essential to our ability to differentiate our offerings from competing solutions. In addition, our brand and reputation could be impacted if our end users or insured parties have negative experiences in the claim process, which ultimately largely depends on the quality of service from our customers, but also may depend on the insured’s perceived value of its vehicle. See “—Litigation Risk Factors—We are currently, and have been in the past, a party to litigation, which could result in damage to our reputation and harm our future results of operations.” For example, putative class action lawsuits have alleged that the use of the Company’s total loss valuation solution has led to undervaluation of insureds’ loss vehicles.

Maintaining and enhancing our brand will depend largely on our ability to be a technology innovator, to continue to provide high quality solutions and protect and defend our brand names and trademarks, which we may not do successfully. We have not engaged in extensive direct brand promotion activities, and we may not successfully implement brand enhancement efforts in the future. Our solutions and services generally are branded and are likely associated with the overall experiences of a participant in the insurance economy, which is largely outside of our control. Any brand promotion activities we undertake may not yield increased revenue, and even if they do, the increased revenue may not offset the expenses we incur in building and maintaining our brand and reputation. If we fail to promote and maintain our brand successfully or to maintain loyalty among our customers, we may fail to attract new customers and partners or retain our existing customers and partners and our business objective.

Past performanceand financial condition may be adversely affected. Any negative publicity relating to our customers, employees, partners, or others associated with these parties, may also tarnish our own reputation simply by association and may reduce the value of our management team or their respective affiliatesbrand. Damage to our brand and reputation may result in reduced demand for our solutions and increased risk of losing market share to competitors. Any efforts to restore the value of our brand and rebuild our reputation may be costly and may not be indicativesuccessful.

Our revenue growth rate depends on existing customers renewing and upgrading their SaaS software subscriptions for our solutions. A decline in our customer renewals and expansions could adversely impact our future results of operations.

Our customers have no obligation to renew their contracts for our solutions after the expiration of their contract periods and our customers may choose not to renew contracts for a similar mix of solutions. Our customers’ renewal rates may fluctuate or decline as a result of a

14


number of factors, including customer dissatisfaction, customers’ spending levels, increased competition, changes in tax or data privacy laws or rules, prices of our services, the prices of services offered by our competitors, spending levels due to the macroeconomic environment or other factors, deteriorating general economic conditions, or legislative and regulatory changes. If our customers do not renew their contracts or reduce the solutions purchased under their contracts, our revenue could decline and our business may be adversely impacted.

Our future performancesuccess also depends in part on our ability to sell additional solutions to existing customers. If our efforts to sell our additional solutions to our customers are not successful, our revenue growth would decrease and our business, results of anoperations, and financial condition would be adversely impacted.

Our growth strategy depends on continued investment in us.and delivery of innovative SaaS solutions. If we are unsuccessful in delivering innovative SaaS solutions, it could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

Our shareholdersTo address demand trends across the P&C insurance economy, we have focused on and plan to continue focusing on the growth and expansion of our SaaS business. This growth strategy has required and will continue to require a considerable investment of technical, financial and sales resources. These investments may not result in an increase in SaaS software revenue and we may not be afforded an opportunityable to votescale such investments efficiently, or at all, to meet customer demand and expectations. Our focus on our proposed initial Business Combination,SaaS business may increase our costs in any given period and may be difficult to predict over time.

Our SaaS arrangements also contain service level agreement clauses which meansmay include penalties for matters such as failing to meet stipulated service levels. The consequences in such circumstances could include monetary credits for current or future service engagements, reduced fees for additional solution sales, cancellations of planned purchases, a customer’s refusal to pay their contractually-obligated SaaS or professional service fees, and our reputation being tarnished. Should these penalties be triggered, our results of operations may be adversely affected. Furthermore, any factor adversely affecting sales of our SaaS solutions, including application release cycles, delays or failures in new functionality, market acceptance, product competition, performance and reliability, reputation, price competition and economic and market conditions, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, the entry into new markets or the introduction of new features, functionality or applications beyond our current markets and functionality may not be successful. If we invest in the development of new solutions, we may completenot recover the “up-front” costs of developing and marketing those solutions, or recover the opportunity cost of diverting management, technical and financial resources away from other efforts. If we are unable to successfully grow our initial Business Combination even thoughSaaS business and navigate our growth strategy in light of the foregoing uncertainties, our reputation could suffer and our results of operations may be impacted, which may cause our stock price to decline.

Public health outbreaks, epidemics or pandemics, including the global COVID-19 pandemic, could harm our business and results of operations.

Public health outbreaks, epidemics and pandemics could materially and adversely impact our business. Responses to the COVID-19 pandemic included, and responses to future outbreaks, epidemics or pandemics could include, certain intensified preventative or protective public health measures undertaken by governments, businesses and individuals, including orders to shelter-in-place and restrictions on travel and permitted business operations. These responses resulted, with respect to the COVID-19 pandemic, and could result in global business disruptions that adversely affected workforces, organizations, economies, and financial markets globally, leading to an economic downturn and increased market volatility.

We continued to conduct business during the COVID-19 pandemic, with modifications to employee travel and work locations as well as virtualization, postponement or cancellation of certain sales and marketing events, among other changes. We continue to observe governments, businesses and individuals taking precautionary measures to address COVID-19. While governments, businesses and individuals in many geographies are removing COVID-19 related business restrictions, we continue to actively monitor the situation and may take further actions to alter our business operations, at the local level or globally, that we determine are appropriate, including in response to COVID-19 outbreaks and new variants. The extent of the impact of any such modifications on our business, including the effects on our customers, prospects and employees, and on our financial results, remains uncertain.

The impact of a public health outbreak, epidemic or pandemic, including a resurgence in the COVID-19 pandemic, on the global economy could decrease technology spending by our existing and prospective customers and adversely affect their demand for our solutions. Further, responses to such events may impact our sales and implementation cycles which could result in us providing contract terms more favorable to customers and a potentially longer delay between incurring operating expenses and the generation of corresponding revenue or in difficulty in accurately predicting our financial forecasts. Additionally, any economic downturn or rising unemployment rates resulting from such an outbreak, epidemic or pandemic have the potential to significantly reduce individual and business disposable income and depress consumer confidence, which could limit the ability or willingness of some consumers to obtain and pay for our customers’ products in both the short- and medium-terms, which may negatively impact the ability of our customers to pay for our services or require such customers to request amended payment terms for their outstanding invoices. We are unable to predict the impact that a public health outbreak, epidemic or pandemic, including a resurgence in the COVID-19 pandemic, may have going forward on the business, results of operations or financial position of any of our major customers, which could impact each customer to varying degrees and at different times and could ultimately impact our own financial performance.

The COVID-19 pandemic presented operational challenges as our workforce shifted to a hybrid working model of in-person and remote work, which continues to create inherent productivity, connectivity, and oversight challenges. It is possible that continued remote work arrangements may have a negative impact on our operations, the execution of our business plans, the productivity and availability of key personnel and other employees necessary to conduct our business, and may increase the risk of cyberattacks. A further change to our operating model, at the local level or globally, could exacerbate these impacts and may also result in employee retention, engagement or other impacts. These impacts and disruptions could negatively affect our operations or internal controls over financial reporting and may require us to implement new processes, procedures and controls to respond to further changes in our business environment.

15


To the extent a public health outbreak, epidemic or pandemic, including a resurgence in the COVID-19 pandemic, adversely affects our business and financial results, it may also have the effect of heightening other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section, such as those relating to our liquidity.

Factors outside of our control including but not limited to natural catastrophes, war, and terrorism, may adversely impact the P&C insurance economy, preventing us from expanding or maintaining our existing customer base and increasing our revenue.

Our largest customers are carriers who have experienced, and will likely experience in the future, losses from catastrophes, natural disasters or terrorism that may adversely impact their businesses. Catastrophes can be caused by various events, including, without limitation, hurricanes, tsunamis, floods, windstorms, earthquakes, hail, tornadoes, explosions, severe weather, epidemics, pandemics and fires. Global warming trends are contributing to an increase in erratic weather patterns globally and intensifying the impact of certain types of catastrophes. Moreover, acts of terrorism or war could cause disruptions to our business or our customers’ businesses or the economy as a whole.

The risks associated with natural catastrophes, war and terrorism are inherently unpredictable, and it is difficult to forecast the timing of such events or estimate the amount of losses they will generate. In recent years, for example, parts of the U.S. suffered extensive damage due to multiple hurricanes and fires. The combined effect of those losses on carriers was significant. Such losses and losses due to future events may adversely impact our current or potential customers, which may prevent us from maintaining or expanding our customer base and increasing our revenue as such events may cause customers to postpone purchases of new offerings or to discontinue existing projects. Any of these events could materially impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

A downturn in the P&C insurance and automotive collision industries, claim volumes, or supporting economy, which are outside of our control, could adversely impact our results of operations.

Revenue for some of our solutions are derived from claims volumes rather than from the subscription fees that represent the majority of our shareholders dorevenue. Claim volume-based solution revenue is driven by individual customer usage and can be impacted by market conditions within the P&C insurance economy. As a result, our transactional revenue can be adversely affected by factors outside of our control, including but not support such a combination.

Your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential Business Combination may be limited to, industry trends, market events, customer-specific usage changes. The transactional portion of the exercisebusiness also presents more challenges to accurately forecasting future revenues.

Changes in the P&C insurance and automotive collision industries, including the adoption of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash.new technologies, such as autonomous vehicles, may significantly impact our results of operations.

If we seek shareholder approvalAspects of our initial Business Combination,business, and our sponsorcustomers’ businesses, which our solutions and membersservices support, can be impacted by events in the P&C insurance and automotive collision industries which are beyond our control. Certain trends in the automotive industry, including the continued adoption of semi-autonomous or autonomous vehicles and the advent of improved automotive safety features, may potentially impact the future market for, and operations of, the P&C insurance and automotive collision industries. While the impacts and timing of these changes are currently unknown, if this has an adverse impact on the P&C insurance or the automotive collision industries, it could have an adverse impact on our future result of operations.

Our customers may defer or forego purchases of our management team have agreedsolutions or services in the event of weakened global economic conditions or political transitions.

Our financial performance depends, in part, on the state of the economy. Declining levels of economic activity may lead to votedeclines in favorspending in the industries we serve, which may result in decreased revenue for us. Concern about the strength of such initial Business Combination, regardlessthe economy may slow the rate at which businesses are willing to enter into new contractual arrangements, potentially including those for our solutions. If our customers and potential customers experience financial hardship as a result of howa weakened economy, industry consolidation, or other factors, the overall demand for our public shareholders vote.

The abilitysolutions could decrease. If economic conditions worsen, our business, results of our public shareholders to redeem their shares for cash may make ouroperations, and financial condition unattractivecould be adversely impacted.

Global events such as the imposition of various trade tariffs by the U.S. and China, public health outbreaks such as the COVID-19 pandemic, supply chain disruption, inflationary pressures, labor shortages and the war in Ukraine have created and may continue to potential Business Combination targets,create economic uncertainty, including inflationary pressures, in regions in which we have significant operations. These conditions may make it difficult for our customers and us to enter into a Business Combination with a target.

Theforecast and plan future business activities accurately, and they could cause our customers to reevaluate their decision to purchase our solutions or services, which could delay and lengthen our sales cycles or result in cancellations of planned purchases. Moreover, during challenging economic times, our customers may be unable to timely access sufficient credit, which could impair their ability to make timely payments to us. If that were to occur, we may not receive amounts owed to us and may be required to record an allowance for doubtful accounts, which would adversely affect our financial results. A substantial downturn in the insurance industry may cause firms to react to worsening conditions by reducing their capital expenditures, reducing their spending on information technology, delaying or canceling information technology projects, or seeking to lower their costs by renegotiating vendor contracts. Negative or worsening conditions in the general economy, both in the U.S. and abroad, including conditions resulting from financial and credit market fluctuations, could decrease corporate spending on enterprise software in general, and in the insurance industry specifically, and negatively affect the rate of growth of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large numberbusiness.

Macroeconomic factors impacting the principal industries we serve could adversely affect adoption, usage, or average selling prices of our shares may not allow ussolutions.

We expect to complete thecontinue to derive most desirable Business Combination or optimize our capital structure.

The ability of our public shareholdersrevenue from solutions and additional services we provide to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large numberthe P&C insurance industry, the automotive collision industry, and the P&C insurance economy generally, including the automotive industry. Given the concentration of our sharesbusiness activities in these industries, we will be particularly exposed to certain economic downturns affecting them. U.S. and global market and economic conditions have been, and continue to be, disrupted and volatile. General business and economic conditions that could increase the probability thataffect us and our initial Business Combination would be unsuccessful and that you would have to wait for liquidationcustomers include fluctuations in order to redeem your shares.

The requirement that we consummate an initial Business Combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) after the closing of our Initial Public Offering may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a Business Combination and may limit the time we have in which to conduct due diligence on potential Business Combination targets, in particular as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to complete our initial Business Combination on terms that would produce value for our shareholders.

Our search for a Business Combination, and any target business with which we ultimately consummate a Business Combination, may be materially adversely affected by the recent coronavirus (COVID-19) outbreak and the status ofeconomic growth, inflation, debt and equity markets.capital markets, liquidity of the global financial markets, the availability and cost of credit, investor and consumer confidence, and the strength of the economies in which our customers operate. A poor economic environment could result in significant decreases in demand for our solutions, including the delay or cancellation of current or anticipated projects, or could present difficulties in collecting accounts receivables from our customers due to their deteriorating financial condition. Our existing

16


customers may be acquired by or merged into other entities that use our competitors’ products, or they may decide to terminate their relationships with us for other reasons. As a result, our sales could decline if an existing customer is merged with or acquired by another company that has a poor economic outlook or is closed.

In addition, a significant portion of our operating costs are comprised of personnel-related expenses. We have experienced and may, in the future, experience increased labor costs as well as other costs necessary to conduct our business. To the extent we cannot pass along such increased costs to our customers, our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

Recently, there have been market indicators of a pronounced rise in inflation, which generally increases the costs of our business operations. We have a substantial number of long-term customer contracts, which means we cannot modify the prices paid by the customers under such contracts to pass along such increased costs.

We face competition in our market, which could negatively impact our business, results of operations, and financial condition and cause our market share to decline.

The market for our solutions is competitive. The competitors we face in any sale opportunity may change depending on, among other things, the line of business making the purchase, the solutions(s) being sold, the geography in which the customer is operating, and the size of the customer to which we are selling. These competitors may compete on the basis of price, the time and cost required for software implementation, custom development, or unique product features or functions. Outside of the U.S., we are more likely to compete against vendors that may differentiate themselves based on local advantages in language, market knowledge, existing relationships with customers and content applicable to that jurisdiction.

As we expand our portfolio, we may begin to compete with software, technology and other providers that we have not competed against previously and where technology and applications may, in time, become more competitive with our offerings.

We expect the intensity of competition to remain high in the future, as the amount of capital invested in current and potential competitors, including insurance technology companies, has increased significantly in recent years. As a result, our competitors or potential competitors may develop improved product or sales capabilities, or even a technology breakthrough that disrupts our market. Continuing intense competition could result in increased pricing pressure, increased sales and marketing expenses, and greater investments in research and development, each of which could negatively impact our profitability. Current and potential competitors may be able to devote greater resources to, or take greater risks in connection with, the development, promotion, and sale of their products than we can devote to ours, which could allow them to respond more quickly than we can to new technologies and changes in customer needs, thus leading to their wider market acceptance. We may not be able to consummatecompete effectively and competitive pressures may prevent us from acquiring and maintaining the customer base necessary for us to increase our revenue and profitability.

In addition, the P&C insurance economy is evolving rapidly, and we anticipate the market for cloud-based solutions will become increasingly competitive. If our current and potential customers move a greater proportion of their data and computational needs to the cloud, new competitors may emerge that offer services either comparable or better suited than ours to address the demand for such cloud-based solutions, which could reduce demand for our offerings. To compete effectively we will likely be required to increase our investment in research and development, as well as the personnel and third-party services required to improve reliability and lower the cost of delivery of our cloud-based solutions. This may increase our costs more than we anticipate and may adversely impact our results of operations.

Our current and potential competitors may also establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties to further enhance their resources and offerings. Current or potential competitors may be acquired by other vendors or third parties with greater available resources. As a result of such acquisitions, our current or potential competitors might be able to adapt more quickly to new technologies and customer needs, to devote greater resources to the promotion or sale of their products and services, to initiate or withstand substantial price competition, or to take advantage of emerging opportunities by developing and expanding their product and service offerings more quickly than we can. Additionally, they may hold larger portfolios of patents and other intellectual property rights as a result of such relationships or acquisitions. If we are unable to compete effectively with these evolving competitors for market share, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

If we are unable to develop, introduce and market new and enhanced versions of our solutions and services, we may be put at a competitive disadvantage and our operating results could be adversely affected.

As technology continues to develop at a rapid pace, both within the P&C insurance economy and more broadly across the insurance ecosystem, the possibility of the development of technological advancements made by other firms will increase. If we are unable to internally develop or acquire suitable alternatives to such developments or otherwise deploy competitive offerings our business and growth opportunities may be challenged. Additionally, certain P&C insurance ecosystem customers may seek to develop internal solutions which could potentially compete with related offerings from us. Technologies such as enhanced modeling, artificial intelligence and machine learning technology may offer certain firms, including insurance carriers, the opportunity to make rapid advancements in the development of tools which may impact the industry broadly.

New solutions utilize and will continue to be based on AI technologies in the future. As such, the market acceptance of AI-based solutions is critical to our continued success. In order for cloud-based AI solutions to be widely accepted, organizations must overcome any concerns with placing sensitive information on a cloud-based platform. Furthermore, our ability to effectively market and sell AI-based solutions to customers is partly dependent upon the pace at which enterprises undergo digital transformation. Additionally, as technologies continue to become more integrated with AI technologies generally, governments may implement data privacy and AI regulations with which we will need to comply, and which may result in the incurrence of additional costs and expenses.

We expect that the needs of our customers will continue to rapidly change and increase in complexity and we will need to improve the functionality and performance of our platform continually to meet these demands. If we are unable to continue to meet customer demands or to achieve more widespread market acceptance of enterprise AI solutions in general or our platform in particular, our business operations, financial results, and growth prospects will be materially and adversely affected.

17


Our sales and implementation cycles can be lengthy and variable, depend upon factors outside our control, and could cause us to expend significant time and resources prior to generating revenue.

Sales cycles for some of our solutions are complex and can be lengthy and unpredictable, requiring pre-purchase evaluation by a significant number of employees in our customers’ organizations, and can involve a significant operational decision by our customers. Our sales efforts involve educating our customers about the use and benefits of our solutions, including in the technical capabilities and the potential cost savings achievable by organizations using our solutions. For larger business opportunities, such as converting a new P&C insurance customer, customers undertake a rigorous pre-purchase decision-making and evaluation process which typically involves due diligence and reference checks. We invest a substantial amount of time and resources in our sales efforts without any assurance that our efforts will produce sales. Even if we succeed at completing a sale, we may be unable to predict the size or term of an initial Business Combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) afterSaaS arrangement until very late in the closingsales cycle. In addition, we sometimes commit to include specific functions in our base solutions offering at the request of a customer or group of customers. Providing this additional functionality may be time consuming and may involve factors that are outside of our Initial Public Offering,control. Customers may also insist that we commit to certain time frames in which casesystems built around our solutions will be operational, or that once implemented our solutions will be able to meet certain operational requirements. Our ability to meet such timeframes and requirements may involve factors that are outside of our control, and failure to meet such timeframes and requirements could result in us incurring penalties, costs and/or additional resource commitments, which would adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Unexpected delays and difficulties can occur as customers implement and test our solutions. Solutions can involve integration with our customers’ and third-party’s systems as well as the addition of customer and third-party data to our platform. This process can be complex, time-consuming and expensive for our customers and can result in delays in the implementation of our solutions, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Time-consuming efforts such as client setups, training and transition of systems may also increase the amount of services personnel we would cease allmust allocate to each customer, thereby increasing our costs for these services. These types of changes can also result in a shift in the timing of the recognition of revenue which could adversely affect results of operations exceptand financial condition. The timing of when we sign a large contract can materially impact our results of operations for the purposeperiod and can be difficult to predict.

Failure to manage our expanding operations effectively could harm our business.

We have expanded our operations, including the number of winding upemployees and the locations and scope of our operations, and expect to continue to do so in the future. During the COVID-19 pandemic we transitioned to a hybrid working model of in-person and remote work, which brings new challenges to managing our business and work force that we generally expect to continue for the foreseeable future, including increased risk of cyberattacks due to more employees working remotely. For more information please see — “Public health outbreaks, epidemics or pandemics, including the global COVID-19 pandemic, could harm our business and results of operations.” This expansion and changing work environment have placed, and will continue to place, challenges on our operations and our personnel. We will also need to identify, add and retain additional qualified personnel across our operations. To manage our anticipated future operational expansion effectively, we must maintain, and expect to enhance, our IT infrastructure and financial and accounting systems and controls, and manage expanded operations and employees in geographically distributed locations. Our growth could require significant capital expenditures and may divert financial resources from other projects, such as the development of new solutions. If we increase the size of our organization without experiencing an increase in sales of our solutions, we will experience reductions in our gross and operating margins and net income. We may also deem it advisable in the near-term or later to downsize certain of our offices in order to reduce costs, which may cause us to incur related charges. If we are unable to effectively manage our expanding operations or manage the increase in remote employees, our expenses may increase more than expected, our revenue could decline or grow more slowly than expected and we would redeemmay be unable to implement our public shares and liquidate.business strategy.

If we seek shareholder approvalare unable to develop new markets or sell our solutions into these new and existing markets, our revenue will not grow as expected.

Our ability to increase revenue will depend, in large part, on our ability to further penetrate our existing markets and enter new markets, as well as our ability to increase sales from existing customers and attract new customers. The success of any enhancement or new solution or service depends on several factors, including the timely completion, introduction and market acceptance of enhanced or new solutions, adaptation to new industry standards and technological changes, the ability to maintain and to develop relationships with third parties and the ability to attract, retain and effectively train sales and marketing personnel. Any new solutions we develop or acquire may not be introduced in a timely or cost-effective manner and may not achieve the market acceptance necessary to generate significant revenue. Any new industry standards or practices that emerge, or any introduction by competitors of new solutions embodying new services or technologies, may cause our solutions to become obsolete. Any new markets in which we attempt to sell our solutions, including new countries or regions, may not be receptive or implementation may be delayed due to circumstances beyond our control, including economic and market factors, public health outbreaks, epidemics and pandemics, including the COVID-19 pandemic, natural disasters, war and terrorist attacks. Additionally, any expansion into new markets may require us to comply with new regulatory laws and regimes and increase our monitoring thereof on an ongoing basis, which will increase our costs, as well as the risk that we may not be in compliance on a timely basis or at all. Our ability to further penetrate our existing markets and enter new markets depends on the quality of our initial Business Combination,solutions and our sponsor, directors, executiveability to design our solutions to meet changing consumer demands and industry standards, as well as our ability to assure that our customers will be satisfied with our existing and new solutions. If we are unable to sell our solutions into new markets or attract new customers or to further penetrate existing markets, or to increase sales from existing customers by selling them additional solutions, our revenue will not grow as expected, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Developing significant revenue streams derived from our current research and development efforts may take several months or years, or may not be achieved at all.

Developing software is time consuming and costly, and investment in development may involve a long payback cycle. Our research and development expenses were $157.0 million, or 20% of our total revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2022. Including capitalized time related to internal use software of $34.6 million, our total spend was 24% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2022. Our future plans include significant investments to develop, improve and expand the functionality of our solutions, which we believe is necessary to maintain our

18


competitive position. However, we may not recognize significant revenue from these investments for several months or years, or the investments may not yield any additional revenue.

Changes in, or violations by us or our customers of, applicable government regulations could reduce demand for or limit our ability to provide our solutions and services in those jurisdictions.

Our P&C insurance industry customers are subject to extensive government regulations, mainly at the state level in the United States and at the country level in our non-U.S. markets. Some of these regulations relate directly to our software and services, including regulations governing the use of total loss and photo estimating software. If our insurance company customers fail to comply with new or existing insurance regulations, including those applicable to our software and services, they could lose their certifications to provide insurance and/or reduce their usage of our software and services, either of which would reduce our revenues. We have in the past and continue to spend considerable time and resources working with our customers to help them navigate these regulations, including Department of Insurance market conduct examinations and defending against class action lawsuits. If our solutions or services are found to be defective, we could be liable to them. In addition, future regulations could force us to implement costly changes to our software and/or databases or have the effect of prohibiting or rendering less valuable one or more of our offerings. Also, we are subject to direct regulation in some markets, and our failure to comply with these regulations could significantly reduce our revenues or subject us to government sanctions.

Sales to customers or operations outside the United States may expose us to risks inherent in international sales.

Historically, transactions occurring outside of the U.S. have represented a small portion of our overall processed transactions. However, we may expand our international sales efforts. Operating in international markets, including in China, requires significant resources and management attention and will subject us to regulatory, economic, and political risks that are different from those in the U.S. Because of our limited experience operating internationally, our international expansion efforts may not be successful. We may rely heavily on third parties outside of the U.S., and as a result we may be adversely impacted if we invest time and resources into such business relationships but do not see significant sales from such efforts. Potential risks and challenges associated with sales to customers and operations outside the U.S. include:

compliance with multiple conflicting and changing governmental laws and regulations, including employment, tax, money transmission, privacy, and data protection laws and regulations;
laws and business practices favoring local competitors;
new and different sources of competition;
securing new integrations for international technology platforms;
localization of our solutions, including translation into foreign languages, obtaining and maintaining local content, and customer care in such languages;
treatment of revenue from international sources and changes to tax rules, including being subject to foreign tax laws and liability for paying withholding or other taxes in foreign jurisdictions;
fluctuation of foreign currency exchange rates;
different pricing environments;
restrictions on the transfer of funds;
difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;
availability of reliable internet connectivity in areas targeted for expansion;
different or lesser protection of our intellectual property;
longer sales cycles;
natural disasters, acts of war, terrorism, pandemics, or security breaches;
import and export license requirements, tariffs, taxes and other trade barriers;
compliance with sanctions laws and regulations, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) of the U.S. Department of the Treasury;
the burdens and costs of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws and legal standards, including the General Data Protection Regulation (EU 2016/679) (“GDPR”) in the European Union (“EU”);
impact of Brexit on operations and growth of business in the European Union;
compliance with various anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”);
regional or national economic and political conditions; and
pressure on the creditworthiness of sovereign nations resulting from liquidity issues or political actions.

As we continue to expand our business globally, our success will depend, in large part, on our ability to anticipate and effectively manage these and other risks associated with our international operations. Any of these factors could negatively impact our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects.

19


Changes in China’s economic, political or social conditions or government policies, as well as the corruption risks presented by operating in China, could have an adverse effect on our efforts to expand our business in China.

The Chinese economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the degree of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources. Accordingly, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations may be affected to a significant degree by political, economic and social conditions in China generally. Although the Chinese government has implemented measures emphasizing the utilization of market forces for economic reform, the reduction of state ownership of productive assets and the establishment of improved corporate governance in business enterprises, a substantial portion of productive assets in China are still owned or controlled by the government. By virtue of our serving customers in China that are at least partially owned or controlled by the government, there is also an increased risk of running afoul of the FCPA and other laws and regulations concerning anti-bribery and anti-corruption, including local Chinese laws, particularly given that China is perceived to present a heightened risk from an anti-corruption perspective. Additionally, as we continue to expand our business operations in China, we may engage with partners and third-party intermediaries who may have direct or indirect dealings with those deemed by anti-corruption laws to be government officials, further increasing the risk of violations of such laws that may result in fines and/or criminal sanctions against us, our officers, advisorsor our employees. In addition, the Chinese government continues to play a significant role in regulating industry development by imposing industrial policies. The Chinese government also exercises significant control over China’s economic growth by allocating resources, controlling payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies.

While the Chinese economy has experienced significant growth over the past decades, growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy. The Chinese government has implemented various measures to encourage economic growth and guide the allocation of resources. Some of these measures may benefit the overall Chinese economy, but may have a negative effect on us. For example, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by government control over capital investments or changes in tax regulations. The growth rate of the Chinese economy has gradually slowed since 2010, and COVID-19 has had a severe and negative impact on the Chinese economy, which may continue. Any prolonged slowdown in the Chinese economy may reduce the demand for our solutions and services and materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our business activities are subject to the FCPA and similar anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws.

Anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws have been enforced aggressively in recent years. Our business activities are subject to the FCPA and similar anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws, regulations, or rules of other countries in which we operate, including the U.K. Bribery Act. These laws are interpreted broadly and prohibit companies, their affiliatesemployees, and third-party intermediaries from authorizing, promising, offering, or providing, either directly or indirectly, improper payments or anything else of value to recipients in the public or private sector. The FCPA also requires public companies to maintain accurate books and records and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls. While only representing a de minimis proportion of our total revenue, we count among our customers a number of government entities. We may electhave direct or indirect dealings with those deemed by anti-corruption laws to be government officials, which also include interactions in countries known to experience corruption, including China. Activities in such countries create the risk of unauthorized payments or offers of payments by one of our employees, consultants, partners, or third-party intermediaries that could be in violation of various anti-corruption laws. We have policies and controls intended to prevent these practices— e.g., a standalone Global Anti-Bribery Policy, Code of Ethics, mandatory anti-corruption trainings, financial controls, and a whistleblowing hotline, among others. While there is no certainty that all of our employees, consultants, partners, or third-party intermediaries will comply with all applicable laws and regulations, particularly given the high level of complexity of these laws, our policies and controls aim to satisfy our obligation to comply with them. Violations of these laws and regulations could result in fines, criminal sanctions against us, our officers, or our employees, and liability for the actions of corrupt or other illegal activities of such third-party intermediaries, their employees, representatives, contractors, partners, and agents, even if we do not explicitly authorize such activities.

We are subject to increasing global trade laws and regulations.

We are subject to U.S. trade laws and regulations, including economic sanctions, export controls, and import laws, as well as similar trade laws and regulations in other countries in which we operate. Failure to comply with global trade laws and regulations can result in penalties and/or reputational harm. Our international sales efforts expose us to increased risk under these laws and regulations, and increasing and evolving global trade laws could impact our business.

We may experience fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates that could adversely impact our results of operations.

As we expand our business and operations internationally, our international sales may be denominated in foreign currencies, and this revenue could be materially affected by currency fluctuations. The volatility of exchange rates depends on many factors that we cannot forecast with reliable accuracy. We typically collect revenue and incur costs in the currency of the location in which we provide our solutions and services, but our contracts with our customers are long-term in nature so it is difficult to predict if our operating activities will provide a natural hedge in the future or as we expand internationally. Our results of operations may also be impacted by transaction gains or losses related to revaluing certain current asset and liability balances that are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the entities in which they are recorded. Moreover, significant and unforeseen changes in foreign currency exchange rates may cause us to fail to achieve our stated projections for revenue and operating income, which could have an adverse effect on our stock price. As we expand internationally, we will continue to experience fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, which, if material, may harm our revenue or results of operations.

We rely on data, technology, and intellectual property of third parties and our solutions rely on information generated by third parties and any interruption of our access to such information, technology, and intellectual property could materially harm our operating results.

We use data, technology, and intellectual property licensed from unaffiliated third parties in certain of our solutions, and we may license additional third-party data, technology, and intellectual property in the future. Any errors or defects in this third-party data, technology, and intellectual property could result in errors that could adversely impact our brand and business. In addition, licensed data, technology, and intellectual property may not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. The loss of the right to license and distribute this third-party data, technology, and intellectual property could limit the functionality of, or require us to redesign, our solutions. Our success depends significantly

20


on our ability to provide our customers access to data from many different sources, including, for example, parts-related data for purposes of repair estimation. We obtain much of our data about vehicle parts and components and collision repair labor and costs through license agreements with third parties who may be sole-source suppliers of that data.

If one or more of our licenses are terminated, if our licenses are subject to material price increases, if we are unable to renew one or more of these licenses on favorable terms or at all, or if one or more licensor becomes subject to allegations of breach of third-party intellectual property rights with respect to the materials licensed by us, we may be unable to access the licensed materials without incurring additional costs or, for instance in the case of materials licensed from sole-service suppliers, unable to access alternative sources that would provide comparable materials. While we do not believe that our access to many of the individual sources of data is material to our operations, prolonged industry-wide price increases or reductions in data availability could make receiving certain data more difficult and could result in significant cost increases, which would materially harm our operating results.

Failure to protect our intellectual property could adversely impact our business and results of operations.

Our success depends in part on our ability to enforce and defend our intellectual property rights. We rely upon a combination of trademark, trade secret, copyright, patent and unfair competition laws, as well as license agreements and other contractual provisions, to do so.

In the future we may file patent applications related to certain of our innovations. We do not know whether those patent applications will result in the issuance of a patent or whether the examination process will require us to narrow our claims. In addition, we may not receive competitive advantages from the rights granted under our patents and other intellectual property. Our existing patents and any patents granted to us or that we otherwise acquire in the future, may be contested, circumvented or invalidated, and we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing these patents. The validity, enforceability, scope and effective term of patents can be highly uncertain and often involve complex legal and factual questions and proceedings that vary based on the local law of the relevant jurisdiction. Our ability to enforce our patents also depends on the laws of individual countries and each country’s practice with respect to enforcement of intellectual property rights. Patent protection must be obtained on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis, and we only pursue patent protection in countries where we think it makes commercial sense for the given solution. In addition, if we are unable to maintain our existing license agreements or other agreements pursuant to which third parties grant us rights to intellectual property, including because such agreements terminate, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. Therefore, the extent of the protection afforded by these patents cannot be predicted with certainty. In addition, given the costs, effort, risks and downside of obtaining patent protection, including the requirement to ultimately disclose the invention to the public, we may choose not to seek patent protection for certain innovations; however, such patent protection could later prove to be important to our business.

Patent law reform in the U.S. and other countries may also weaken our ability to enforce our patent rights, or make such enforcement financially unattractive. For instance, in September 2011, the U.S. enacted the America Invents Act, which permits enhanced third-party actions for challenging patents and implements a first-to-file system. Further, the U.S. Supreme Court’s 2014 decision in Alice v. CLS Bank made it easier to invalidate software patents, leading to us to scale back our patent prosecution strategy. These legal changes could result in increased costs to protect our intellectual property or limit our ability to obtain and maintain patent protection for our solutions in these jurisdictions.

We also rely on several registered and unregistered trademarks to protect our brand. We have pursued and will pursue the registration of trademarks, logos and service marks in the U.S. and internationally; however, enforcing rights against those who knowingly or unknowingly dilute or infringe our brands can be difficult. There can be no assurance that the steps we have taken and will take to protect our proprietary rights in our brands and trademarks will be adequate or that third parties will not infringe, dilute or misappropriate our brands, trademarks, trade dress or other similar proprietary rights. Competitors may adopt service names similar to ours, or use confusingly similar terms as keywords in Internet search engine advertising programs, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly creating confusion in the marketplace. In addition, trade name or trademark infringement claims could be brought against us by owners of other registered trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of our trademarks. Any claims or customer confusion related to our trademarks could damage our reputation and brand and adversely impact our business and results of operations.

We attempt to protect our intellectual property, technology and confidential information by generally requiring our employees, contractors, and consultants to enter into confidentiality and assignment of inventions agreements and third parties to enter into nondisclosure agreements, all of which offer only limited protection. These agreements may not effectively prevent, or provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information, intellectual property or technology. Despite our efforts to protect our confidential information, intellectual property, and technology, unauthorized third parties may gain access to our confidential proprietary information, develop and market solutions similar to ours, or use trademarks similar to ours, any of which could materially impact our business and results of operations. In addition, others may independently discover our trade secrets and confidential information, and in such cases, we could not assert any trade secret rights against such parties. Existing U.S. federal, state and international intellectual property laws offer only limited protection. The laws of some foreign countries do not protect our intellectual property rights to as great an extent as the laws of the U.S., and many foreign countries do not enforce these laws as diligently as governmental agencies and private parties in the U.S. More broadly, enforcing intellectual property protections outside the U.S., including in some countries we operate in, can be more challenging than enforcement in the U.S. The Company takes certain actions when operating in countries where protection of IP, technology and confidential information, is not as well protected, including steps such as preventing placing sensitive IP in such countries, as an example. Moreover, policing our intellectual property rights is difficult, costly and may not always be effective.

From time to time, legal action by us may be necessary to enforce our patents and other intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets, to determine the validity and scope of the intellectual property rights of others or to defend against claims of infringement or invalidity. Even if we are successful in defending our claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could negatively affect our business, reputation, results of operations and financial condition. To the extent that we seek to enforce our rights, we could be subject to claims that an intellectual property right is invalid, otherwise not enforceable, or is licensed to the party against whom we are pursuing a claim. In addition, our assertion of intellectual property rights may result in the other party seeking to assert alleged intellectual property rights or assert other claims against us, which could adversely impact our business. If we are not successful in defending such claims in litigation, we may not be able to sell or license a particular solution due to an injunction, or we may have to pay damages that could, in turn, adversely impact our results of operations. In addition,

21


governments may adopt regulations, or courts may render decisions, requiring compulsory licensing of intellectual property to others, or governments may require that products meet specified standards that serve to favor local companies. Our inability to enforce our intellectual property rights under these circumstances may adversely impact our competitive position and our business. If we are unable to protect our technology and to adequately maintain and protect our intellectual property rights, we may find ourselves at a competitive disadvantage to others who need not incur the additional expense, time and effort required to create the innovative solutions that have enabled us to be successful to date.

We may enter into joint ventures, collaborations or sponsored developments for intellectual property and, as a result, some of our intellectual property may, in the future, be jointly-owned by third parties.

Engagement in any type of intellectual property collaboration agreement requires diligent management of intellectual property rights. Other than in specific, limited circumstances, we do not currently engage in joint ventures, collaborations or sponsored development agreements. Should we enter into such agreements in future, the development of joint intellectual property would create additional administrative and financial burdens, and may place us at heightened risk of disputes or litigation regarding ownership, maintenance or enforcement of such joint intellectual property.

Assertions by third parties of infringement or other violation by us of their intellectual property rights could result in significant costs and substantially harm our business and results of operations.

The software industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent claims and related litigation regarding patents and other intellectual property rights. In particular, leading companies in the software industry own large numbers of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets, which they may use to assert claims against us. From time to time, third parties holding such intellectual property rights, including companies, competitors, patent holding companies, customers and/or non-practicing entities, may assert patent, copyright, trademark or other intellectual property claims against us, our customers and partners, and those from whom we license technology and intellectual property.

Although we believe that our solutions do not infringe upon the intellectual property rights of third parties, any such assertions may require us to enter into royalty arrangements or result in costly litigation, or result in us being unable to use certain intellectual property. Infringement assertions by third parties may involve patent holding companies or other patent owners who have no relevant product revenue, and therefore our own issued and pending patents may provide little or no deterrence to these patent owners in bringing intellectual property rights claims against us.

If we are forced to defend against any infringement or misappropriation claims, whether they are with or without merit, are settled out of court, or are determined in our favor, we may be required to expend significant time and financial resources on the defense of such claims. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, such a claim could adversely impact our brand and business. Furthermore, an adverse outcome of a dispute may require us to pay damages, potentially including treble damages and attorneys’ fees, if we are found to have willfully infringed a party’s intellectual property; cease making, licensing or using our solutions that are alleged to infringe or misappropriate the intellectual property of others; expend additional development resources to redesign our solutions; enter into potentially unfavorable royalty or license agreements in order to obtain the right to use necessary technologies or works; and to indemnify our partners, customers and other third parties. Any of these events could adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our solutions or our third-party cloud providers have experienced in the past, and could experience in the future, data security breaches, which could adversely impact our reputation, business, and ongoing operations.

As a software business, we face risks of cyber-attacks, including ransomware and phishing attacks, social engineering attacks, computer break-ins, theft, fraud, misappropriation, misuse, denial-of-service attacks, and other improper activity that could jeopardize the performance of our platform and solutions and expose us to financial and reputational impact and legal liability, especially with regards to regulators such as the Federal Trade Commission, which has become increasingly aggressive in prosecuting alleged failure to secure personal data as unfair and deceptive acts or practices under the Federal Trade Commission Act. Furthermore, such adverse impact could be in the form of theft of our or our customers’ confidential information, the inability of our customers to access our systems, or the improper re-routing of customer funds through fraudulent transactions or other frauds perpetrated to obtain inappropriate payments and may result from accidental events (such as human error) or deliberate attacks. To protect the information we collect and our systems, we have implemented and maintain commercially reasonable security measures and information security policies and procedures informed by requirements under applicable law and recommended practices, in each case, as applicable to the data collected, but we cannot be sure that such security measures will be sufficient. In some cases, we must rely on the safeguards put in place by third parties to protect against security threats. These third parties, including vendors that provide products and services for our operations, could also be a source of security risk to us in the event of a failure of their own security systems and infrastructure. Our network of business application providers could also be a source of vulnerability to the extent their business applications interface with ours, whether unintentionally or through a malicious backdoor. We cannot, in all instances, review the software code included in third-party integrations. Although we vet and oversee such vendors, we cannot be sure such vetting and oversight will be sufficient. We also exercise limited control over these vendors, which increases our vulnerability to problems with services they provide. Any errors, failures, interruptions or delays experienced in connection with these vendor technologies and information services or our own systems could negatively impact our relationships with partners and adversely affect our business and could expose us to liabilities. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, or to sabotage systems, change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target, and may be difficult to detect for long periods of time, we or these third parties may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. With the increasing frequency of cyber-related frauds to obtain inappropriate payments, we need to ensure our internal controls related to authorizing the transfer of funds are adequate. We may also be required to expend resources to remediate cyber-related incidents or to enhance and strengthen our cyber security. Any of these occurrences could create liability for us, put our reputation in jeopardy, and adversely impact our business.

Our customers provide us with information that our solutions store, some of which is sensitive or confidential information about them or their financial transactions. In addition, we store personal information about our employees and, to a lesser extent, those who purchase products or services from our customers. We have security systems and information technology infrastructure designed to protect against unauthorized access to and disclosure of such information. The security systems and infrastructure we maintain may not be successful in protecting against all security breaches and cyber-attacks, including ransomware and phishing attacks, social-engineering attacks, computer break-ins, theft, fraud, misappropriation, misuse, denial-of-service attacks and other improper activity. Threats to our information technology security can take various

22


forms, including viruses, worms, and other malicious software programs that attempt to attack our solutions or platform or to gain access to the data of our customers or their customers. Non-technical means, for example, actions or omissions by an employee or trespasser, can also result in a security breach. Any significant violations of data privacy could result in the loss of business, litigation, regulatory fines or investigations, loss of customers, and penalties that could damage our reputation and adversely affect the growth of our business. In addition, we maintain liability insurance coverage, including coverage for cyber-liability. It is possible, however, that claims could be denied or exceed the amount of our applicable insurance coverage, if any, or that this coverage may not continue to be available on acceptable terms or in sufficient amounts. Even if these claims do not result in liability to us, investigating and defending against them could be expensive and time consuming and could divert management’s attention away from our operations. In addition, negative publicity caused by these events may negatively impact our customer relationships, market acceptance of our solutions, including unrelated solutions, or our reputation and business.

Real or perceived failures in our solutions, an inability to meet contractual service levels, or unsatisfactory performance of our solutions, could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Because we offer solutions that operate in complex environments, undetected errors or failures may exist or occur, especially when solutions are first introduced or when new versions are released, implemented or integrated into other systems. Our solutions are often used in large-scale computing environments with different operating systems, system management software and equipment and networking configurations, which may cause errors or failures in our solutions or may expose undetected errors, failures or bugs in our solutions. Despite testing by us, we may not identify all errors, failures or bugs in new solutions or releases until after commencement of commercial sales or installation. In the past, we have discovered errors, failures and bugs in some of our solutions after their introduction. We may not be able to fix errors, failures and bugs without incurring significant costs or an adverse impact to our business. The occurrence of errors in our solutions or the detection of bugs by our customers may damage our reputation in the market and our relationships with our existing customers, and as a result, we may be unable to attract or retain customers. We believe that our reputation and name recognition are critical factors in our ability to compete and generate additional sales. Promotion and enhancement of our name will depend largely on our success in continuing to provide effective solutions and services. The failure to do so may result in the loss of, or delay in, market acceptance of our solutions and services, which could adversely impact our sales, results of operations and financial condition.

The license and support of our software creates the risk of significant liability claims against us. Our SaaS arrangements and licenses with our customers contain provisions designed to limit our exposure to potential liability claims. It is possible, however, that the limitation of liability provisions contained in such agreements may not be enforced as a result of international, federal, state and local laws or ordinances or unfavorable judicial decisions. Breach of warranty or damage liability, or injunctive relief resulting from such claims, could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

Some of our services and technologies use “open source” software, which may restrict how we use or distribute our services or require that we release the source code of certain solutions subject to those licenses.

Some of our services and technologies incorporate software licensed under so-called “open source” licenses. In addition to risks related to license requirements, usage of open source software can lead to greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls on origin of the software. Additionally, some open source licenses require that source code subject to the license be made available to the public and that any modifications or derivative works to open source software continue to be licensed under open source licenses. These open source licenses typically mandate that proprietary software, when combined in specific ways with open source software, become subject to the open source license. If we combine our proprietary software with open source software, we could be required to release the source code of our proprietary software.

We take steps to ensure that our proprietary software is not combined with, and does not incorporate, open source software in ways that would require our proprietary software to be subject to many of the restrictions in an open source license. However, few courts have interpreted open source licenses, and the manner in which these licenses may be interpreted and enforced is therefore subject to some uncertainty. Additionally, we rely on hundreds of software programmers to design our proprietary technologies, and although we take steps to prevent our programmers from including objectionable open source software in the technologies and software code that they design, write and modify, we do not exercise complete control over the development efforts of our programmers and we cannot be certain that our programmers have not incorporated such open source software into our proprietary solutions and technologies or that they will not do so in the future. In the event that portions of our proprietary technology are determined to be subject to an open source license, we could be required to publicly release the affected portions of our source code, re-engineer all or a portion of our technologies, or otherwise be limited in the licensing of our technologies, each of which could reduce or eliminate the value of our services and technologies and materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, and prospects.

In the past, companies that have incorporated open source software into their products have faced claims challenging the ownership of open source software or compliance with open source license terms. Accordingly, we could be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software or claiming noncompliance with open source licensing terms.

Any disruption of our, our third-party service providers’ or our customers’ Internet connections could affect the success of our SaaS solutions.

Any system failure, including network, software or hardware failure, that causes an interruption in our or our third-party service providers’ network or a decrease in the responsiveness of our website or our SaaS solutions could result in reduced user traffic, reduced revenue and potential breaches of our SaaS arrangements. Continued growth in Internet usage could cause a decrease in the quality of Internet connection services. Websites have experienced service interruptions as a result of outages and other delays occurring throughout the worldwide Internet network infrastructure. In addition, there have been several incidents in which individuals have intentionally caused service disruptions of major e-commerce websites. If these outages, delays or service disruptions occur frequently in the future, usage of our web-based services could grow more slowly than anticipated or decline and we may lose customers and revenue. In addition, our users depend on Internet service providers, online service providers and other website operators for access to our website. These providers could experience outages, delays and other difficulties due to system failures unrelated to our systems. Any of these events could adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

23


There may be adverse tax and/or employment law consequences if the independent contractor status of our consultants or the exempt status of our employees is successfully challenged.

We rely on independent third parties to provide certain services to us. We structure our relationships with these outside service providers in a manner that we believe results in an independent contractor relationship, not an employee relationship. Although we believe that we have properly classified these outside service providers as independent contractors, there is nevertheless a risk that the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) or another federal, state, or foreign authority will take a different view. Furthermore, the tests governing the determination of whether an individual is considered to be an independent contractor or an employee are typically fact sensitive and vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Laws and regulations that govern the status and misclassification of independent contractors are subject to change or interpretation by various authorities, and it is possible that additional federal or state legislation on worker classification may be passed in the future. If a federal, state or foreign authority or court enacts legislation or adopts regulations that change the manner in which employees and independent contractors are classified or makes any adverse determination with respect to some or all of our independent contractors, we could incur significant costs under such laws and regulations, including in respect of wages, tax withholding, social security taxes or payments, workers’ compensation and unemployment contributions, and recordkeeping for both prior and future periods, or we may be required to modify our business model, any of which could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. There is also a risk that we may be subject to significant monetary liabilities arising from fines or judgments as a result of any actual or alleged non-compliance with federal, state or foreign laws. Further, if it were determined that any of our independent contractors should be treated as employees, we could incur additional liabilities under our applicable employee benefit plans. In addition, we have classified many of our U.S. employees as “exempt” under the Fair Labor Standards Act (“FLSA”) and corresponding state laws. If it were determined that any of our U.S. employees who we have classified as “exempt” should be classified as “non-exempt” under the FLSA or similar state law, we may incur costs and liabilities for back wages, unpaid overtime, fines or penalties and be subject to employee litigation. We have in the past, and may in the future, face claims alleging that employees and/or former employees are or were misclassified as exempt from the overtime pay requirements of the FLSA and therefore entitled to unpaid overtime pay for hours worked in excess of forty (40) hours per week.

We may acquire or invest in companies, or pursue business partnerships, which may divert our management’s attention or result in dilution to our stockholders, and we may be unable to integrate acquired businesses and technologies successfully or achieve the expected benefits of such acquisitions, investments or partnerships.

We expect to continue to grow, in part, by making targeted acquisitions in addition to our organic growth strategy. Our business strategy includes the potential acquisition of shares or warrants,assets of companies with software, technologies or businesses complementary to ours, both domestically and globally. Our strategy also includes alliances with such companies. Acquisitions and alliances may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures and may not result in the benefits anticipated by such corporate activity.

In particular, we may fail to assimilate or integrate the businesses, technologies, services, solutions, personnel or operations of the acquired companies, retain key personnel necessary to favorably execute the combined companies’ business plan, or retain existing customers or sell acquired solutions to new customers. Additionally, the assumptions we use to evaluate acquisition opportunities may not prove to be accurate, and intended benefits may not be realized. Our due diligence investigations may fail to identify all of the problems, liabilities or other challenges associated with an acquired business which could result in increased risk of unanticipated or unknown issues or liabilities, including with respect to environmental, competition and other regulatory matters, and our mitigation strategies for such risks that are identified may influencenot be effective. As a vote on a proposed Business Combination and reduceresult, we may overpay for, or otherwise not achieve some or any of the public “float” of our Class A ordinary sharesbenefits, including anticipated synergies or public warrants.

If a shareholder failsaccretion to receive notice of our offerearnings, that we expect to redeem our public sharesachieve in connection with our initial Business Combination,acquisitions, we may not accurately anticipate the fixed and other costs associated with such acquisitions, or failsthe business may not achieve the performance we anticipated, any of which may materially adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, as well as our stock price. Further, if we fail to achieve the expected synergies from our acquisitions and alliances, we may experience impairment charges with respect to goodwill, intangible assets or other items, particularly if business performance declines or expected growth is not realized. Any future impairment of our goodwill or other intangible assets could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Acquisitions and alliances may also disrupt our ongoing business, divert our resources and require significant management attention that would otherwise be available for ongoing development of our current business. In addition, we may be required to make additional capital investments or undertake remediation efforts to ensure the success of our acquisitions, which may reduce the benefits of such acquisitions. We also may be required to use a substantial amount of our cash or issue debt or equity securities to complete an acquisition or realize the potential of an alliance, which could deplete our cash reserves and/or dilute our existing stockholders and newly-issued securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing stockholders. Following an acquisition or the establishment of an alliance offering new solutions, we may be required to defer the recognition of revenue that we receive from the sale of solutions that we acquired or that result from the alliance, or from the sale of a bundle of solutions that includes such new solutions. In addition, our ability to maintain favorable pricing of new solutions may be challenging if we bundle such solutions with sales of existing solutions. A delay in the recognition of revenue from sales of acquired or alliance solutions, or reduced pricing due to bundled sales, may cause fluctuations in our quarterly financial results, may adversely affect our operating margins and may reduce the benefits of such acquisitions or alliances.

Additionally, competition within the software industry for acquisitions of businesses, technologies and assets has been, and is expected to continue to be, intense. Acquisitions could become the target of regulatory reviews, which could lead to increased legal costs, or could potentially jeopardize the consummation of the acquisition. As such, even if we are able to identify an acquisition that we would like to pursue, the target may be acquired by another strategic buyer or financial buyer such as a private equity firm, or we may otherwise not be able to complete the acquisition on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

Corporate responsibility, specifically related to environmental, social and governance matters, may impose additional costs and expose us to new risks.

Public ESG and sustainability reporting is becoming more broadly expected by investors, shareholders and other third parties. Certain organizations that provide corporate governance and other corporate risk information to investors and shareholders have developed, and others may in the future develop, scores and ratings to evaluate companies and investment funds based upon ESG or “sustainability” metrics. Many investment

24


funds focus on positive ESG business practices and sustainability scores when making investments and may consider a company’s ESG or sustainability scores as a reputational or other factor in making an investment decision. In addition, investors, particularly institutional investors, use these scores to benchmark companies against their peers and if a company is perceived as lagging, these investors may engage with such company to improve ESG disclosure or performance and may also make voting decisions, or take other actions, to hold these corporations and their boards of directors accountable. Additionally, credit rating agencies may use these scores, or their own scores and ratings, as a consideration in their evaluation of our credit risk. If our credit rating is downgraded on the basis of ESG or “sustainability” metrics, we may face increased costs of capital. We may face reputational damage in the event our corporate responsibility initiatives or objectives, including with respect to diversity and inclusion, do not meet the standards set by our investors, shareholders, lawmakers, listing exchanges, credit rating agencies or other constituencies, or if we are unable to achieve an acceptable ESG or sustainability rating from third-party rating services. A low ESG or sustainability rating by a third-party rating service could also result in the exclusion of our ordinary shares from consideration by certain investors who may elect to invest with our competition instead. Ongoing focus on corporate responsibility matters by investors and other parties as described above may impose additional costs or expose us to new risks.

We evaluate our capital structure from time to time and may seek to repurchase our securities, refinance our indebtedness or raise debt or equity to finance our operations. However, we may not be able to do so when desired on favorable terms, if at all, or without dilution to our stockholders and we may not realize the anticipated benefits of these transactions.

We may seek to repurchase our securities, refinance our indebtedness or may need to obtain additional financing to execute on our current or future business strategies, including to develop new or enhance existing solutions, acquire businesses and technologies or otherwise respond to competitive pressures. We may not be successful in managing our capital structure through these scenarios, or they may have an adverse impact on our financial position or the price of our common stock. Our ability to raise capital in the future may be limited, and if we fail to raise capital when needed, we could be prevented from growing and executing our business strategy.

If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of our stockholders could be significantly diluted. If we accumulate additional funds through debt financing, a substantial portion of our operating cash flow may be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on such indebtedness, thus limiting funds available for our business activities. We cannot assure stockholders that additional financing will be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. If adequate funds are not available or are not available on acceptable terms, when we desire them, our ability to fund our operations, take advantage of unanticipated opportunities, develop or enhance our solutions, invest in future growth opportunities or otherwise respond to competitive pressures would be significantly limited. Any of these factors could adversely impact our results of operations.

We rely on information systems in managing our operations and any system failure or deficiencies of such systems may have an adverse impact on our business.

We rely on our financial, accounting, compliance and other data processing systems, and those of our third-party vendors or service providers who support these functions. Any failure or interruption of these systems, whether caused by fire, other natural disaster, power or telecommunications failure, act of terrorism or war, system modification or upgrade, or otherwise, could materially adversely affect our business. Although back-up systems are in place, our back-up procedures and capabilities in the event of a failure or interruption may not be adequate.

We are engaged in an implementation of a new billing system. Such an implementation is a major undertaking from a financial, management, and personnel perspective. The implementation of the billing system may prove to be more difficult, costly, or time consuming than expected, and there can be no assurance that this system will continue to be beneficial to the extent anticipated. Any disruptions, delays or deficiencies in the design and implementation of our new billing system could adversely affect our ability to process orders, send invoices, produce financial reports, or otherwise operate our business. If we are unable to implement the billing system smoothly or successfully, or we otherwise do not capture anticipated benefits, our business, results of operations and financial condition for future periods could be adversely impacted.

Regulatory Risk Factors

Failure to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.

You will not have any rightsCCPA, CPRA, GDPR, FCRA or interests in funds from the trust account, except under certain limited circumstances. Therefore, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

The NYSE may delist our securities from trading on its exchange, whichother data privacy legislation could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to fines, sanctions or litigation, and could potentially damage our brand and reputation and adversely impact our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Data privacy legislation, enforcement and policy activity are rapidly expanding around the world and creating a complex data privacy compliance environment that poses greater compliance risks and costs, as well as the potential for high profile negative publicity in the event of any data breach. The vast majority of our customers are subject to many privacy and data protection laws and regulations in the U.S. and around the world, and we have also agreed in our contracts with certain of our customers to additional trading restrictions.data privacy compliance obligations related to data privacy laws and regulations that may be applicable to them. Some of these privacy and data protection laws and regulations place restrictions on our ability to process personal information across our business.

For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”), which went into effect on January 1, 2020, imposes a number of privacy and security obligations on companies who collect, use, disclose, or otherwise process personal information of California residents. The CCPA created an expanded definition of personal information, established certain new data privacy rights for California residents and created a new and potentially severe statutory damages framework and private rights of action for violations of the CCPA, including for failing to implement reasonable security procedures and practices to prevent data breaches. In November 2020, California voters passed the California Privacy Rights Act (the “CPRA”). The CPRA, which took effect on January 1, 2023, significantly expands the CCPA, including by introducing additional data protection obligations such as data minimization and storage limitations, granting additional rights to consumers such as correction of personal information and additional opt-out rights, and creating a new entity to implement and enforce the CPRA. While we do not yet know the extent of the impact the CPRA will have on our business or operations, such laws will require us to modify our data processing practices and policies in certain respects. The uncertainty and evolving legal requirements in California and other jurisdictions may increase the cost of compliance, restrict our ability to offer services in certain locations or subject us to sanctions by federal, regional, state, local and international data protection regulators, all of which could adversely impact our business, results of operations or financial condition.

You25


In addition, the GDPR took direct effect across the EU member states on May 25, 2018. The GDPR seeks to harmonize national data protection laws across the EU, while at the same time, modernizing the law to address new technological developments. Compared to the previous EU data protection laws, the GDPR notably has a greater extra-territorial reach and has a significant impact on data controllers and data processors which either have an establishment in the EU, or offer goods or services to EU data subjects or monitor EU data subjects’ behavior within the EU. The regime imposes more stringent operational requirements on both data controllers and data processors, and introduces significant penalties for non-compliance with fines of up to 4% of total annual worldwide turnover or €20 million (whichever is higher), depending on the type and severity of the breach. Although our presence in Europe is currently in the early stages of expansion, and we have taken and will continue to take steps to comply with the EU data privacy legislation, there are a significant number of obligations under the GDPR, many of which are operational, and compliance is an ongoing exercise which is never complete. We are aware that we need to monitor the latest legal and regulatory developments, which may involve compliance costs to address any changes required. We may also experience hesitancy, reluctance, refusal or other challenges engaging with European or multi-national customers due to the potential risk exposure, cost, or difficulty in demonstrating to our customers that the Company is in compliance with various regulatory requirements.

Furthermore, the Fair Credit Reporting Act (“FCRA”) may one day limit how we use consumer information. The federal law was passed in 1970 to provide consumers with protections relating to the consumer information held by credit reporting agencies. Although we do not believe we are currently subject to the FCRA, we may be in the future, depending on changes to our solutions and services or on additional legislative or regulatory efforts that could further regulate credit reporting agencies and the collection, use, communication, access, accuracy, obsolescence, sharing, correction and security of such personal information. Similar initiatives are underway in other countries.

Although we take reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable laws and regulations and have invested and continue to invest human and technology resources into data privacy compliance efforts, there can be no assurance that we will not be entitledsubject to protections normally affordedregulatory action, including fines, audits or investigations by government agencies relating to investorsour compliance with these laws and regulations. An adverse outcome under any such investigation or audit could result in fines, penalties, other liability, adverse publicity, or a loss of manyreputation, and could adversely affect our business. Moreover, we or our third-party service providers could be adversely affected if legislation or regulations are expanded to require changes in our or our third-party service providers’ business practices or if governing jurisdictions interpret or implement their legislation or regulations in a manner that is adverse to our business, such as by expanding data privacy-related liability into areas to which we and our third-party service providers currently do not and previously did not have exposure, consequently increasing the compliance-related costs borne by us and our third-party service providers.

The current data protection landscape may subject us and our third-party service providers to greater risk of potential inquiries and/or enforcement actions. For example, we may find it necessary to establish alternative systems to collect, use, share, retain and safeguard personal information originating from the European Economic Area and caught by the extra-territorial reach of the GDPR, which may involve substantial expense and may cause us to divert resources from other blank check companies.aspects of our business, all of which may adversely affect our results from operations. Further, any inability to adequately address privacy concerns in connection with our SaaS solutions, or comply with applicable privacy or data protection laws, regulations and policies, could result in additional cost and liability to us, and adversely affect our ability to offer SaaS solutions.

Further changes to data privacy legislation may substantially increase the penalties to which we could be subject in the event of any non-compliance. We may incur substantial expense in complying with the new obligations to be imposed by new regulations and we may be required to make significant changes to our solutions and expanding business operations, all of which may adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

The enactment of new data privacy legislation and evolution of current privacy legislation could cause us to incur incremental cost and liability, adversely affecting our business operations and ability to deliver our financial plans.

As we continue to focus on our SaaS solutions, the amount of personal information we or our third-party cloud providers collect, use, disclose, or otherwise process will likely continue to increase significantly. In addition, a limited number of our solutions collect, use, disclose, or otherwise process transaction-level data aggregated across our customers. We anticipate that over time we will expand our use and collection of personal information as greater amounts of such personal information may be transferred from our customers to us. We recognize that personal privacy has become a significant issue in the U.S., and other jurisdictions where we operate. Many federal, regional, state, local and international legislatures and government agencies have imposed or are considering imposing restrictions and requirements regarding the collection, use, disclosure, and processing of personal data, including the CPRA.

Changes to laws or regulations affecting privacy could impose additional costs and liabilities, including fines, sanctions or other penalties on us and our third-party service providers, which could materially and adversely affect results of operations, business and reputation and could limit our ability to use such information to add value for customers. If we seek shareholder approvalare required to change our business activities or revise or eliminate services, or to implement burdensome compliance measures, our business and results of operations could be adversely impacted. Such changes are a possibility, especially given that consumer advocates, media and elected officials, among others, have increasingly publicly criticized data-focused companies and industries regarding their collection, storage and use of personal data. Additionally, in the case of information from our websites and web-based services that is stored with third-party cloud providers that we do not control, our third-party cloud providers may not adequately implement compliance measures concerning the privacy and/or security of any stored personal information. We may be subject to fines, penalties and potential litigation if we or our third-party cloud providers fail to comply with applicable privacy and/or data security laws, regulations, standards and other requirements and the costs of compliance with and other burdens imposed by privacy-related laws, regulations and standards may limit the use and adoption of our initial Business Combinationsolutions and reduce their overall demand for our solutions. Furthermore, any determination by a court or agency that our data practices, solutions or services violate, or cause our customers to violate, applicable laws, regulations or other requirements could subject us or our customers to civil or criminal penalties. Such a determination also could require us to modify or terminate portions of our business, disqualify us from serving certain customers or cause us to refund some or all of our fees or otherwise compensate our customers, or alter our business practices, potentially at great expense.

Furthermore, concerns regarding data privacy and/or security may cause our customers and end-users to resist providing the data and information necessary to use our solutions effectively. Even the perception that the privacy and/or security of personal information is not

26


satisfactorily managed, or does not meet applicable legal, regulatory and other requirements, could inhibit sales or adoption of our solutions, or could give rise to private class action, or claims by regulators, in each case potentially resulting in a negative impact on our sales and results from operations.

Changes in tax laws or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income tax returns could adversely affect our results of operations.

We are subject to federal, state and local income taxes in the U.S. and in foreign jurisdictions. Our future effective tax rates and the value of our deferred tax assets could be adversely affected by changes in tax laws, including impacts of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) enacted in December 2017, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (also known as the “CARES Act”) of 2020 and the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (the "Inflation Reduction Act"). The Inflation Reduction Act introduces a 15% minimum tax for corporations whose average annual adjusted financial statement income for any consecutive three-tax-year period preceding the tax year exceeds $1 billion and a 1% excise tax on the fair market value of stock repurchased by certain corporations after December 31, 2022. We do not currently expect that the Inflation Reduction Act will have a material impact on our tax liabilities for 2022 or 2023; however, we will continue to evaluate their impact as further information becomes available. The U.S. Treasury Department and the IRS are expected to continue to interpret or issue guidance on how provisions of the Tax Act, the CARES Act and the Inflation Reduction Act will be applied or otherwise administered. As guidance is issued, we may make adjustments to amounts that we have previously recorded that may materially impact our financial statements in the period in which the adjustments are made, and the amount of taxes that we may be required to pay could significantly increase.

Further, we are subject to the examination of our income tax returns by the IRS and other taxing authorities. We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from such examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. Although we believe we have made appropriate provisions for taxes in the jurisdictions in which we operate, changes in the tax laws or challenges from taxing authorities under existing tax laws could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Future government regulation of the Internet could create incremental costs or business disruption, harming our results of operations.

The future success of our business depends upon the continued use of the Internet as a primary medium for commerce, communication and business services. Because of the Internet’s popularity and increasing use, federal, state or foreign government bodies or agencies have adopted, and may in the future adopt, laws or regulations affecting the use of the Internet as a commercial medium. These laws and regulations cover issues such as the collection and use of data from website visitors and related privacy issues; pricing; taxation; telecommunications over the Internet; content; copyrights; distribution; and domain name piracy. The enactment of any additional laws or regulations of the Internet, including international laws and regulations, could impede the growth of subscription revenue and place additional financial burdens on our business.

Changes to financial accounting standards may affect our results of operations and could cause us to change our business practices. The nature of our business requires the application of accounting guidance that requires management to make estimates and assumptions. Additionally, changes in accounting guidance may cause us to experience greater volatility in our quarterly and annual results. If we are unsuccessful in adapting to the requirements of new guidance, or in clearly explaining to stockholders how new guidance affects reporting of our results of operations, our stock price may decline.

We prepare our consolidated financial statements to conform to U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”). These accounting principles are subject to interpretation by the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB"), and various bodies formed to interpret and create accounting rules and regulations. Recent accounting standards, such as Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 842, Leases (“ASC 842”), which we adopted in fiscal year 2021, or the guidance relating to interpretation and adoption of standards could have a significant effect on our financial results and could affect our business. Additionally, the FASB and the SEC are focused on the integrity of financial reporting, and our accounting policies are subject to scrutiny by regulators and the public.

We cannot predict the impact of future changes to accounting principles or our accounting policies on our financial statements going forward. If we are not able to successfully adopt to new accounting requirements, or if changes to our go-to-market strategy create new risks, then we may experience greater volatility in our quarterly and annual results, which may cause our stock price to decline.

In addition, GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities, equity, revenue, and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources.

Further, some accounting standards require significant judgment and estimates that impact our results of operations. The use of judgment and estimates can potentially result in differences between forecast figures and subsequently reported actual amounts, which may cause volatility in our stock price.

Litigation Risk Factors

We are currently, and have been in the past, a party to litigation, which could result in damage to our reputation and harm our future results of operations.

From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. Litigation might result in substantial costs and may divert management’s attention and resources, which might harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations. For example, we have been named as co-defendants or as the primary defendant in several putative class action lawsuits, which generally allege that the total loss vehicle valuation generated by the Company’s total loss valuation solution undervalues the actual total loss incurred by the insured and improper adjustment of claims by insurance carriers. While we believe that we can partially mitigate the risk and severity of exposure from these lawsuits through contractual provisions in certain of our agreements with insurance carriers, and carrying our own insurance that we believe is adequate to cover adverse claims arising from these lawsuits or similar lawsuits that may be brought against us, we may not have

27


adequate contractual protection in all of our contracts and defending these and similar litigation is costly, diverts management from day-to-day operations, and could harm our brand and reputation. As a result, we may ultimately be subject to a damages judgment, which could be significant and exceed our insurance policy limits or otherwise be excluded from coverage.

Regardless of the outcome of any existing or future litigation, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, harm to our reputation, and other factors. See "Item 3 —Legal Proceedings."

Reliance on Third Parties and Key Personnel Risk Factors

If we are unable to retain our personnel and hire and integrate additional skilled personnel, we may be unable to achieve our goals and our business may suffer.

Our future success depends upon our ability to continue to attract, train, integrate and retain highly skilled employees, particularly those on our management team, and our sales and marketing personnel, SaaS operations personnel, professional services personnel and software engineers. Additionally, our stakeholders increasingly expect us to have a culture that embraces diversity and inclusion in the workplace. Our inability to attract and retain diverse and qualified personnel, or delays in hiring required personnel, including attrition, retention and delay issues due to macroeconomic and other factors beyond our control, may adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial condition. If U.S. immigration policy related to skilled foreign workers were materially adjusted, such a change could hamper our efforts to hire highly skilled foreign employees, including highly specialized engineers, which would adversely impact our business.

Our executive officers and other key employees are generally employed on an at-will basis, which means that these personnel could terminate their relationship with us at any time. The loss of any member of our senior management team could significantly delay or prevent us from achieving our business and/or development objectives and could materially impact our business.

We face competition for qualified individuals from numerous software and other technology companies. Further, significant amounts of time and resources are required to train technical, sales, services and other personnel. We may incur significant costs to attract, train and retain such personnel, and we may lose new employees to our competitors or other technology companies before we realize the benefit of our investment after recruiting and training them.

To the extent that we hire personnel from competitors, we may be subject to allegations that such personnel are restricted from working for us because of their non-competition or non-solicitation obligations to these competitors, have been improperly solicited or have divulged proprietary or other confidential information. In addition, we have a limited number of salespeople and the loss of several salespeople within a short period of time could have a negative impact on our sales efforts. We may be unable to attract and retain suitably qualified individuals who are capable of meeting our growing technical, operational and managerial requirements, or we may be required to pay increased compensation in order to do so. The Federal Trade Commission has recently proposed new rules that would ban employers from imposing noncompete clauses in employment agreements. If such rules are implemented, our profitability could be harmed if our employees leave to work for our competitors and we may also face increased allegations by third-parties that our employees have disclosed to us, or improperly used for our benefit, proprietary or confidential information of third parties, and may need to expend additional resources to protect our own proprietary and other confidential information.

Our ability to expand geographically depends, in large part, on our ability to attract, retain and integrate managers to lead the local business and employees with the appropriate skills. Similarly, our profitability depends on our ability to effectively utilize personnel with the right mix of skills and experience to perform services for our customers, including our ability to transition employees to new assignments on a timely basis. If we are unable to effectively deploy our employees on a timely basis to fulfill the needs of our customers, our reputation could suffer and our ability to attract new customers may be adversely impacted.

Because of the technical nature of our solutions and the dynamic market in which we compete, any failure to attract, integrate and retain qualified sales and product development personnel, as well as our contract workers, could adversely impact our ability to generate sales or successfully develop new solutions and enhancements of existing solutions.

We rely on third-party service providers, including third-party cloud providers, to host and deliver our websites, web-based solutions, and other information technology systems and any interruptions or delays in these services could negatively impact our business.

We currently serve our customers from third-party data center and cloud hosting facilities. Our operations depend in part on these third-party providers’ ability to protect these facilities against damage or interruption from natural disasters, power or telecommunications failures, criminal acts, and similar events. In the event that our arrangements with these third-party providers are terminated, or if there are any lapses of service or damage to a provider’s facilities, we would likely experience significant interruptions in our cloud-based applications or other business operations as well as delays and additional expenses in making new arrangements to restore services. Any interruptions or delays in our service, whether as a result of third-party error, our own error, fire, floods, earthquakes, acts of terrorism, power loss, telecommunications failures, break-ins and similar events, or security breaches, whether accidental or willful, could impair our ability to deliver our solutions to our customers, resulting in customer dissatisfaction, damage to our reputation, loss of customers and adverse impact to our operations and our business and could cause our revenue to decrease and/or our expenses to increase. Also, in the event of damage or interruption, our insurance policies may not adequately compensate us for any losses that we may incur.

The controls implemented by our current or future third-party service providers may not prevent or timely detect system failures and we do not conduct redemptions pursuantcontrol the operations of third-party service providers that we use. Any changes in service levels by our current or future third-party service providers could result in loss or damage to our customers’ stored information and any service interruptions at these third-party service providers could hurt our reputation, cause us to lose customers, adversely impact our ability to attract new customers or subject us to potential liability. Our current or future third-party service providers could decide to close their facilities without adequate notice. In addition, financial difficulties, such as bankruptcy, faced by our current or future third-party service providers, or any of the service providers with whom we or they contract, may have negative effects on our business. If our current or future third-party service providers are unable to keep up with our growing needs for capacity or any spikes in customer demand, it could have an adverse effect on our business. Our property and business interruption insurance coverage may not

28


be adequate to fully compensate us for losses that may occur. Additionally, systems redundancies and disaster recovery and business continuity plans may not be sufficient to overcome the failures of third-party service providers hosting our SaaS solutions. In addition, the infrastructure that connects our networks to each other, or to the tender offer rules,internet and if youother external networks, may become insufficient, including with respect to latency, capacity, reliability and connectivity.

In the ordinary course of business, our information technology systems will continue to require modification and refinements to address growth and changing business requirements, including technological advancement that could result in our solutions being run less expensively on a different platform or a “group” of shareholders are deemed to hold in excess of 15%could accelerate obsolescence of our Class A ordinary shares, you will loseexisting systems and infrastructure. If it should be needed, a change in service provider for our data center housing or other third-party solutions would be costly and time-consuming to implement, which could negatively impact the operating results of CCC. In addition to the financial impacts, a transition of this type would be a complex effort, which could result in errors or service interruptions for customers and this type could require considerable staff and management’s attention being dedicated to the effort, potentially limiting CCC’s capacity for undertaking other project efforts. If we are not able to adapt to changing technologies or meet customer demands for new processes or technologies in a timely and cost-effective manner, or if our existing information technology systems and infrastructure becomes, or is perceived as being, outdated or less sophisticated than our competitors’, we may not be able to retain existing customers and attract new customers necessary to sustain and grow our business.

We are currently in the process of migrating certain core information technology systems and customer-facing applications to third-party cloud providers. If we do not complete the transition or fail to administer these new environments in a well-managed, secure and effective manner, if the platform(s) we migrate to become unavailable or do not meet their service level agreements for any reason, if our solutions do not perform as we expect them to within these new environments or are unable to integrate efficiently with other environments, or if we are unable to appropriately balance the introduction of new capabilities and systems with the management of existing systems, we may experience unplanned service disruption or unforeseen costs which could result in material harm to our business and results of operations. Our third-party cloud providers, or other service providers, could experience system breakdowns or failures, outages, downtime, cyber-attacks, adverse changes to financial condition, bankruptcy, or other adverse conditions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and reputation.

Indebtedness

Our financial leverage could adversely affect our ability to redeem all such sharesraise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in excessthe economy or our market, expose us to interest rate risk, and prevent us from timely satisfying our obligations.

As of 15%December 31, 2022, our total debt outstanding under the 2021 Credit Agreement (as defined below) was $792 million under our Term B Loan (as defined below) and we had additional unused borrowing capacity under our 2021 Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below) of $249.3 million. For a description of our Class A ordinary shares.

Because2021 Credit Facilities (as defined below) see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of our limited resourcesFinancial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Debt.” If we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service the 2021 Credit Facilities, we may need to refinance the 2021 Credit Facilities, dispose of assets, or issue equity to obtain necessary funds; we do not know whether we will be able to take any such actions on a timely basis or on terms satisfactory to us or at all.

Our leverage and the significant competition for Business Combination opportunities,covenant restrictions under the 2021 Credit Agreement could have important consequences, including, without limitation:

making it may be more difficult for us to completemake payments on outstanding principal and interest owed under the 2021 Credit Agreement;
increasing our initial Business Combination. If we have not consummated our initial Business Combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per public share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust accountvulnerability to general economic and our warrants will expire worthless.

If the net proceeds of our Initial Public Offeringmarket conditions and the sale of the private placement warrants not being heldto changes in the trust account are insufficientindustries in which we compete;

requiring a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to allow usbe dedicated to operate for the 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) followingpayment of principal and interest owed under the closing ofCredit Agreement, thereby reducing our Initial Public Offering, it could limit the amount availableability to use our cash flow to fund our search for a targetoperations, future working capital, capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions, future strategic business opportunities, or businesses andother general corporate requirements;
restricting us from making acquisitions or causing us to make divestitures or similar transactions;
limiting our ability to complete our initial Business Combination, and we would depend on loans (if any) from our sponsor, its affiliates or members of our management team to fund our search and to complete our initial Business Combination.

The other risks and uncertainties discussed in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

PART I

References in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to “we,” “us,” “our,” “Company” or “our company” are to Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. References to our “management” or our “management team” are to our executive officers and directors, and references to our “sponsor” are to Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Holdings, a Cayman Islands limited liability company. References to our “initial shareholders” refer to our sponsor and the Company’s executive officers and directors.

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS.

Introduction

We are a blank check company incorporated on July 3, 2020 as a Cayman Islands exempted companyobtain additional financing for the purpose of effectingfunding working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, investments, acquisitions, and general corporate purposes;

limiting our ability to adjust to changing market conditions and placing us at a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, sharecompetitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who are less highly leveraged; and
increasing our cost of borrowing.

Borrowings under the 2021 Credit Facilities bear interest at rates based on the ratio of the Company's and its subsidiaries' consolidated first lien net indebtedness to the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ consolidated EBITDA for applicable periods specified in the 2021 Credit Facilities.

If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations may increase even though the amount borrowed remains the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, will correspondingly decrease.

Restrictions imposed by the covenants in the 2021 Credit Agreement, and any covenants in any future credit facilities documentation, limit our ability to operate our business and to finance our future operations or capital needs or our ability to engage in acquisitions or other business activities necessary to achieve growth.

The 2021 Credit Agreement restrict us from engaging in certain activities. Such covenants, which are generally customary and generally reflect market terms, restrict our ability to, among other things:

incur additional indebtedness;
create or incur liens;

29


pay dividends and distributions on, or purchase, reorganizationredeem, decrease, or similar business combinationotherwise acquire or retire for value, our capital stock;
make repayments or repurchases of debt that is contractually subordinated with one respect to right of payment and/or more businessessecurity;
create negative pledges with respect to the Credit Facilities or entities (a “Business Combination”). We have reviewed a numberrestrictions on the payment of opportunities to dividends or payment of other amounts owed from subsidiaries;
make acquisitions, investments, loans (including guarantees), advance or capital contributions;
engage in consolidations, amalgamations, mergers, liquidations, dissolutions, dispositions and/or sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of assets, including capital stock of subsidiaries;
enter into certain sale and leaseback transactions;
engage in certain transactions with affiliates;
change our material lines of business;
modify certain documents governing certain debt that is subordinated with respect to right of payment;
change our fiscal year; and
conduct material operations at Holdings.

The 2021 Credit Agreement contains representations and warranties, and affirmative and negative covenants, customary for a Business Combinationfinancing of the type. With respect to the 2021 Revolving Credit Facility, beginning with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2022, the Company is subject to a springing first lien leverage test, tested each fiscal quarter, only if a minimum of 35.0% of the 2021 Revolving Credit Facility is (subject to certain exclusions set forth in the 2021 Credit Agreement) drawn at the end of such fiscal quarter. The Company was not subject to the first lien leverage test as of December 31, 2022.

We cannot guarantee that we will be able to maintain compliance with these covenants or, if we fail to do so, that we will be able to obtain waivers from the Administrative Agent and/or the required lenders and/or amend the covenants. Even if we comply with all of the applicable covenants, the restrictions on the conduct of our business could adversely affect our business by, among other things, limiting our ability to take advantage of financings, mergers, acquisitions, investments, and intendother corporate opportunities that may be beneficial to enter intoour business. Even if the Proposed Business Combination described below2021 Credit Agreement is terminated, any additional debt that we incur in the future could subject us to similar or additional covenants. A breach of any of the covenants in the 2021 Credit Agreement could result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could trigger acceleration of our indebtedness and an increase in the interest rates applicable to such indebtedness, and may result in the acceleration of or default under “Recent Developments.” Weany other debt we may incur in the future to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. The acceleration of the indebtedness under the 2021 Credit Agreement or under any other indebtedness incurred by the Company and/or its subsidiaries in the future could have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenue to date. Baseda material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. In the event of any event of default under the 2021 Credit Agreement or any additional future credit facilities, the applicable lenders could elect to terminate borrowing commitments and declare all borrowings and loans outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid interest and any fees and other obligations, to be due and payable. In addition, we have granted a security interest in a significant portion of our assets to secure our obligations under the 2021 Credit Agreement. During the existence of an event of default under the 2021 Credit Agreement, if not cured or waived, the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, acting on behalf of the relevant lenders, could exercise their rights and remedies thereunder, including by way of initiating foreclosure proceedings against any assets constituting collateral for our obligations under the 2021 Credit Agreement.

We may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our significant debt service obligations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our debt obligations depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business, legislative, regulatory, and other factors beyond our control. We may not be able to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and/or interest on our indebtedness. If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay investments, acquisitions, capital expenditures, and payments on account of other obligations, seek additional capital, restructure or refinance our indebtedness, or sell assets. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. Our ability to restructure or refinance our debt will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and could require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

If we are at any point unable to repay or otherwise refinance our indebtedness when due, or if any other event of default is not cured or waived, the applicable lenders could accelerate our outstanding obligations or proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness, which could force us into bankruptcy or liquidation. In the event the applicable lenders accelerate the repayment of our borrowings, we and our subsidiaries may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness. Any acceleration of amounts due under the 2021 Credit Agreement or the exercise by the applicable lenders of their rights under the security documents would likely have a material adverse effect on our business.

We may be adversely affected by the phase-out of, or changes in the method of determining, the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), or the replacement of LIBOR with different reference rates.

LIBOR is the basic rate of interest used in lending between banks on the London interbank market and is widely used as a reference for setting the interest rate on U.S. dollar-denominated loans globally. Our 2021 Credit Facilities use LIBOR as reference rates such that the interest due to our creditors under the 2021 Credit Facilities, if elected, is calculated using LIBOR.

30


On July 27, 2017, the U.K.’s Financial Conduct Authority (the authority that administers LIBOR) announced that it intends to phase out LIBOR by June 30, 2023. It is unclear whether new methods of calculating LIBOR will be established such that either continues to exist after 2021 or if alternative rates or benchmarks will be adopted. Changes in the method of calculating LIBOR, or the replacement of LIBOR with an alternative rate or benchmark, may adversely affect interest rates and result in higher borrowing costs. This could materially and adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows, and liquidity. We cannot predict the effect of the potential changes to LIBOR or the establishment and use of alternative rates or benchmarks. We may need to renegotiate our 2021 Credit Facilities or incur other indebtedness, and changes in the method of calculating LIBOR or the use of any alternative rate or benchmark, may negatively impact the terms of such renegotiated Credit Facilities or such other indebtedness. If changes are made to the method of calculating either LIBOR or LIBOR ceases to exist, we may need to amend certain contracts and cannot predict what alternative rate or benchmark would be negotiated. This may result in an increase to our interest expense.

Additionally, the discontinuation, reform or replacement of LIBOR or any other benchmark rates may have an unpredictable impact on contractual mechanics in the credit markets or cause disruption to the broader financial markets. Uncertainty as to the nature of such potential discontinuation, reform or replacement could have a significant impact on the overall interest rate environment.

Risks Relating to Ownership of Our Common Stock

If the ownership of our common stock continues to be highly concentrated, it may prevent minority stockholders from influencing significant corporate decisions and may result in conflicts of interest.

Cypress Investor Holdings, L.P., GPE VIII CCC Co-Investment (Delaware) Limited Partnership and Advent International GPE VIII-C Limited Partnership (collectively, the “Advent Investor”) owns approximately 56.8% of our common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of February 24, 2023. Under the Shareholder Rights Agreement, the Advent Investor has the authority to fill six (6) of the nine (9) seats on our board of directors, a majority of our board. The Advent Investor will maintain this majority until its ownership falls below 50% of our issued and outstanding stock, at which point they will still be entitled to fill four (4) of the nine (9) seats on our board of directors, with three (3) directors required to be independent. As a result, the Advent Investor currently controls us and for as long as the Advent Investor continues to beneficially own a substantial percentage of the voting power of our outstanding common stock, it will continue to have significant influence over us. This concentration of ownership may delay, deter or prevent acts that would be favored by our other stockholders. The interests of the Advent Investor may not always coincide with our interests or the interests of our other stockholders. For example, for so long as the Advent Investor continues to own a majority of the voting power of our capital stock, the Advent Investor could, acting alone, approve all matters requiring a stockholder vote, including, without limitation: the election of directors; mergers, consolidations and acquisitions; the sale of all or substantially all of our assets and other decisions affecting our capital structure; the amendment of our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws; and our winding up and dissolution. This concentration of ownership may also have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change in control of the Company, could deprive our stockholders an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of the Company and might ultimately affect the market price of our common stock. Other than our Chief Executive Officer, members of our Board of Directors who are affiliated with the Advent Investor, the OH Cypress Aggregator, L.P. (the “OH Investor”), or the TCV IX, L.P., TCV IX (A), L.P., TCV IX (B), L.P. or TCV Member Fund, L.P. (collectively, the “TCV Investor”), by the terms of our certificate of incorporation, will not be required to offer us any corporate opportunity of which they become aware and can take any such corporate opportunity for themselves or offer it to other companies in which they have an investment. We, by the terms of our certificate of incorporation, will expressly renounce any interest or expectancy in any such corporate opportunity to the extent permitted under applicable law, even if the opportunity is one that we or our subsidiaries might reasonably have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. The Advent Investor is in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. In addition, the Advent Investor may seek to cause us to take courses of action that, in its judgment, could enhance its investment in us, but which might involve risks to our other stockholders or adversely affect us or our other stockholders. As a “shellresult, the market price of our common stock could decline, or stockholders might not receive a premium over the then-current market price of our common stock upon a change in control. In addition, this concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock because investors may perceive disadvantages in owning shares in a company with significant stockholders.

We incur and will continue to incur increased costs as defineda result of operating as a public company, and our management is required to devote substantial time to compliance initiatives and corporate governance practices. We may fail to comply with the rules that apply to public companies, including Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which could result in sanctions or other penalties that would adversely impact our business.

As a public company we will continue to incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs resulting from public company reporting obligations under the Securities Act, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), because we have no operations and nominal assets consisting almost entirely of cash.

On August 18, 2020, we consummated our Initial Public Offering of 69,000,000 units (the “Units”),which includedregulations regarding corporate governance practices. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the full exercise byDodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the underwritersrules of the over-allotment option to purchase an additional 9,000,000 Units, at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceedsSEC, the listing requirements of $690,000,000 (the “Initial Public Offering”The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC ("Nasdaq"). Each Unit consists, and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of one Class A ordinary share of the Companyeffective disclosure and one-fifth of one redeemable warrant (the “Warrants”). Each whole Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Class A Ordinary Share for $11.50 per share. Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, we consummated the sale of an aggregate of 15,800,000 private placement warrants to our sponsor at a price of $1.00 per warrant, generating gross proceeds of $15,800,000 (the “Private Placement Warrants”).

Prior to the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, on July 10, 2020, our sponsor paid $25,000, or approximately $0.001 per share, to cover certain of our offeringfinancial controls and formation costs in consideration of 17,250,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 (the “Founder Shares”), of which an aggregate of up to 2,250,000 shares were subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriters did not exercise their over-allotment option. As a result of the underwriters’ election to fully exercise their over-allotment option, such Founder Shares are no longer subject to forfeiture. In July 2020, our sponsor transferred 75,000 Founder Shares to each of our independent directors.

On August 12, 2020, we entered into (i) a forward purchase agreement pursuant to which Dragoneer Funding LLC (“Dragoneer Funding”) agreed to subscribe for an aggregate of 15,000,000 forward purchase units, consisting of one Class A ordinary sharecorporate governance practices. We have hired, and one-fifth of one warrant to purchase one Class A ordinary share for $10.00 per unit, or $150,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement to close substantially concurrently with the closing of our initial Business Combination and (ii) a forward purchase agreement pursuant to which entities managed by or associated with Willett Advisors LLC (the “Willett Purchasers”) agreed to subscribe for an aggregate of 2,500,000 forward purchase units, consisting of one Class A ordinary share, or a forward purchase share, and one-fifth of one warrant to purchase one Class A ordinary share, or a forward purchase warrant, for $10.00 per unit, or $25,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement to close substantially concurrently with the closing of our initial Business Combination.

The obligations under the forward purchase agreements will not depend on whether any public shareholders elect to redeem their shares and provide us with a minimum funding level for the initial Business Combination.

As of December 31, 2020, there was $690,000,000 in cash held a segregated trust account located in the United States, with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee (the “Trust Account”) and $605,009 of cash held outside the Trust Account. As of December 31, 2020, no funds had been withdrawn from the Trust Account to pay taxes.

On October 1, 2020 we announced that the holders of our Units may elect to separately trade the Class A ordinary shares and Warrants included in the Units commencing on October 5, 2020 on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbols “DGNR” and “DGNR WS,” respectively. Those Units not separated will continue to trade on the NYSE under the symbol “DGNR.U”.

Recent Developments

On February 2, 2021, the Company, Chariot Opportunity Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Chariot Merger Sub”)hire, additional accounting, finance, and Cypress Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“CCC”) entered into a Business Combination Agreement (the “Business Combination Agreement,” and the transactions contemplated thereby, the “Proposed Business Combination”), pursuant to which on the closing date, among other things and subject to the terms and conditions contained therein:

(i)

the Company will become a Delaware corporation (the “Domestication”) and, in connection with the Domestication, (A) the Company’s name will be changed as determined by CCC in its sole discretion, (B) each outstanding Class A ordinary share of Dragoneer and each outstanding Class B ordinary share of the Company will become one share of common stock of the Company (the “Dragoneer Common Stock”), and (C) each outstanding warrant of Dragoneer will become one warrant to purchase one share of Dragoneer Common Stock; and

(ii)

following the Domestication, Chariot Merger Sub will merge with and into CCC, with CCC as the surviving company in the merger and, after giving effect to such merger, continuing as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (the “Merger”).

In accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Business Combination Agreement, all outstanding shares, together with all outstanding equity awards, of CCC will be exchanged for shares of Dragoneer Common Stock or comparable equity awards that are settled or are exercisable for shares of Dragoneer Common Stock, as applicable, based on an implied CCC equity value of $5,740,750,000, subject to adjustment in accordance with the Business Combination Agreement. Additionally, the current CCC equityholders and the sponsor each have an earn out tied to the trading price of shares of the combined company after the closing of the Merger.

Under the Business Combination Agreement, the obligations of the parties to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby are subject to a number of closing conditions, including, but not limited to, (i) the expiration or termination of the applicable waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, (ii) the approval of the Company’s shareholders, (iii) the approval of CCC’s shareholders and (iv) the Company having at least $5,000,001 of net tangible assets (as determined in accordance with Rule 3a51-1(g)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) remaining after the closing of the Proposed Business Combination.

In addition, the obligation of CCC to consummate the Proposed Business Combination is subject to the fulfillment of other closing conditions, including, but not limited to, (i) the aggregate cash proceeds from the Company’s trust account equaling no less than $207,000,000 (after deducting any amounts paid to the Company’s shareholders that exercise their redemption rights in connection with the Proposed Business Combination and net of the Company’s unpaid transaction expenses and the Company’s unpaid liabilities), (ii) the approval by the NYSE of the Company’s initial listing application in connection with the Proposed Business Combination, (iii) the aggregate cash proceeds from the Company’s forward purchase agreements equaling no less than $175,000,000, at least $150,000,000 of which shall be provided by the sponsor, (iv) the consummation of the Domestication and (v) the Company having made all necessary arrangements to cause the trustee to release the funds from the Company’s trust account available to the Company.

The Business Combination Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the closing of the Proposed Business Combination by mutual written consent of the Company and CCC and, among other things, if the Proposed Business Combination is not consummated by August 2, 2021. As such, the closing of the Proposed Business Combination cannot be assured.

Concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, the Company entered into the following agreements:

Transaction Support Agreements, pursuant to which the CCC shareholders agreed to, among other things, vote in favor of the Business Combination Agreement and the Proposed Business Combination and to be bound by certain other covenants and agreements related to the Proposed Business Combination;

An Amended and Restated Registration and Shareholder Rights Agreement, pursuant to which certain shareholders of CCC and our sponsor were provided with certain governance and board nomination rights;

Subscription Agreements with certain qualified institutional buyers and accredited investors (collectively, the “Investors”), pursuant to which, among other things, the Investors agreed to subscribe for and purchase, and the Company agreed to issue and sell to the Investors, an aggregate of 15,000,000 newly issued shares of Dragoneer Common Stock in connection with the closing of the Proposed Business Combination for aggregate gross proceeds of $150,000,000 (the “Pipe Financing”); and

A Sponsor Letter Agreement with the holders of the Company’s Class B ordinary shares, including our sponsor, pursuant to which such holders agreed to, among other things, (i) vote in favor of the Business Combination Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby (including the Merger), (ii) waive any adjustment to the conversion ratio set forth in the governing documents of the Company or any other anti-

dilution or similar protection with respect to the Class B ordinary shares (whether resulting from the transactions contemplated by the Subscription Agreements or otherwise), (iii) be bound by certain other covenants and agreements related to the Proposed Business Combination and (iv) be bound by certain transfer restrictions with respect to their shares in the Company prior to the closing of the Proposed Business Combination, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Sponsor Letter Agreement. Additionally, pursuant to the Sponsor Letter Agreement, the holders of Class B common stock have agreed that, if the earn out conditions have not been satisfied before the tenth anniversary of the Closing (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), the portion of the Company’s shares subject to such earn out, and any dividends that have been paid in respect thereof (which will be retained by the Company and be paid to the holders of Class B common stock only if and when the earn out conditions are satisfied), will automatically be forfeited to the Company on the tenth anniversary of the Closing (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement).

Other than as specifically discussed herein, this annual report on Form 10-K does not give effect to the Proposed Business Combination or the transactions contemplated thereby.

Effecting our initial Business Combination

General

We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any operations for an indefinite period of time. We intend to effectuate our initial Business Combination using cash from the proceeds of our Initial Public Offering and the sale of the private placement warrants and the forward purchase warrants, our equity, debt or a combination of these as the consideration to be paid in our initial Business Combination. We may seek to complete our initial Business Combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, which would subject us to the numerous risks inherent in such companies and businesses.

If our initial Business Combination is paid for using equity or debt, or not all of the funds released from the trust account are used for payment of the considerationpersonnel in connection with our initial Business Combinationbecoming, and our efforts to comply with the requirements of being, a public company, and our management and other personnel devote a substantial amount of time towards maintaining compliance with these requirements. These requirements have increased our legal and financial compliance costs and have made and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We continuously evaluate the rules and regulations applicable to us a public company and cannot predict or used for redemptionsestimate the amount of our Class A ordinary shares,additional costs we may applyincur or the balancetiming of the cash releasedsuch costs. These rules and regulations are often subject to us from the trust account for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansionvarying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of operations of the post-Business Combination company, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurredspecificity, and, as a result, their application in completing our initial Business Combination, to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital.

Although our management will assess the risks inherent in a particular target business with which wepractice may combine, we cannot assure you that this assessment willevolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in our identifying all risks that a target business may encounter. Furthermore, somecontinuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of those risks may be outside of our control, meaning thatadditional costs we can do nothing to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely affect a target business.

In addition, we believe our ability to complete our initial Business Combination will be enhanced by our having entered into the forward purchase agreements pursuant to which the forward purchase investors have agreed to purchase an aggregate of 17,500,000 forward purchase units, consisting of one Class A ordinary share, or a forward purchase share, and one-fifth of one warrant to purchase one Class A ordinary share, or a forward purchase warrant, for $10.00 per unit, or $175,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placements to close substantially concurrently with the closing of our initial Business Combination.

Sources of Target Businesses

Target business candidates have been brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment market participants, private equity groups, investment banking firms, consultants, accounting firms and large business enterprises. Target businesses may be brought to our attention by such unaffiliated sourcesincur as a result of being solicited by us through callscompliance, disclosure and governance matters or mailings. These sources may also introduce us to target businesses in which they think we may be interested on an unsolicited basis, since some of these sources will be familiar with the Company and know what types of businesses we are targeting. Our officers and directors, as well as their affiliates, may also bring to our attention target business candidates that they become aware of through their business contacts

as a result of formal or informal inquiries or discussions they may have, as well as attending trade shows or conventions. In addition, we expect to receive a number of proprietary deal flow opportunities that would not otherwise necessarily be available to us as a result of the business relationships of our officers and directors. We may engage professional firms or other individuals in the future, in which event we may pay a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation to be determined in an arm’s length negotiation based on the terms of the transaction. We will engage a finder only to the extent our management determines that the use of a finder may bring opportunities to us that may not otherwise be available to us or if finders approach us on an unsolicited basis with a potential transaction that our management determines is in our best interest to pursue. Payment of finder’s fees is customarily tied to completion of a transaction, in which case any such fee will be paid out of the funds held in the trust account. In no event, however, will our sponsor or any of our existing officers or directors, or their respective affiliates paid by us any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the completion of our initial Business Combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). Some of our officers and directors may enter into employment or consulting agreements with the post-Business Combination company following our initial Business Combination. The presence or absence of any such fees or arrangements will not be used as a criterion in our selection process of an acquisition candidate.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial Business Combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, Marc Stad or Pat Robertson (our “Founders”), or our officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial Business Combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor or any of our Founders, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, if required by applicable law or based upon the decision of our board of directors or a committee thereof, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions that such initial Business Combination is fair to the Company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context.

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have, additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities, including entities that are affiliates of our sponsor, pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a Business Combination opportunity to such entity. For example, in November 2020, our sponsor and officers launched a second blank check company, Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II (“Dragoneer II”) and in March 2021, our sponsor and officers filed a registration statement with the SEC for a third blank check company, Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. III (“Dragoneer III”). Our sponsor and officers may form additional blank check companies in the future. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a Business Combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations (including Dragoneer II and Dragoneer III), he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such Business Combination opportunity to such entity, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law.

Evaluation of a Target Business and Structuring of Our Initial Business Combination

In evaluating a prospective target business, including the Proposed Business Combination, we conduct an extensive due diligence review which may encompass, as applicable and among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, interviews of customers and suppliers, inspection of facilities and a review of financial and other information about the target and its industry. We will also utilize our management team’s operational and capital planning experience. If we determine to move forward with a particular target, we will proceed to structure and negotiate the terms of the Business Combination transaction.

The time required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete our initial Business Combination, and the costs associated with this process, are not currently ascertainable with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of, and negotiation with, a prospective target business with which our initial Business Combination is not ultimately completed will result in our incurring losses and will reduce the funds we can use to complete another Business Combination. We will not pay any consulting fees to members of our management team, or their respective affiliates, for services rendered to or in connection with our initial Business Combination. In addition, we have agreed not to enter into a definitive agreement regarding an initial Business Combination without the prior consent of our sponsor.

Our Business Strategy

Our business strategy is to identify and complete a Business Combination that can create value for our shareholders over time. We believe our investment team’s prior experience and our network of relationships should allow us to identify a wide range of attractive opportunities for the Company. Our networks include, among others, entrepreneurs, public and private company management teams (from early stage venture to the Fortune 500), venture capital and private equity investors, investment bankers, attorneys, and management consultants.

Dragoneer’s investment philosophy is rooted in several core tenets:

Sustainable competitive differentiation. Dragoneer believes that identifying and deeply dissecting the “moat” around a company is the most critical element of understanding that company, as true differentiation can provide years of durable, compounding growth and expanding margins.

Growth as primary driver of returns. Dragoneer’s underwriting is primarily predicated on the topline growth potential of a business—while maintaining an attractive financial model—as opposed to valuation arbitrage or financial leverage. It is not coincidental that Dragoneer’s investments have generally been in disruptive sectors such as internet, software, and financial services.

Superior economic model. Ultimately, a business must have the ability to generate high levels of cash-flow over time, even if it chooses to use that cash to re-invest for the future. Dragoneer spends significant time evaluating a company’s financial model and unit economics to seek to discern the trajectory of its margin profile in the coming years.

World-class management teams. Dragoneer seeks to partner with creative and ambitious management teams that have a track record of success to help them execute against their vision.

Analyzability. Dragoneer generally looks for businesses that are mature enough to have a wealth of financial and operating data which it can utilize to conduct thorough analyses and build high-fidelity forecasts. Ultimately, isolating and forecasting drivers of growth with a high degree of conviction allows Dragoneer to initiate large, concentrated investments. Early stage venture businesses typically do not fit this mold as there is insufficient information to complete the due diligence process, and there are even public companies Dragoneer does not believe are sufficiently analyzable yet. Dragoneer also generally avoids businesses with highly unpredictable elements such as broad macroeconomic cyclicality or binary technological or regulatory risk.

Large addressable market relative to current company size. Dragoneer has found success in broad “platform” businesses as well as dominant vertical players. Dragoneer has also historically found opportunities both in markets and segments that themselves are growing (for example, due to new consumer behavior or new technology), as well as with companies that are taking share in more stable markets. However, with both types of opportunities, we seek companies that we believe have a clear runway for sustained growth in their existing core businesses, well beyond Dragoneer’s expected investment horizon.

This philosophy is combined with Dragoneer’s approach to investing:

Opportunistic and flexible application of these principles. Dragoneer invests in both public and private markets in a range of sectors and geographies, with a rigorous focus on seeking to identify the highest quality businesses.

Global Orientation. Different markets are evolving on different timelines and in different ways, with some consumer trends and corporate behaviors showing maturity in some markets, while those same trends are more nascent in other markets. Or as William Gibson quipped, “The future is already here—it’s just not evenly distributed.” Dragoneer is also seeing new companies being formed around the world (and particularly in China) that are going to compete more aggressively globally than they ever have before, and Dragoneer believes a broad lens is required to evaluate a given company’s competitive landscape and growth prospects.

Deep, fundamental analysis. Dragoneer’s investment team spends significant time conducting primary due diligence, availing itself of access to management when appropriate and a wide variety of third-party resources. Dragoneer’s goal is to be the foremost expert on the businesses in which it invests.

Long investment horizon. While staying closely attuned to a company’s development along the way, Dragoneer attempts to analyze its prospects for many years into the future. Dragoneer seeks to carefully analyze the extent to which a company’s “moat” will continue to deepen as it scales and what future product and financial implications that may have in the fullness of time. When Dragoneer invests, it is generally with a strong view that a business has a long and clear runway for compound growth.

Concentration. There are very few companies that meet Dragoneer’s selective criteria, and it attempts to maintain its discipline across market cycles. Dragoneer is also a believer that concentrated investments based in rigorous analysis are more likely to produce superior outcomes over time, compared to a portfolio approach with wide dispersion among winners and losers.

Preservation of capital. In addition to earning an attractive rate of return on Dragoneer’s investments, Dragoneer also seeks a significant margin of safety in each investment. Dragoneer is very focused on preservation of capital and pursues a nuanced evaluation of numerous downside scenarios. Its historical losses as a firm have been limited as a result.

Consistent with our investment philosophy and strategy, we plan to identify high-quality businesses run by exceptional teams pursuing large market opportunities. We expect to be guided by the criteria outlined above in evaluating opportunities, but we may decide to complete our initial Business Combination with a target business that does not meet any or all of these criteria.

The criteria set forth above are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular initial Business Combination may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general guidelines as well as other considerations, factors and criteria that our management and our investment team may deem relevant.

So long as our securities are listed on the NYSE, our initial Business Combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the net assets held in the trust account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the interest earned on the trust account) at the time of signing a definitive agreement in connection with our initial Business Combination. If our board of directors is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or an independent valuation or appraisal firm with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. While we consider it unlikely that our board will not be able to make an independent determination of the fair market value of a target business or businesses, it may be unable to do so if the board is less familiar or experienced with the target company’s business, there is a significant amount of uncertainty as to the value of the Company’s assets or prospects, including if such company is at an early stage of development, operations or growth, or if the anticipated transaction involves a complex financial analysis or other specialized skills and the board determines that outside expertise would be helpful or necessary in conducting such analysis. Since any opinion, if obtained, would merely state that the fair market value of the target business meets the 80% of net assets threshold, unless such opinion includes material information regarding the valuation of a target business or the consideration to be provided, it is not anticipated that copies of such opinion would be distributed to our shareholders. However, if required under applicable law, any proxy statement that we deliver to shareholders and file with the SEC in connection with a proposed transaction will include such opinion.

We may, at our option, pursue an acquisition opportunity jointly with one or more entities affiliated with Dragoneer and/or one or more investors in funds managed by Dragoneer, which we refer to as an “Affiliated Joint Acquisition.” Any such parties may co-invest with us in the target business at the time of our initial Business Combination, or we could raise additional proceeds to complete the acquisition by issuing to such parties a class of equity or equity-linked securities. We refer to this potential future issuance, or a similar issuance to other specified purchasers, as a “specified future issuance” throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The amount and other terms and conditions of any such specified future issuance would be determined at the time thereof. We are not obligated to make any specified future issuance and may determine not to do so. This is not an offer for any

specified future issuance. Pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of our Class B ordinary shares, any such specified future issuance would result in an adjustment to the conversion ratio such that our initial shareholders and their permitted transferees, if any, would retain their aggregate percentage ownership at 20% of the sum of the total number of all ordinary shares outstanding plus all shares issued in the specified future issuance, unless the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding Class B ordinary shares agreed to waive such adjustment with respect to the specified future issuance at the time thereof. We cannot determine at this time whether a majority of the holders of our Class B ordinary shares at the time of any such specified future issuance would agree to waive such adjustment to the conversion ratio. If such adjustment is not waived, the specified future issuance would not reduce the percentage ownership of holders of our Class B ordinary shares, but would reduce the percentage ownership of holders of our Class A ordinary shares. If such adjustment is waived, the specified future issuance would reduce the percentage ownership of holders of both classes of our ordinary shares.

We anticipate structuring our initial Business Combination so that the post-Business Combination company in which our public shareholders own shares will own or acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial Business Combination such that the post-Business Combination company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such Business Combination if the post-Business Combination company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-Business Combination company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the Business Combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-Business Combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the Business Combination. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock, shares or other equity interests of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our initial Business Combination could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to our initial Business Combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-Business Combination company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test. If the Business Combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses. In addition, we have agreed not to enter into a definitive agreement regarding an initial Business Combination without the prior consent of our sponsor. If our securities are not then listed on the NYSE for whatever reason, we would no longer be required to meet the foregoing 80% of net asset test.

Our Acquisition Process

In evaluating a potential target business, we expect to conduct a comprehensive due diligence review to seek to determine a company’s quality and its intrinsic value. That due diligence review may include, among other things, financial statement analysis, detailed document reviews, multiple meetings with management, consultations with relevant industry experts, competitors, customers and suppliers, as well as a review of additional information that we will seek to obtain as part of our analysis of a target company.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial Business Combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial Business Combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, if required by applicable law or based upon the decision of our board of directors or a committee thereof, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or an independent accounting firm that our initial Business Combination is fair to the Company from a financial point of view.

Members of our and Dragoneer’s management teams, including our officers and directors, directly or indirectly own our securities and, accordingly, may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target company is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial Business Combination. Each of our officers and directors, as well as our and Dragoneer’s management teams, may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular Business Combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers, directors, and management team members was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to such Business Combination.

Each of our directors and officers presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a Business Combination opportunity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a Business Combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such opportunity to such entity. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our initial Business Combination.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company, and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue, and to the extent the director or officer is permitted to refer that opportunity to us without violating another legal obligation.

Our Founders, sponsor, officers, and directors may sponsor, form or participate in other blank check companies similar to ours during the period in which we are seeking an initial Business Combination. Any such companies, including Dragoneer II and Dragoneer III, may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an acquisition target, particularly in the event there is overlap among investment mandates. However, we do not currently expect that any such other blank check company would materially affect our ability to complete our initial Business Combination. In addition, our Founders, sponsor, officers, and directors are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including identifying potential Business Combinations and monitoring the related due diligence.

Redemption Rights for Public Shareholders upon Completion of Our Initial Business Combination

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A ordinary shares upon the completion of our initial Business Combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial Business Combination, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our income taxes, if any, divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. The amount in the trust account is initially anticipated to be $10.00 per public share. The per-share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions we will pay to the underwriters. The redemption rights will include the requirement that a beneficial holder must identify itself in order to validly redeem its shares. There will be no redemption rights upon the completion of our initial Business Combination with respect to our warrants. Further, we will not proceed with redeeming our public shares, even if a public shareholder has properly elected to redeem its shares, if a Business Combination does not close. Our sponsor and each member of our management team have entered into an agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares and public shares held by them in connection with (i) the completion of our initial Business Combination, and (ii) a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) that would modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial Business Combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of our Initial Public Offering or during any Extension Period or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares.

Limitations on Redemptions

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provides that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 either prior to or upon consummation of an initial Business Combination (so that we do not then become subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). However, the proposed Business Combination may require: (i) cash consideration to be paid to the

target or its owners, (ii) cash to be transferred to the target for working capital or other general corporate purposes or (iii) the retention of cash to satisfy other conditions in accordance with the terms of the proposed Business Combination. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all Class A ordinary shares that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed Business Combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the Business Combination or redeem any shares, and all Class A ordinary shares submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof.

Manner of Conducting Redemptions

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A ordinary shares upon the completion of our initial Business Combination either (i) in connection with a general meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. We will seek the approval of our shareholders to consummate the Proposed Business Combination. However, in the event that the Proposed Business Combination is not consummated, the decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transactionsuch costs. These reporting requirements, rules and whether the terms of the transaction would require us to seek shareholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements or whether we were deemed to be a foreign private issuer (which would require a tender offer rather than seeking shareholder approval under SEC rules). Asset acquisitions and share purchases would not typically require shareholder approval while direct mergersregulations, coupled with the Company where we do not survive and any transactions where we issue more than 20% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares or seek to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association would typically require shareholder approval. We currently intend to conduct redemptionsincrease in connection with a shareholder vote to consummate the Proposed Business Combination. So long as we obtain and maintain a listing for our securities on the NYSE, we will be required to comply with the NYSE rules.

If we held a shareholder vote to approve our initial Business Combination, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association:

conduct the redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies, and not pursuant to the tender offer rules; and

file proxy materials with the SEC.

In the event that we seek shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination, we will distribute proxy materials and, in connection therewith, provide our public shareholders with the redemption rights described above upon completion of the initial Business Combination.

If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial Business Combination only if we obtain the approval of an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law, which requires the affirmative vote of a majority of shareholders who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company. In such case, our sponsor and each member of our management team have agreed to vote their founder shares and public shares in favor of our initial Business Combination. As a result, in addition to our initial purchaser’s founder shares, we would need 25,875,001, or 37.5% (assuming all issued and outstanding shares are voted), or 4,312,501, or 6.25% (assuming only the minimum number of shares representing a quorum are voted), of the 69,000,000 public shares sold in our Initial Public Offering to be voted in favor of an initial Business Combination in order to have our initial Business Combination approved. Each public shareholder may elect to redeem their public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction or vote at all. In addition, our sponsor and each member of our management team have entered into an agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares and public shares held by them in connection with (i) the completion of a Business Combination, and (ii) a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) that would modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial Business Combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of our Initial Public Offering or during any Extension Period or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares.

If we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association:

conduct the redemptions pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers; and

file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial Business Combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial Business Combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies.

Upon the public announcement of our initial Business Combination, if we elect to conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, we and our sponsor will terminate any plan established in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 to purchase Class A ordinary shares in the open market, in order to comply with Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act.

In the event we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, our offer to redeem will remain open for at least 20 business days, in accordance with Rule 14e-1(a) under the Exchange Act, and we will not be permitted to complete our initial Business Combination until the expiration of the tender offer period. In addition, the tender offer will be conditioned on public shareholders not tendering more than the number of public shares we are permitted to redeem. If public shareholders tender more shares than we have offered to purchase, we will withdraw the tender offer and not complete such initial Business Combination.

Limitation on Redemption upon Completion of Our Initial Business Combination If We Seek Shareholder Approval

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial Business Combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in our Initial Public Offering, which we refer to as “Excess Shares,” without our prior consent. We believe this restriction will discourage shareholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to exercise their redemption rights against a proposed Business Combination as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public shareholder holding more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in our Initial Public Offering could threaten to exercise its redemption rights if such holder’s shares are not purchased by us, our sponsor or our management at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our shareholders’ ability to redeem no more than 15% of the shares sold in our Initial Public Offering without our prior consent, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of shareholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our initial Business Combination, particularly in connection with a Business Combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash.

However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial Business Combination.

Tendering Share Certificates in Connection with a Tender Offer or Redemption Rights

Public shareholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” will be required to either tender their certificates (if any) to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, mailed to such holders, or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using The Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option, in each case up to two business days prior to the initially scheduled vote to approve the Business Combination. The proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial Business Combination will indicate the applicable delivery requirements, which will include the requirement that a beneficial holder must identify itself in order to validly redeem its shares. Accordingly, a public shareholder would have from the time we send out our

tender offer materials until the close of the tender offer period, or up to two business days prior to the initially scheduled vote on the proposal to approve the Business Combination if we distribute proxy materials, as applicable, to tender its shares if it wishes to seek to exercise its redemption rights. Given the relatively short period in which to exercise redemption rights, it is advisable for shareholders to use electronic delivery of their public shares.

There is a nominal costpotential litigation exposure associated with the above-referenced tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC System. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker a fee of approximately $80.00 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the redeeming holder. However, this fee would be incurred regardless of whether or not we require holders seeking to exercise redemption rights to tender their shares. The need to deliver shares is a requirement of exercising redemption rights regardless of the timing of when such delivery must be effectuated.

The foregoing is different from the procedures used by many blank check companies. In order to perfect redemption rights in connection with their Business Combinations, many blank check companies would distribute proxy materials for the shareholders’ vote on an initial Business Combination, and a holder could simply vote against a proposed Business Combination and check a box on the proxy card indicating such holder was seeking to exercise his or her redemption rights. After the Business Combination was approved, the Company would contact such shareholder to arrange for him or her to deliver his or her certificate to verify ownership. As a result, the shareholder then had an “option window” after the completion of the Business Combination during which he or she could monitor the price of the Company’s shares in the market. If the price rose above the redemption price, he or she could sell his or her shares in the open market before actually delivering his or her shares to the Company for cancellation. As a result, the redemption rights, to which shareholders were aware they needed to commit before the general meeting, would become “option” rights surviving past the completion of the Business Combination until the redeeming holder delivered its certificate. The requirement for physical or electronic delivery prior to the meeting ensures that a redeeming shareholder’s election to redeem is irrevocable once the Business Combination is approved.

Any request to redeem such shares, once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to two business days prior to the initially scheduled vote on the proposal to approve the Business Combination, unless otherwise agreed to by us. Furthermore, if a holder of a public share delivered its certificate in connection with an election of redemption rights and subsequently decides prior to the applicable date not to elect to exercise such rights, such holder may simply request that the transfer agent return the certificate (physically or electronically). It is anticipated that the funds to be distributed to holders of our public shares electing to redeem their shares will be distributed promptly after the completion of our initial Business Combination.

If our initial Business Combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then our public shareholders who elected to exercise their redemption rights would not be entitled to redeem their shares for the applicable pro rata share of the trust account. In such case, we will promptly return any certificates delivered by public holders who elected to redeem their shares.

If our initial proposed Business Combination is not completed, we may continue to try to complete a Business Combination with a different target until 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of our Initial Public Offering.

Redemption of Public Shares and Liquidation If No Initial Business Combination

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that we have only 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of our Initial Public Offering to consummate an initial Business Combination. If we have not consummated an initial Business Combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of our Initial Public Offering, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our income taxes, if any (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses) divided by the number of the then-outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any); and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating

distributions with respect to our warrants, which will expire worthless if we fail to consummate an initial Business Combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of our Initial Public Offering. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, if we wind up for any other reason prior to the consummation of our initial Business Combination, we will follow the foregoing procedures with respect to the liquidation of the trust account as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, subject to applicable Cayman Islands law.

Our sponsor and each member of our management team have entered into an agreement with us pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any founder shares they hold if we fail to consummate an initial Business Combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of our Initial Public Offering or during any Extension Period (although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our initial Business Combination within the prescribed time frame).

Our sponsor, executive officers, and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) that would modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial Business Combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of our Initial Public Offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares, unless we provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our income taxes, if any, divided by the number of the then-outstanding public shares. However, we may not redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 either prior to or upon consummation of an initial Business Combination (so that we do not then become subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). If this optional redemption right is exercised with respect to an excessive number of public shares such that we cannot satisfy the net tangible asset requirement, we would not proceed with the amendment or the related redemption of our public shares at such time. This redemption right shall apply in the event of the approval of any such amendment, whether proposed by our sponsor, any executive officer, director or any other person.

We expect that all costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, as well as payments to any creditors, will be funded from amounts remaining out of the $1,000,000 held outside the trust account plus up to $100,000 of funds from the trust account available to us to pay dissolution expenses, although we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient funds for such purpose.

If we were to expend all of the net proceeds of our Initial Public Offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, other than the proceeds deposited in the trust account, and without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the trust account, the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders upon our dissolution would be $10.00. The proceeds deposited in the trust account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which would have higher priority than the claims of our public shareholders. We cannot assure you that the actual per-share redemption amount received by shareholders will not be less than $10.00. While we intend to pay such amounts, if any, we cannot assure you that we will have funds sufficient to pay or provide for all creditors’ claims.

Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public shareholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or even if they execute such agreements that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account including, but not limited, to fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third-party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third-party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third-party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third-party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third-party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a

waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, the underwriters of our Initial Public Offering, will not execute an agreement with us waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. In order to protect the amounts held in the trust account, our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third-party for services rendered or products sold to us (other than our independent registered public accounting firm), or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amounts in the trust account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account if less than $10.00 per public share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest that may be withdrawn to pay our tax obligations, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third-party or prospective target business that executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the trust account nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of our Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third-party, our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. However, we have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and we believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securities of the Company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. None of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account if less than $10.00 per public share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay our income tax obligations, and our sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its indemnification obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so in any particular instance. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that due to claims of creditors the actual value of the per-share redemption price will not be less than $10.00 per public share.

We will seek to reduce the possibility that our sponsor will have to indemnify the trust account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the trust account. Our sponsor will also not be liable as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of our Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. As of December 31, 2020, we had $605,009 of cash held outside the trust account with which to pay any such potential claims (including costs and expenses incurred in connection with our liquidation, currently estimated to be no more than approximately $100,000). In the event that we liquidate and it is subsequently determined that the reserve for claims and liabilities is insufficient, shareholders who received funds from our trust account could be liable for claims made by creditors.

If we file a bankruptcy or insolvency petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or insolvency petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy or insolvency law, and may be included in our bankruptcy or insolvency estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any bankruptcy or insolvency claims deplete the trust account, we cannot assure you we will be able to return $10.00 per public share to our public shareholders. Additionally, if we file a bankruptcy or insolvency petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or insolvency petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy or insolvency laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy or insolvency court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, and thereby exposing itself and the Company to claims of punitive damages, by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons.

Our public shareholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only (i) in the event of the redemption of our public shares if we do not complete our initial Business Combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of our Initial Public Offering, (ii) in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial Business Combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of our Initial Public Offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares, or (iii) if they redeem their respective shares for cash upon the completion of the initial Business Combination. Public shareholders who redeem their Class A ordinary shares in connection with a shareholder vote described in clause (ii) in the preceding sentence shall not be entitled to funds from the trust account upon the subsequent completion of an initial Business Combination or liquidation if we have not consummated an initial Business Combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of our Initial Public Offering, with respect to such Class A ordinary shares so redeemed. In no other circumstances will a shareholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust account. In the event we seek shareholder approval in connection with our initial Business Combination, a shareholder’s voting in connection with the Business Combination alone will not result in a shareholder’s redeeming its shares to us for an applicable pro rata share of the trust account. Such shareholder must have also exercised its redemption rights described above. These provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, like all provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, may be amended with a shareholder vote.

Employees

We currently have two executive officers. These individuals are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until we have completed our initial Business Combination. The amount of time they will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our initial Business Combination and the stage of the Business Combination process we are in. We do not intend to have any full time employees prior to the completion of our initial Business Combination.

Periodic Reporting and Financial Information

We have registered our Units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants under the Exchange Act and have reporting obligations, including the requirement that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with the SEC. In accordance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, this Annual Report contains financial statements audited and reported on by our independent registered public accountants.

We will provide shareholders with audited financial statements of CCC as part of the definitive Proxy Statement sent to shareholders.

We are required to evaluate our internal control procedures for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021 as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer and no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, will we be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting.

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company. Exempted companies are Cayman Islands companies conducting business mainly outside the Cayman Islands and, as such, are exempted from complying with certain provisions of the Companies Law. As an exempted company, we have applied for and received a tax exemption undertaking from the Cayman Islands government that, in accordance with Section 6 of the Tax Concessions Law (2018 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, for a period of 20 years from the date of the undertaking, no law which is enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations will apply to us or our operations and, in addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax will be payable (i) on or in respect of our shares, debentures or other obligations or (ii) by way of the withholding in whole or in part of a payment of dividend or other distribution of income or capital by us to our shareholders or a payment of principal or interest or other sums due under a debenture or other obligation of us.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our Initial Public Offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A ordinary shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $250 million as of the prior June 30 and (2) our annual revenues exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year or the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30.

ITEM 1A.

RISK FACTORS.

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully all of the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, before making a decision to invest in our securities. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our securities could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Relating to our Search for, and Consummation of or Inability to Consummate, a Business Combination

Our shareholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed initial Business Combination, which means we may complete our initial Business Combination even though a majority of our shareholders do not support such a combination.

We will seek the approval of our shareholders to consummate the Proposed Business Combination. However, in the event that the Proposed Business Combination is not consummated, in connection with any alternative Business Combination, we may choose not to hold a shareholder vote before we complete our initial Business Combination if the Business Combination would not require shareholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements. For instance, if we were seeking to acquire a target business where the consideration we were paying in the transaction was all cash, we would typically not be required to seek shareholder approval to complete such a transaction. Except for as required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements, the decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed Business Combination or will allow shareholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors, such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek shareholder approval. Accordingly, we may complete our initial Business Combination even if holders of a majority of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares do not approve of the Business Combination we complete.

Your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential Business Combination may be limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash.

You will not be provided with an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of any target businesses. Since our board of directors may complete a Business Combination without seeking shareholder approval, public shareholders may not have the right or opportunity to vote on the Business Combination, unless we seek such shareholder approval. Accordingly, your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential Business Combination may be limited to exercising your redemption rights within the period of time (which will be at least 20 business days) set forth in our tender offer documents mailed to our public shareholders in which we describe our initial Business Combination.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination, our sponsor and members of our management team have agreed to vote in favor of such initial Business Combination, regardless of how our public shareholders vote.

Our sponsor owns, on an as-converted basis, approximately 20% of our outstanding ordinary shares. Our sponsor and members of our management team also may from time to time purchase Class A ordinary shares prior to our initial Business Combination. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, if we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial Business Combination only if we obtain the approval of an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law, which requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the shareholders who attend and vote at a general meeting of the Company. As a result, in addition to our initial shareholders’ founder shares, we would need 25,875,001, or 37.5% (assuming all issued and outstanding shares are voted), or 4,312,501, or 6.25% (assuming only the minimum number of shares representing a quorum are voted), of the 69,000,000 public shares sold in our Initial Public Offering to be voted in favor of an initial Business Combination in order to have our initial Business Combination approved. Accordingly, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination, the agreement by our sponsor and each member of our management team to vote in favor of our initial Business Combination will increase the likelihood that we will receive the requisite shareholder approval for such initial Business Combination.

The ability of our public shareholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential Business Combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into a Business Combination with a target.

We may seek to enter into a Business Combination transaction agreement with a prospective target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. If too many public shareholders exercise their redemption rights, we would not be able to meet such closing condition and, as a result, would not be able to proceed with the Business Combination. Furthermore, in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 either prior to or upon consummation of an initial Business Combination (so that we do not then become subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). Consequently, if accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 either prior to or upon consummation of an initial Business Combination or such greater amount necessary to satisfy a closing condition as described above, we would not proceed with such redemption and the related Business Combination and may instead search for an alternate Business Combination. Prospective targets will be aware of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into a Business Combination transaction with us.

The ability of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares may not allow us to complete the most desirable Business Combination or optimize our capital structure.

At the time we enter into an agreement for our initial Business Combination, we will not know how many shareholders may exercise their redemption rights, and therefore will need to structure the transaction based on our expectations as to the number of shares that will be submitted for redemption. If a large number of shares are submitted for redemption, we may need to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the Trust Account or arrange for additional third-party financing. Raising additional third-party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. The above considerations may limit our ability to complete the most desirable Business Combination available to us or optimize our capital structure. The amount of the deferred underwriting commissions payable to the underwriters will not be adjusted for any shares that are redeemed in connection with an initial Business Combination. The per-share amount we will distribute to shareholders who properly exercise their redemption rights will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission and after such redemptions, the amount held in trust will continue to reflect our obligation to pay the entire deferred underwriting commissions.

The ability of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares could increase the probability that our initial Business Combination would be unsuccessful and that you would have to wait for liquidation in order to redeem your shares.

If our initial Business Combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the probability that our initial Business Combination would be unsuccessful is increased. If our initial Business Combination is unsuccessful, you would not receive your pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account until we liquidate the Trust Account. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your shares in the open market; however, at such time our shares may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the Trust Account. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with our redemption until we liquidate or you are able to sell your shares in the open market.

The requirement that we consummate an initial Business Combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) after the closing of our Initial Public Offering may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a Business Combination and may limit the time we have in which to conduct due diligence on potential Business Combination targets, in particular as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to complete our initial Business Combination on terms that would produce value for our shareholders.

Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a Business Combination will be aware that we must consummate an initial Business Combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of our Initial Public Offering. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a Business Combination, knowing that if we do not complete our initial Business Combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete our initial Business Combination with any target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the time frame described above. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligence and may enter into our initial Business Combination on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation.

Our search for a Business Combination, and any target business with which we ultimately consummate a Business Combination, may be materially adversely affected by the coronavirus (COVID-19) outbreak and the status of debt and equity markets.

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus surfaced, which has and is continuing to spread throughout the world, including the United States. On January 30, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of the coronavirus disease (COVID-19) a “Public Health Emergency of International Concern.” On January 31, 2020, U.S. Health and Human Services Secretary Alex M. Azar II declared a public health emergency for the United States to aid the U.S. healthcare community in responding to COVID-19, and on March 11, 2020 the World Health Organization characterized the outbreak as a “pandemic”. The pandemic, together with resulting voluntary and U.S. federal and state and non-U.S. governmental actions, including, without limitation, mandatory business closures, public gathering limitations, restrictions on travel and quarantines, has meaningfully disrupted the global economy and markets. Although the long-term economic fallout of COVID-19 is difficult to predict, it has and is expected to continue to have ongoing material adverse effects across many, if not all, aspects of the regional, national and global economy. The COVID-19 outbreak has and a significant outbreak of other infectious diseases could result in a widespread health crisis that could adversely affect the economies and financial markets worldwide, and the business of any potential target business with which we consummate a Business Combination could be materially and adversely affected. Furthermore, we may be unable to complete a Business Combination if continued concerns relating to COVID-19 continues to restrict travel, limit the ability to have meetings with potential investors or the target company’s personnel, vendors and services providers are unavailable to negotiate and consummate a transaction in a timely manner. The extent to which COVID-19 impacts our search for a Business Combination will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of COVID-19 any potential resurgences of COVID-19, and the actions to contain COVID-19 or treat its impact, including the application and distribution in certain countries of currently available and approved vaccinations, among others. If the disruptions posed by COVID-19 or other matters of global concern continue for an extensive period of time, our ability to consummate a Business Combination, or the operations of a target business with which we ultimately consummate a Business Combination, may be materially adversely affected.

In addition, our ability to consummate a transaction may be dependent on the ability to raise equity and debt financing which may be impacted by COVID-19 and other events, including as a result of increased market volatility, decreased market liquidity and third-party financing being unavailable on terms acceptable to us or at all.

We may not be able to consummate an initial Business Combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) after the closing of our Initial Public Offering, in which case we would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up and we would redeem our public shares and liquidate.

We may not be able to find a suitable target business and consummate an initial Business Combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) after the closing of our Initial Public Offering. Our ability to complete our initial Business Combination may be negatively impacted by general market conditions, volatility in the capital and debt markets and the other risks described herein. For example, the outbreak of COVID-19 continues to spread both in the U.S. and globally and, while the extent of the impact of the outbreak on us will depend on future developments, it could limit our ability to complete our initial Business Combination, including as a result of increased market volatility, decreased market liquidity and third-party financing being unavailable on terms acceptable to us or at all. Additionally, the outbreak of COVID-19 may negatively impact businesses we may seek to acquire. If we have not consummated an initial Business Combination within such applicable time period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay our income taxes, if any (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of the then-outstanding public shares, which redemption will

completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any); and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, if we wind up for any other reason prior to the consummation of our initial Business Combination, we will follow the foregoing procedures with respect to the liquidation of the Trust Account as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, subject to applicable Cayman Islands law. In either such case, our public shareholders may receive only $10.00 per public share, or less than $10.00 per public share, on the redemption of their shares, and our warrants will expire worthless. See “-If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per public share” and other risk factors herein.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination, our sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors and their affiliates may elect to purchase public shares or warrants, which may influence a vote on a proposed Business Combination and reduce the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares or public warrants.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial Business Combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase public shares or warrants in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial Business Combination, although, other than the Dragoneer Funding forward purchase agreement, they are under no obligation to do so. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds in the Trust Account will be used to purchase public shares or warrants in such transactions.

In the event that our sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public shareholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling shareholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. The purpose of any such transaction could be to (1) vote in favor of the Business Combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of the Business Combination, (2) reduce the number of public warrants outstanding or vote such warrants on any matters submitted to the warrant holders for approval in connection with our initial Business Combination or (3) satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial Business Combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our initial Business Combination that may not otherwise have been possible. In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares or public warrants may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

If a shareholder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem our public shares in connection with our initial Business Combination, or fails to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.

We will comply with the proxy rules or tender offer rules, as applicable, when conducting redemptions in connection with our initial Business Combination. Despite our compliance with these rules, if a shareholder fails to receive our proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, such shareholder may not become aware of the opportunity to redeem its shares. In addition, the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial Business Combination will describe the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly redeem or tender public shares. In the event that a shareholder fails to comply with these procedures, its shares may not be redeemed.

You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the Trust Account, except under certain limited circumstances. Therefore, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

Our public shareholders will be entitled to receive funds from the Trust Account only upon the earliest to occur of: (i) our completion of an initial Business Combination, and then only in connection with those Class A ordinary shares that such shareholder properly elected to redeem, subject to the limitations described herein, (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial Business Combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of our Initial Public Offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares, and (iii) the redemption of our public shares if we have not consummated an initial business within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of our Initial Public Offering, subject to applicable law and as further described herein. Public shareholders who redeem their Class A ordinary shares in connection with a shareholder vote described in clause (ii) in the preceding sentence shall not be entitled to funds from the Trust Account upon the subsequent completion of an initial Business Combination or liquidation if we have not consummated an initial Business Combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of our Initial Public Offering, with respect to such Class A ordinary shares so redeemed. In no other circumstances will a public shareholder have any right or interest of any kind in the Trust Account. Holders of warrants will not have any right to the proceeds held in the Trust Account with respect to the warrants. Accordingly, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of many other blank check companies.

Since the net proceeds of our Initial Public Offering and the sale of the private placement warrants are intended to be used to complete an initial Business Combination with a target business that has not been selected, we may be deemed to be a “blank check” company under the United States securities laws. However, because we have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors in blank check companies, such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules. Among other things, this means our units were immediately tradable after our Initial Public Offering and we have a longer period of time to complete our initial Business Combination than do companies subject to Rule 419. Moreover, if we were subject to Rule 419, that rule would prohibit the release of any interest earned on funds held in the Trust Account to us unless and until the funds in the Trust Account were released to us in connection with our completion of an initial Business Combination.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination and we do not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, and if you or a “group” of shareholders are deemed to hold in excess of 15% of our Class A ordinary shares, you will lose the ability to redeem all such shares in excess of 15% of our Class A ordinary shares.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial Business Combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in our Initial Public Offering, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares,” without our prior consent. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial Business Combination. Your inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce your influence over our ability to complete our initial Business Combination and you could suffer a material loss on your investment in us if you sell Excess Shares in open market transactions. Additionally, you will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete our initial Business Combination. And as a result, you will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 15% and, in order to dispose of such shares, would be required to sell your shares in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.

Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for Business Combination opportunities, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial Business Combination. If we have not consummated our initial Business Combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per public share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our warrants will expire worthless.

We expect to encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other blank check companies and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources or more local industry knowledge than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire with the net proceeds of our Initial Public Offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, we are obligated to offer holders of our public shares the right to redeem their shares for cash at the time of our initial Business Combination in conjunction with a shareholder vote or via a tender offer. Target companies will be aware that this may reduce the resources available to us for our initial Business Combination. Any of these obligations may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a Business Combination. If we have not consummated our initial Business Combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per public share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our warrants will expire worthless. See “-If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per public share” and other risk factors herein.

If the net proceeds of our Initial Public Offering and the sale of the private placement warrants not being held in the Trust Account are insufficient to allow us to operate for the 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) following the closing of our Initial Public Offering, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and our ability to complete our initial Business Combination, and we will depend on loans from our sponsor, its affiliates or members of our management team to fund our search and to complete our initial Business Combination.

As of December 31, 2020, we had $605,009 of cash available to us outside the Trust Account to fund our working capital requirements. We believe that the funds available to us outside of the Trust Account, together with funds available from loans from our sponsor, its affiliates or members of our management team will be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) following the closing of our Initial Public Offering; however, we cannot assure you that our estimate is accurate, and our sponsor, its affiliates or members of our management team are under no obligation to advance funds to us in such circumstances. Of the funds available to us, we expect to use a portion of the funds available to us to pay fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. We could also use a portion of the funds as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision in letters of intent designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies or investors on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed Business Combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we entered into a letter of intent where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business and were subsequently required to forfeit such funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise), we might not have sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conduct due diligence with respect to, a target business.

If we are required to seek additional capital, we will need to borrow funds from our sponsor, its affiliates, members of our management team or other third parties to operate or may be forced to liquidate. Neither our sponsor, members of our management team nor their affiliates is under any obligation to us in such circumstances. Any such advances may be repaid only from funds held outside the Trust Account or from funds released to us upon completion of our initial Business Combination. Up to $2,000,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants of the post-Business Combination entity at a price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants. Prior to the completion of our initial Business Combination, we do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor, its affiliates or members of our management team as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our Trust Account. If we have not consummated our initial Business Combination within the required time period because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the Trust Account. Consequently, our public shareholders may only receive an estimated $10.00 per public share, or possibly less, on our redemption of our public shares, and our warrants will expire worthless. See “- If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per public share” and other risk factors herein.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per public share.

Our placing of funds in the Trust Account may not protect those funds from third-party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account for the benefit of our public shareholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements, they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the Trust Account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the Trust Account. If any third-party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the Trust Account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third-party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third-party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative.

Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third-party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third-party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason. Upon redemption of our public shares, if we have not consummated an initial Business Combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of our Initial Public Offering, or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with our initial Business Combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against us within the ten years following redemption. Accordingly, the per-share redemption amount received by public shareholders could be less than the $10.00 per public share initially held in the Trust Account, due to claims of such creditors. Pursuant to a letter agreement between us, our sponsor, and our directors and officers, our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third-party (other than our independent auditors) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amounts in the Trust Account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account if less than $10.00 per public share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest that may be withdrawn to pay our tax obligations, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third-party or prospective target business that executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of our Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third-party, our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims.

However, we have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and we believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securities of the Company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the Trust Account, the funds available for our initial Business Combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.00 per public share. In such event, we may not be able to complete our initial Business Combination, and you would receive such lesser amount per share in connection with any redemption of your public shares. None of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

The securities in which we invest the proceeds held in the Trust Account could bear a negative rate of interest, which could reduce the interest income available for payment of taxes or reduce the value of the assets held in trust such that the per share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share.

The net proceeds of our Initial Public Offering and certain proceeds from the sale of the private placement warrants, in the amount of $690,000,000, are held in an interest-bearing Trust Account. The proceeds held in the Trust Account may only be invested in direct U.S. Treasury obligations having a maturity of 185 days or less, or in certain money market funds which invest only in direct U.S. Treasury obligations. While short-term U.S. Treasury obligations currently yield a positive rate of interest, they have briefly yielded negative interest rates in recent years. Central banks in Europe and Japan pursued interest rates below zero in recent years, and the Open Market Committee of the Federal Reserve has not ruled out the possibility that it may in the future adopt similar policies in the United States. In the event of very low or negative yields, the amount of interest income (which we may withdraw to pay income taxes, if any) would be reduced. In the event that we are unable to complete our initial Business Combination, our public shareholders are entitled to receive their pro-rata share of the proceeds held in the Trust Account, plus any interest income. If the balance of the Trust Account is reduced below $690,000,000 as a result of negative interest rates, the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to our public shareholders may be reduced below $10.00 per share.

Because we are neither limited to evaluating a target business in a particular industry sector nor have we selected any specific target businesses with which to pursue our initial Business Combination, you will be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations.

We may pursue Business Combination opportunities in any sector, except that we will not, under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, be permitted to effectuate our initial Business Combination solely with another blank check company or similar company with nominal operations. To the extent we complete our initial Business Combination, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations with which we combine. For example, if we combine with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherent in the business and operations of a financially unstable or a development stage entity. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the significant risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess some or all of the significant risk factors or that we will have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our securities will ultimately prove to be more favorable to investors than a direct investment, if such opportunity were available, in a Business Combination target. Accordingly, any holders who choose to retain their securities following the Business Combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such holders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

We may seek acquisition opportunities in industries or sectors which may or may not be outside of our management’s area of expertise.

We will consider a Business Combination outside of our management’s area of expertise if a Business Combination target is presented to us and we determine that such candidate offers an attractive acquisition opportunity for the Company. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the significant risks inherent in any particular Business Combination target, we cannot assure you that we will adequately ascertain or assess some or all of the significant risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our securities will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to investors than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in a Business Combination target. In the event we elect to pursue an acquisition outside of the areas of our management’s expertise, our management’s expertise may not be directly applicable to its evaluation or operation, and the information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K regarding the areas of our management’s expertise would not be relevant to an understanding of the business that we elect to acquire. As a result, our management may not be able to adequately ascertain or assess some or all of the significant risk factors. Accordingly, any holders who choose to retain their securities following the Business Combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such holders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, we may enter into our initial Business Combination with a target that does not meet any or all such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our initial Business Combination may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses, including the Proposed Business Combination, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our initial Business Combination will not have any or all of these positive attributes. If we complete our initial Business Combination with a target that does not meet any or all of these guidelines, such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a business that does meet some or all of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce a prospective Business Combination with a target that does not meet any or all of our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of shareholders may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. In addition, if shareholder approval of the transaction is required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements, or we decide to obtain shareholder approval for business or other reasons, it may be more difficult for us to attain shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination if the target business does not meet any or all of our general criteria and guidelines. If we have not consummated our initial Business Combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per public share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our warrants will expire worthless. See “-If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per public share” and other risk factors herein.

We are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent accounting or investment banking firm, and consequently, you may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view.

Unless we complete our initial Business Combination with an affiliated entity and are required by applicable law or by our board of directors, we are not otherwise required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions that the price we are paying is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view. If no opinion is obtained, our shareholders will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors, who will determine fair market value based on standards generally accepted by the financial community. Such standards used will be disclosed in our proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, related to our initial Business Combination.

We may issue additional Class A ordinary shares or preference shares to complete our initial Business Combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial Business Combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares upon the conversion of the founder shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial Business Combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our shareholders and likely present other risks.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association authorize the issuance of up to 200,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, 20,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, and 1,000,000 preference shares, par value $0.0001 per share. There are currently 140,000,000 and 5,000,000 authorized but unissued Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares, respectively, available for issuance which amount does not take into account shares reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding warrants or shares issuable upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares, if any, or any shares issued upon the sale of the forward purchase shares or upon the exercise of the forward purchase warrants. The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares (which such Class A ordinary shares delivered upon conversion will not have any redemption rights or be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account if we fail to consummate an initial Business Combination) at the time of our initial Business Combination or earlier at the option of the holders thereof as described herein and in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. There are no preference shares issued and outstanding.

We may issue a substantial number of additional Class A ordinary shares or preference shares to complete our initial Business Combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial Business Combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares in connection with our redeeming the warrants as described in “Description of Securities-Warrants-Public Shareholders’ Warrants” or upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial Business Combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions as set forth herein. However, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide, among other things, that prior to or in connection with our initial Business Combination, we may not issue additional shares that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the Trust Account or (ii) vote on any initial Business Combination or on any other proposal presented to shareholders prior to or in connection with the completion of an initial Business Combination. These provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, like all provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, may be amended with a shareholder vote. The issuance of additional ordinary or preference shares, including the issuance of the forward purchase securities:

may significantly dilute the equity interest of current investors, which dilution would increase if the anti-dilution provisions in the Class B ordinary shares resulted in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares;

may subordinate the rights of holders of Class A ordinary shares if preference shares are issued with rights senior to those afforded our Class A ordinary shares;

could cause a change in control if a substantial number of Class A ordinary shares are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors;

may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of us by diluting the share ownership or voting rights of a person seeking to obtain control of us;

may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our units, Class A ordinary shares and/or warrants; and

may not result in adjustment to the exercise price of our warrants.

Unlike some other similarly structured blank check companies, our sponsor will receive additional Class A ordinary shares if we issue shares to consummate an initial Business Combination.

The founder shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares (which such Class A ordinary shares delivered upon conversion will not have any redemption rights or be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account if we fail to consummate an initial Business Combination) at the time of our initial Business Combination or earlier at the option of the holders thereof at a ratio such that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all founder shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of (i) the total number of ordinary shares issued and outstanding upon completion of our Initial Public Offering, plus (ii) the total number of Class A ordinary shares issued or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or rights issued or deemed issued, by the Company in connection with or in relation to the consummation of the initial Business Combination, excluding the forward purchase securities and any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into Class A ordinary shares issued, deemed issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial Business Combination and any private placement warrants issued to our sponsor, any of its affiliates or any members of our management team upon conversion of working capital loans. In no event will the Class B ordinary shares convert into Class A ordinary shares at a rate of less than one-to-one. This is different than some other similarly structured blank check companies in which the initial shareholders will only be issued an aggregate of 20% of the total number of shares to be outstanding prior to the initial Business Combination.

Resources could be wasted in researching acquisitions that are not completed, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we have not consummated our initial Business Combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per public share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our warrants will expire worthless.

We anticipate that the investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys, consultants, and others. If we decide not to complete a specific initial Business Combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to complete our initial Business Combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we have not consummated our initial Business Combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per public share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our warrants will expire worthless. See “-If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per public share” and other risk factors herein.

We may have a limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may affect our initial Business Combination with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company.

When evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial Business Combination with a prospective target business, our ability to assess the target business’s management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information. Our assessment of the capabilities of the target business’s management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the skills, qualifications or abilities we suspected. Should the target business’s management not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability of the post-combination business may be negatively impacted. Accordingly, any holders who choose to retain their securities following the Business Combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such holders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to our public shareholders.

In the event that the proceeds in the Trust Account are reduced below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account if less than $10.00 per public share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest that may be withdrawn to pay our tax obligations, and our sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment and subject to their fiduciary duties may choose not to do so in any particular instance. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to our public shareholders may be reduced below $10.00 per public share. See “—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per public share” and other risk factors herein.

We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy indemnification claims of our directors and executive officers.

We have agreed to indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law. However, our officers and directors have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the Trust Account and to not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever (except to the extent they are entitled to funds from the Trust Account due to their ownership of public shares). Accordingly, any indemnification provided will be able to be satisfied by us only if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the Trust Account or (ii) we consummate an initial Business Combination. Our obligation to indemnify our officers and directors may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. Furthermore, a shareholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy or winding-up petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or winding-up petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy or insolvency court may seek to recover such proceeds, and the members of our board of directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to our creditors, thereby exposing the members of our board of directors and us to claims of punitive damages.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy or winding-up petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or winding-up petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy or insolvency laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy or insolvency court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. In addition, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith, thereby exposing itself and us to claims of punitive damages, by paying public shareholders from the Trust Account prior to addressing the claims of creditors.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy or winding-up petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or winding-up petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of our shareholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy or winding-up petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or winding-up petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy or insolvency law, and may be included in our bankruptcy or insolvency estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any bankruptcy or insolvency claims deplete the Trust Account, the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial Business Combination.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, our activities may be restricted, including:

restrictions on the nature of our investments; and

restrictions on the issuance of securities,

each of which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial Business Combination.

In addition, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including:

registration as an investment company with the SEC;

adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and

reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations that we are currently not subject to.

In order not to be regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, unless we can qualify for an exclusion, we must ensure that we are engaged primarily in a business other than investing, reinvesting or trading of securities and that our activities do not include investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading “investment securities” constituting more than 40% of our assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. Our business will be to identify and complete a Business Combination and thereafter to operate the post-transaction business or assets for the long term. We do not plan to buy businesses or assets with a view to resale or profit from their resale. We do not plan to buy unrelated businesses or assets or to be a passive investor.

We do not believe that our anticipated principal activities will subject us to the Investment Company Act. To this end, the proceeds held in the Trust Account may only be invested in United States “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act having a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Pursuant to the trust agreement, the trustee is not permitted to invest in other securities or assets. By restricting the investment of the proceeds to these instruments, and by having a business plan targeted at acquiring and growing businesses for the long term (rather than on buying and selling businesses in the manner of a merchant bank or private equity fund), we intend to avoid being deemed an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act. Our securities are not intended for persons who are seeking a return on investments in government securities or investment securities. The Trust Account is intended as a holding place for funds pending the earliest to occur of either: (i) the completion of our initial Business Combination; (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a

shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial Business Combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of our Initial Public Offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares; or (iii) absent our completing an initial Business Combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of our Initial Public Offering, our return of the funds held in the Trust Account to our public shareholders as part of our redemption of the public shares. If we do not invest the proceeds as discussed above, we may be deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act. If we were deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expenses for which we have not allotted funds and may hinder our ability to complete a Business Combination. If we have not consummated our initial Business Combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per public share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our warrants will expire worthless. See “-If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per public share” and other risk factors herein.

Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial Business Combination, and results of operations.

We are subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments. In particular, we will be required to comply with certain SEC and other legal requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial Business Combination, and results of operations.

If we have not consummated an initial Business Combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of our Initial Public Offering, our public shareholders may be forced to wait beyond such 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) before redemption from our Trust Account.

If we have not consummated an initial Business Combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of our Initial Public Offering, the proceeds then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay our income taxes, if any (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares, as further described herein. Any redemption of public shareholders from the Trust Account will be effected automatically by function of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association prior to any voluntary winding up. If we are required to wind up, liquidate the Trust Account and distribute such amount therein, pro rata, to our public shareholders, as part of any liquidation process, such winding up, liquidation and distribution must comply with the applicable provisions of the Companies Law. In that case, investors may be forced to wait beyond 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of our Initial Public Offering before the redemption proceeds of our Trust Account become available to them, and they receive the return of their pro rata portion of the proceeds from our Trust Account. We have no obligation to return funds to investors prior to the date of our redemption or liquidation unless, prior thereto, we consummate our initial Business Combination or amend certain provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, and only then in cases where investors have sought to redeem their Class A ordinary shares. Only upon our redemption or any liquidation will public shareholders be entitled to distributions if we do not complete our initial Business Combination and do not amend certain provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, if we wind up for any other reason prior to the consummation of our initial Business Combination, we will follow the foregoing procedures with respect to the liquidation of the Trust Account as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, subject to applicable Cayman Islands law.

Our shareholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.

If we are forced to enter into an insolvent liquidation, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed as an unlawful payment if it were proved that immediately following the date on which the distribution was made, we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. As a result, a liquidator could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, our directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to us or our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, thereby exposing themselves and the Company to claims, by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons. We and our directors and officers who knowingly and willfully authorized or permitted any distribution to be paid out of our share premium account while we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business would be guilty of an offence and may be liable for a fine of $18,292.68 and imprisonment for five years in the Cayman Islands.

We may not hold an annual general meeting until after the consummation of our initial Business Combination.

In accordance with the NYSE corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual general meeting until one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on the NYSE. There is no requirement under the Companies Law for us to hold annual or extraordinary general meetings to appoint directors. Until we hold an annual general meeting, public shareholders may not be afforded the opportunity to appoint directors and to discuss company affairs with management. Our board of directors is divided into three classes with only one class of directors being appointed in each year and each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual general meeting) serving a three-year term.

Holders of Class A ordinary shares will not be entitled to vote on any appointment of directors we hold prior to our initial Business Combination.

Prior to our initial Business Combination, only holders of our founder shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors. Holders of our public shares will not be entitled to vote on the appointment of directors during such time. In addition, prior to our initial Business Combination, holders of a majority of our founder shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason. Accordingly, you may not have any say in the management of the Company prior to the consummation of an initial Business Combination.

We may have a limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may affect our initial Business Combination with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company.

When evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial Business Combination with a prospective target business, our ability to assess the target business’s management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information. Our assessment of the capabilities of the target business’s management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the skills, qualifications or abilities we suspected. Should the target business’s management not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability of the post-combination business may be negatively impacted. Accordingly, any holders who choose to retain their securities following the Business Combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such holders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

We may engage in a Business Combination with one or more target businesses that have relationships with entities that may be affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers, directors or initial shareholders which may raise potential conflicts of interest.

In light of the involvement of our sponsor, executive officers and directors with other entities (including Dragoneer II and Dragoneer III), we may decide to acquire one or more businesses affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers, directors or initial shareholders. Our directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities. Our Founders, sponsor, officers and directors may sponsor, form or participate in other blank check companies similar to ours during the period in which we are seeking an initial Business Combination. Further, affiliates of our sponsor are currently sponsoring two other blank check companies, Dragoneer II and Dragoneer III, incorporated for substantially similar purposes as our company. Such entities may compete with us for Business Combination opportunities. Our Founders, sponsor, officers and directors are not currently aware of any specific

opportunities for us to complete our initial Business Combination with any entities with which they are affiliated. Although we will not be specifically focusing on, or targeting, any transaction with any affiliated entities, we would pursue such a transaction if we determined that such affiliated entity met any or all of our criteria and guidelines for a Business Combination as set forth in “Proposed Business-Effecting Our Initial Business Combination-Evaluation of a Target Business and Structuring of Our Initial Business Combination” and such transaction was approved by a majority of our independent and disinterested directors. Despite our agreement to obtain, if required by applicable law or based upon the decision of our board of directors or a committee thereof, an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions regarding the fairness to our company from a financial point of view of a Business Combination with one or more domestic or international businesses affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers, directors or initial shareholders, potential conflicts of interest still may exist and, as a result, the terms of the Business Combination may not be as advantageous to our public shareholders as they would be absent any conflicts of interest.

Moreover, we may, at our option, pursue an Affiliated Joint Acquisition opportunity with an entity affiliated with Dragoneer and/or one or more investors in funds managed by Dragoneer. Any such parties may co-invest with us in the target business at the time of our initial Business Combination, or we could raise additional proceeds to complete the acquisition by making a specified future issuance to any such parties.

Since our sponsor, executive officers and directors will lose their entire investment in us if our initial Business Combination is not completed (other than with respect to public shares they may acquire), a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular Business Combination target is appropriate for our initial Business Combination.

On July 10, 2020, our sponsor paid $25,000, or approximately $0.001 per share, to cover certain of our offering and formation costs in consideration of 17,250,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001. In July 2020, our sponsor transferred 75,000 Class B ordinary shares to each of our independent directors. Prior to the initial investment in the Company of $25,000 by the sponsor, the Company had no assets, tangible or intangible. The per share price of the founder shares was determined by dividing the amount contributed to the Company by the number of founder shares issued. The founder shares will be worthless if we do not complete an initial Business Combination. In addition, our sponsor has purchased an aggregate of 15,800,000 private placement warrants, each exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment, at a price of $1.00 per warrant ($15,800,000 in the aggregate), in a private placement that closed simultaneously with the closing of our Initial Public Offering. If we do not consummate an initial Business Combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of our Initial Public Offering, the private placement warrants will expire worthless. The personal and financial interests of our executive officers and directors may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target Business Combination, completing an initial Business Combination and influencing the operation of the business following the initial Business Combination. This risk may become more acute as the 24-month anniversary of the closing of our Initial Public Offering nears, which is generally the deadline for our consummation of an initial Business Combination.

We may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete a Business Combination, which may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition and thus negatively impact the value of our shareholders’ investment in us.

Although we have no commitments as of December 31, 2020 to issue any notes or other debt securities, or to otherwise incur outstanding debt, we may choose to incur substantial debt to complete our initial Business Combination. We and our officers have agreed that we will not incur any indebtedness unless we have obtained from the lender a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to the monies held in the Trust Account. As such, no issuance of debt will affect the per-share amount available for redemption from the Trust Account. Nevertheless, the incurrence of debt could have a variety of negative effects, including:

default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an initial Business Combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt is payable on demand;

our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt is outstanding;

our inability to pay dividends on our Class A ordinary shares;

using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our Class A ordinary shares if declared, expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and

limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

We may only be able to complete one Business Combination with the proceeds of our Initial Public Offering and the sale of the private placement warrants and forward purchase units, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of products or services. This lack of diversification may negatively impact our operations and profitability.

The net proceeds from our Initial Public Offering and the sale of the private placement warrants and the sale of $175,000,000 of forward purchase units will provide us with up to $841,850,000 that we may use to complete our initial business combination (after taking into account the $24,150,000 of deferred underwriting commissions being held in the trust account and the expenses of our Initial Public Offering).

We may effectuate our initial Business Combination with a single-target business or multiple-target businesses simultaneously or within a short period of time. However, we may not be able to effectuate our initial Business Combination with more than one target business because of various factors, including the existence of complex accounting issues and the requirement that we prepare and file pro forma financial statements with the SEC that present operating results and the financial condition of several target businesses as if they had been operated on a combined basis. By completing our initial Business Combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several Business Combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry.

Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, property or asset; or

dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to our initial Business Combination.

We may attempt to simultaneously complete Business Combinations with multiple prospective targets, which may hinder our ability to complete our initial Business Combination and give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability.

If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses that are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other Business Combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete our initial Business Combination. With multiple Business Combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.

We may attempt to complete our initial Business Combination with a private company about which little information is available, which may result in a Business Combination with a company that is not as successful as we suspected, if at all.

In pursuing our acquisition strategy, we may seek to effectuate our initial Business Combination with a privately held company. Very little public information generally exists about private companies, and we could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue a potential initial Business Combination on the basis of limited information, which may result in a Business Combination with a company that is not as successful as we suspected, if at all.

Our management may not maintain control of a target business after our initial Business Combination. Upon the loss of control of a target business, new management may not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.

We may structure our initial Business Combination so that the post-Business Combination company in which our public shareholders own shares will own less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business, but we will only complete such Business Combination if the post-Business Combination company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target business sufficient for us not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. We will not consider any transaction that does not meet such criteria. Even if the post-Business Combination company owns 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to our initial Business Combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-Business Combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the Business Combination. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new Class A ordinary shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock, shares or other equity interests of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new Class A ordinary shares, our shareholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majority of our outstanding Class A ordinary shares subsequent to such transaction. In addition, other minority shareholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of our company’s shares than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that our management will not have control of the target business.

We may seek Business Combination opportunities with a high degree of complexity that require significant operational improvements, which could delay or prevent us from achieving our desired results.

We may seek Business Combination opportunities with large, highly complex companies that we believe would benefit from operational improvements. To the extent that our efforts are delayed, we are unable to achieve the desired improvements, or we are not involved in the management of the post-Business Combination company, the Business Combination may not be as successful as we anticipate.

To the extent we complete our initial Business Combination with a large complex business or entity with a complex operating structure, we may also be affected by numerous risks inherent in the operations of the business with which we combine, which could delay or prevent us from implementing our strategy. Although our management team will endeavor to evaluate the significant risks inherent in a particular target business and its operations, we may not be able to properly ascertain or assess some or all of the significant risk factors until we complete our Business Combination. If we are not able to achieve our desired operational improvements, or the improvements take longer to implement than anticipated, we may not achieve the gains that we anticipate. Furthermore, some of these risks and complexities may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks and complexities will adversely impact a target business. Such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a smaller, less complex organization.

We do not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for us to complete our initial Business Combination with which a substantial majority of our shareholders do not agree.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association do not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold, except that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 either prior to or upon consummation of an initial Business Combination (so that we do not then become subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). As a result, we may be able to complete our initial Business Combination even though a substantial majority of our public shareholders do not

agree with the transaction and have redeemed their shares or, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination and do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial Business Combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, have entered into privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all Class A ordinary shares that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed Business Combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the Business Combination or redeem any shares, all Class A ordinary shares submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate Business Combination.

In order to effectuate an initial Business Combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and other governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or governing instruments in a manner that will make it easier for us to complete our initial Business Combination that our shareholders may not support.

In order to effectuate a Business Combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. For example, blank check companies have amended the definition of Business Combination, increased redemption thresholds, extended the time to consummate an initial Business Combination and, with respect to their warrants, amended their warrant agreements to require the warrants to be exchanged for cash and/or other securities. Amending our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association requires at least a special resolution of our shareholders as a matter of Cayman Islands law, meaning the approval of holders of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the Company, and amending our warrant agreement will require a vote of holders of at least 50% of the public warrants, solely with respect to any amendment to the terms of the private placement warrants or any provision of the warrant agreement with respect to the private placement warrants, 50% of the number of the then outstanding private placement warrants and, solely with respect to any amendment to the terms of the forward purchase warrants or any provision of the warrant agreement with respect to the forward purchase warrants, 50% of the number of the then outstanding forward purchase warrants. In addition, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association require us to provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares for cash if we propose an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) that would modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial Business Combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of our Initial Public Offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares. To the extent any of such amendments would be deemed to fundamentally change the nature of any of the securities offered through this registration statement, we would register, or seek an exemption from registration for, the affected securities.

Because we must furnish our shareholders with target business financial statements, we may lose the ability to complete an otherwise advantageous initial Business Combination with some prospective target businesses.

The federal proxy rules require that a proxy statement with respect to a vote on a Business Combination meeting certain financial significance tests include historical and/or pro forma financial statement disclosure in periodic reports. We will include the same financial statement disclosure in connection with our tender offer documents, whether or not they are required under the tender offer rules. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP, or international financial reporting standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), or PCAOB. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such statements in time for us to disclose such statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial Business Combination within the prescribed time frame.

Compliance obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may make it more difficult for us to effectuateattract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or board committees or to serve as executive officers, or to obtain certain types of insurance, including directors’ and officers’ insurance, on acceptable terms.

31


As a Business Combination, require substantial financial and management resources, and increasepublic company, we will be required to provide management’s attestation on internal controls in the time and costs of completing an acquisition.

future pursuant to Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 404. To achieve compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 404 within the prescribed period, we have begun and will continue to engage in a process to enhance our documentation and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants, adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented, and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting. Despite our efforts, there is a risk that we will not be able to conclude, within the prescribed timeframe or at all, that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as required by Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluateSection 404. As of and report on our system of internal controls beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year endingended December 31, 2021. Only2022, we did not identify any material weaknesses in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer and no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, will we not be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. The fact thatIf we are a blank check company makes compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act particularly burdensome on us as compared to other public companies because a target business with which we seek to complete our initial Business Combination may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of its internal controls. The development of the internal control of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

As the number of special purpose acquisition companies evaluating targets increases, attractive targets may become scarcer and there may be more competition for attractive targets. This could increase the cost of our initial Business Combination and could even result in our inability to find a target or to consummate an initial Business Combination.

In recent years, the number of special purpose acquisition companies that have been formed has increased substantially. Many potential targets for special purpose acquisition companies have already entered into an initial Business Combination, and there are still many special purpose acquisition companies seeking targets for their initial Business Combination, as well as many such companies currently in registration. As a result, at times, fewer attractive targets may be available, and it may require more time, more effort and more resources to identify a suitable target and to consummate an initial Business Combination.

In addition, because there are more special purpose acquisition companies seeking to enter into an initial Business Combination with available targets, the competition for available targets with attractive fundamentals or business models may increase, which could cause target companies to demand improved financial terms. Attractive deals could also become scarcer for other reasons, such as economic or industry sector downturns, geopolitical tensions, or increases in the cost of additional capital needed to close Business Combinations or operate targets post- Business Combination. This could increase the cost of, delay or otherwise complicate or frustrate our ability to find and consummate an initial Business Combination, and may result in our inability to consummate an initial Business Combination on terms favorable to our investors altogether.

We may engage one or more of our underwriters or one of their respective affiliates to provide additional services to us after this offering, which may include acting as financial advisormaterial weaknesses in connection with an initial Business Combination or as placement agent in connection with a related financing transaction. Our underwriters are entitled to receive deferred commissions that will released from the trust only on a completion of an initial Business Combination. These financial incentives may cause them to have potential conflicts of interest in rendering any such additional services to us after this offering, including, for example, in connection with the sourcing and consummation of an initial Business Combination.

We may engage one or more of our underwriters or one of their respective affiliates to provide additional services to us after this offering, including, for example, identifying potential targets, providing financial advisory services, acting as a placement agent in a private offering or arranging debt financing. We may pay such underwriter or its affiliate fair and reasonable fees or other compensation that would be determined at that time in an arm’s length negotiation; provided that no agreement will be entered into with any of the underwriters or their respective affiliates and no fees or other compensation for such services will be paid to any of the underwriters or their respective affiliates prior to the date that is 60 days from the date of this prospectus, unless such payment would not be deemed underwriters’ compensation in connection with this offering. The underwriters are also entitled to receive deferred commissions that are conditioned on the completion of an initial Business Combination. The underwriters’ or their respective affiliates’ financial interests tied to the consummation of a Business Combination transaction may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in providing any such additional services to us, including potential conflicts of interest in connection with the sourcing and consummation of an initial Business Combination.

We may issue our shares to investors in connection with our initial Business Combination at a price which is less than the prevailing market price of our shares at that time.

In connection with our initial Business Combination, we may issue shares to investors in private placement transactions (so-called PIPE transactions) at a price of $10.00 per share or which approximates the per-share amounts in our trust account at such time, which is generally approximately $10.00. The purpose of such issuances will be to enable us to provide sufficient liquidity to the post- Business Combination entity. The price of the shares we issue may therefore be less, and potentially significantly less, than the market price for our shares at such time.

Risks Relating to the Post-Business Combination Company

Subsequent to our completion of our initial Business Combination, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and the price of our securities, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

Even if we conduct extensive due diligence on a target business with which we combine, we cannot assure you that this diligence will identify all material issues with a particular target business, thatfuture, it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or that factors outside of the target business and outside of our control will not later arise. As a result of these factors, we may be forced to later write-down or write-off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Even if ouran adverse reaction in the financial markets due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected risks may arise and previously known risks may materializeto a loss of confidence in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business or by virtuereliability of our obtaining post-combination debt financing. Accordingly, any holders who choose to retain their securities followingfinancial statements.

The Shareholder Rights Agreement provides that the Business Combination could suffer a reduction in the valuedoctrine of their securities. Such holders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

The officers and directors of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our initial Business Combination. The loss of a Business Combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

The role of an acquisition candidate’s key personnel upon the completion of our initial Business Combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our initial Business Combination, it is possible that members of the management of an acquisition candidate willcorporate opportunity does not wish to remain in place.

Our sponsor controls a substantial interest in us and thus may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.

Our sponsor owns, on an as-converted basis, approximately 20% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares. Accordingly, it may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support, including amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. If our sponsor purchases any additional Class A ordinary shares in the aftermarket or in privately negotiated transactions, this would increase its control. Factors that would be considered in making such additional purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our Class A ordinary shares. In addition, our board of directors, whose members were appointed by our sponsor, is and will be divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for a term of three years with only one class of directors being appointed in each year. We may not hold an annual general meeting to appoint new directors prior to the completion of our initial Business Combination, in which case all of the current directors will continue in office until at least the completion of the Business Combination. If there is an annual general meeting, as a consequence of our “staggered” board of directors, only a minority of the board of directors will be considered for appointment and our sponsor, because of its ownership position, will control the outcome, as only holders of our Class B ordinary shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors and to remove directors prior to our initial Business Combination. In addition, the founder shares, all of which are held by our initial shareholders, will, in a vote to continue the Company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (which requires the approval of at least two thirds of the votes of all ordinary shares), entitle the holders to ten votes for every founder share. This provision of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may only be amended by a special resolution passed by a majority of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares voting in a general meeting. As a result, you will not have any influence over our continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands prior to our initial Business Combination. Accordingly, our sponsor will continue to exert control at least until the completion of our initial Business Combination. In addition, we have agreed not to enter into a definitive agreement regarding an initial Business Combination without the prior consent of our sponsor.

We may be unable to obtain additional financing to complete our initial Business Combination or to fund the operations and growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular Business Combination. If we have not consummated our initial Business Combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per public share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our warrants will expire worthless.

If the net proceeds of our Initial Public Offering and the sale of the private placement warrants and forward purchase units prove to be insufficient to allow us to complete our Initial Business Combination, either because of the size of our initial Business Combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, the obligation to redeem for cash a significant number of shares from shareholders who elect redemption in connection with our initial Business Combination or the terms of negotiated transactions to purchase shares in connection with our initial Business Combination, we may be required to seek additional financing or to abandon the proposed Business Combination. We cannot assure you that such financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. The current economic environment may make it difficult for companies to obtain acquisition financing. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to complete our initial Business Combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular Business Combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. If we have not consummated our initial Business Combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per public share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our warrants will expire worthless. See “-If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per public share” and other risk factors herein. In addition, even if we do not need additional financing to complete our initial Business Combination, we may require such financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. Other than in connection with the Dragoneer Funding forward purchase agreement, none of our officers, directors or shareholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after our initial Business Combination.

Risks Relating to Acquiring and Operating a Business in Foreign Countries

We may reincorporate in another jurisdiction in connection with our initial Business Combination and such reincorporation may result in taxes imposed on shareholders.

We may, in connection with our initial Business Combination and subject to requisite shareholder approval under the Companies Law, reincorporate in the jurisdiction in which the target company or business is located or in another jurisdiction. The transaction may require a shareholder or warrant holder to recognize taxable income in the jurisdiction in which the shareholder or warrant holder is a tax resident or in which its members are resident if it is a tax transparent entity (or may otherwise result in adverse tax consequences). We do not intend to make any cash distributions to shareholders or warrant holders to pay such taxes.

Shareholders or warrant holders may be subject to withholding taxes or other taxesapply with respect to their ownership of us after the reincorporation.

After our initial Business Combination, it is possible that a majoritycertain of our directors and officers will live outside the United States and all of our assets will be located outside the United States; therefore investors may not be able to enforce federal securities laws or their other legal rights.

It is possible that after our initial Business Combination, a majority of our directors and officers will reside outside of the United States and all of our assets will be located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult, or in some cases not possible, for investors in the United States to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon allstockholders, certain of our directors or officers who are not our or our subsidiaries’ employees, and certain affiliates of the foregoing.

Our certificate of incorporation and the Shareholder Rights Agreement provide that the doctrine of corporate opportunity does not apply with respect to enforce judgmentscertain of United States courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties onour stockholders, certain of our directors or officers who are not our or our subsidiaries’ employees, and officers under United States laws.

If we pursue a target company with operations or opportunities outsidecertain affiliates of the United Statesforegoing. The doctrine of corporate opportunity generally provides that a corporate fiduciary may not develop an opportunity using corporate resources or information obtained in their corporate capacity for our initial Business Combination, we may face additional burdens in connection with investigating, agreeingtheir personal advantage, acquire an interest adverse to and completing such initial Business Combination, and if we effect such initial Business Combination, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our operations.

If we pursue a target a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our initial Business Combination, we would be subjectcorporation or acquire property that is reasonably incident to risks associated with cross-border Business Combinations, including in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing our initial Business Combination, conducting due diligence in a foreign jurisdiction, having such transaction approved by any local governments, regulatorsthe present or agencies and changes in the purchase price based on fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.

If we effect our initial Business Combination with such a company, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in an international setting, including anyprospective business of the following:

costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations;

rules and regulations regarding currency redemption;

complex corporate withholding taxes on individuals;

laws governing the mannercorporation or in which future Business Combinations may be effected;

exchange listing and/the corporation has a present or delisting requirements;

tariffs and trade barriers;

regulations related to customs and import/export matters;

local or regional economic policies and market conditions;

unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;

longer payment cycles;

tax issues, such as tax law changes and variations in tax laws as comparedexpectancy interest, unless that opportunity is first presented to the United States;

currency fluctuationscorporation and exchange controls;

ratesthe corporation chooses not to pursue that opportunity. The doctrine of inflation;

challenges in collecting accounts receivable;

culturalcorporate opportunity is intended to preclude directors, officers and language differences;

employment regulations;

underdeveloped or unpredictable legal or regulatory systems;

corruption;

protection of intellectual property;

social unrest, crime, strikes, riots and civil disturbances;

regime changes and political upheaval;

terrorist attacks, natural disasters and wars; and

deterioration of political relations with the United States.

We may not be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, we may be unable to complete such initial Business Combination, or, if we complete such combination, our operations might suffer, either of which may adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

After our initial Business Combination, substantially all of our assets may be located in a foreign country and substantially all of our revenue may be derivedother fiduciaries from our operations in any such country. Accordingly, our results of operations and prospects will be subject, to a significant extent,personally benefiting from opportunities that belong to the economic, political and social conditions and government policies, developments and conditions incorporation.

Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation, to the country in which we operate.

The economic, political and social conditions, as well as government policies,fullest extent permitted by law, the doctrine of the country in which our operations are located could affect our business. Economic growth could be uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy and such growth maycorporate opportunity will not be sustained in the future. If in the future such country’s economy experiences a downturn or grows at a slower rate than expected, there may be less demand for spending in certain industries. A decrease in demand for spending in certain industries could materially and adversely affect our abilityapply to find an attractive target business with which to consummate our initial Business Combination and if we effect our initial Business Combination, the ability of that target business to become profitable.

We may reincorporate in another jurisdiction in connection with our initial Business Combination, and the laws of such jurisdiction may govern some or all of our future material agreements and we may not be able to enforce our legal rights.

In connection with our initial Business Combination, we may relocate the home jurisdiction of our business from the Cayman Islands to another jurisdiction. If we determine to do this, the laws of such jurisdiction may govern some or all of our future material agreements. The system of laws and the enforcement of existing laws in such jurisdiction may not be as certain in implementation and interpretation as in the United States. The inability to enforce or obtain a remedy under any of our future agreements could result in a significant lossdirectors who is not an employee of business, business opportunitiesus or capital.

Exchange rate fluctuations and currency policies may cause a target business’ ability to succeed in the international markets to be diminished.

In the event we acquire a non-U.S. target, all revenues and income would likely be received in a foreign currency, and the dollar equivalent of our net assets and distributions, if any could be adversely affected by reductions in the value of the local currency. The value of the currencies in our target regions fluctuate and are affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions. Any change in the relative valueaffiliate of such currency against our reporting currency may affect the attractivenessnon-employee director (including any entity of which such non-employee director serves as a director, manager, officer, employee, agent or other representative, and any target businessdirect or following consummationindirect partner, stockholder, member, manager or other representative of, our initial Business Combination, our financial conditionor investment vehicle or other entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with, such an entity), and results of operations. Additionally, if a currency appreciates in value against the dollar priorpursuant to the consummationShareholder Rights Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the doctrine of our initial Business Combination,corporate opportunity and any analogous doctrine will not apply to (i) Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Holdings, a Cayman Islands limited liability company (“Sponsor”), the cost of a target business as measured in dollars will increase, which may make it less likely that we are able to consummate such transaction.

Risks Relating to our Management Team

We are dependent upon our executive officers and directors and their loss could adversely affect our ability to operate.

Our operations are dependent upon a relatively small group of individuals and, in particular, our executive officers and directors. We believe that our success depends onAdvent Investor, the continued service of our officers and directors, at least until we have completed our initial Business Combination. In addition, our executive officers and directors are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business activities, including identifying potential Business Combinations and monitoringOH Investor or the related due diligence. We do not have an employment agreement with, or key-man insurance on the life of,TCV Investor, (ii) any of our directors or executive officers.officers who is not our or our subsidiaries’ full-time employee or (iii) any affiliate, partner, advisory board member, director, officer, manager, member or shareholder of Sponsor, the Advent Investor, the OH Investor or the TCV Investor who is not our or our subsidiaries’ full-time employee (any such person described in the foregoing sentence being referred to herein as an “External Party”). Therefore, we renounced any interest or expectancy in, or being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to any External Party.

The unexpected lossAs a result, the External Parties are not prohibited from operating or investing in competing businesses. We therefore may find ourselves in competition with the External Parties, and we may not have knowledge of, or be able to pursue, transactions that could potentially be beneficial to us. Accordingly, we may lose a corporate opportunity or suffer competitive harm, which could negatively impact our business or prospects.

As a “controlled company” within the meaning of Nasdaq rules, we qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. We have the opportunity to elect any of the servicesexemptions afforded a controlled company.

Because the Advent Investor controls more than a majority of the total voting power of our common stock, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of Nasdaq rules. Under Nasdaq rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by another person or group of persons acting together is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with the following Nasdaq rules regarding corporate governance:

the requirement that a majority of its board of directors consist of independent directors;
the requirement that the board have a nominating and governance committee composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and
the requirement that the board have a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities.

The majority of our eight (8) directors are independent directors, and our Board has an independent compensation committee (in addition to an independent audit committee). We utilize the exception to the requirement that our nominating and governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors. For as long as the “controlled company” exemption is available, our Board in the future may not consist of a majority of independent directors and may not have an independent compensation committee or an independent nominating and governance committee. As a result, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all Nasdaq rules regarding corporate governance.

The share price of our common stock may be volatile.

The share price of our common stock may fluctuate due to a variety of factors, including, without limitation:

changes in the industries in which we and our customers operate;
variations in our operating performance and the performance of our competitors in general;
material and adverse impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the markets and the broader global economy;

32


actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results;
publication of research reports by securities analysts about us or our competitors or industry;
the public’s reaction to our press releases, other public announcements and filings with the SEC;
our failure or the failure of our competitors to meet analysts’ projections or guidance that we or our competitors may give to the market;
additions and departures of key personnel;
changes in laws and regulations affecting our business;
commencement of, or involvement in, litigation;
changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of securities or the incurrence of additional debt;
the volume of our shares of common stock available for public sale; and
general economic and political conditions such as recessions, interest rates, inflation, fuel prices, foreign currency fluctuations, international tariffs, social, political and economic risks and acts of war or terrorism.

These market and industry factors may materially reduce the market price of our common stock regardless of our operating performance.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock.

The Advent Investor and each other shareholder party to the Shareholder Rights Agreement may sell their shares and we have filed, and may in the future file or amend, registration statements to provide for the resale of such shares from time to time. If any of these shareholders or another large institutional shareholder were to sell a substantial number of shares of our common stock at once or in large blocks, or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them, the market price of our common stock could decline.

Reports published by analysts, including projections in those reports that differ from our actual results, could adversely affect the price and trading volume of our common stock.

Securities research analysts may establish and publish their own periodic projections with respect to us and our operations. These projections may vary widely and may not accurately predict the results we actually achieve. Our share price may decline if our actual results do not match the projections of these securities research analysts. Similarly, if one or more of the analysts who write reports on us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our share price could decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, our share price or trading volume could decline.

Delaware law and our governing documents contain certain provisions, including anti-takeover provisions, that limit the ability of stockholders to take certain actions and could delay or discourage takeover attempts that stockholders may consider favorable.

Our governing documents and the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) contain provisions that could have the effect of rendering more difficult, delaying, or preventing an acquisition deemed undesirable by our board of directors and therefore depress the trading price of our common stock. These provisions could also make it difficult for stockholders to take certain actions, including electing directors who are not nominated by the current members of our board of directors or taking other corporate actions, including effecting changes in our management. Among other things, our governing documents include provisions regarding:

the ability of our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock, including “blank check” preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquirer;
the limitation of the liability of, and the indemnification of, our directors and officers;
removal of the ability of our stockholders to take action by written consent in lieu of a meeting unless investment fund(s) affiliated with or executive officers could havemanaged by Advent International Corp. or any of its affiliates, or any successor, transferee or affiliate thereof, beneficially own a detrimental effectmajority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote on us.

Our key personnel may negotiate employmentsuch action, or consulting agreements withsuch action has been recommended or approved pursuant to a target businessresolution approved by the affirmative vote of all of the directors then in connection withoffice;

the requirement that a particular Business Combination, and a particular Business Combinationspecial meeting of stockholders may be conditioned on the retention or resignation of such key personnel. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our initial Business Combination and ascalled only by a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular Business Combination is the most advantageous.

Our key personnel may be able to remain with our company after the completionmajority of our initial Business Combination only if they are ableentire board of directors, which could delay the ability of stockholders to negotiate employmentforce consideration of a proposal or consulting agreements in connection withto take action, including the Business Combination. Such negotiations wouldremoval of directors;

controlling the procedures for the conduct and scheduling of board of directors and stockholder meetings;
the ability of our board of directors to amend our bylaws, which may allow our board of directors to take place simultaneously withadditional actions to prevent an unsolicited takeover and inhibit the negotiation of the Business Combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to us after the completion of the Business Combination. Such negotiations also could make such key personnel’s retention or resignation a condition to any such agreement. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business. In addition, our sponsor, upon and following consummationability of an initial Business Combination, will be entitledacquirer to amend the bylaws to facilitate an unsolicited takeover attempt; and
advance notice procedures with which stockholders must comply to nominate three individuals for appointmentcandidates to our board of directors as long as the sponsor holds any securities covered by the registration and shareholder rights agreement.

Our abilityor to successfully effect our initial Business Combination andpropose matters to be successful thereafter will be totally dependentacted upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our initial Business Combination. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial Business Combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our key personnel, at least until we have consummated our initial Business Combination. None of our officers are required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, they will have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including identifying potential Business Combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. If our officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote more substantial amounts of time to their other business activities, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs and could have a negative impact on our ability to consummate our initial Business Combination. In addition, we do not have employment agreements with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our officers. The unexpected loss of the services of our key personnel could have a detrimental effect on us.

The role of our key personnel after our initial Business Combination, however, remains to be determined. Some of our key personnel may serve in senior management or advisory positions following our initial Business Combination. It is likely, however, that most (if not all) of the management of the target business will remain in place. For instance, following the Proposed Business Combination, it is anticipated that all members of management of CCC will remain in place. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a public companystockholders’ meeting, which could cause uspreclude stockholders from bringing matters before annual or special meetings of stockholders and delay changes in our board of directors, and also may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.

Our executive officers andelect the acquirer’s own slate of directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial Business Combination.

Our executive officers and directors are not required to, and will not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a Business Combination and their other businesses. For example, affiliates of our sponsor are currently sponsoring two other blank check companies, Dragoneer II and Dragoneer III, incorporated for substantially similar purposes as our company. Further, Mr. Stad, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, serves as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer for Dragoneer II and as Chairman for Dragoneer III, and Mr. Robertson, our President and Chief Operating Officer, serves as President and Chief Operating Officer for Dragoneer II and Dragoneer III. Any such companies, including Dragoneer II and Dragoneer III, may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an acquisition target. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial Business Combination. Each of our executive officers is engaged in several other business endeavors for which he may be entitled to substantial compensation, and our executive officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs nor are they prohibited from sponsoring, or otherwise becoming involved with, any other blank check companies priorattempting to us completing our initial Business Combination. Our independent directors also serve as officersobtain control of us.

33


These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and board members for other entities. If our executive officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote substantial amounts of time to such affairs, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs which may have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial Business Combination.

Our officers and directors presently have, and any of themchanges in the future may have, additional, fiduciarycontrol or contractual obligations to other entities, including another blank check company, and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Until we consummate our initial Business Combination, we intend to engage in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses or entities. Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have, additional fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a Business Combination opportunity to such entity, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

These conflicts may not be resolvedchanges in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to another entity prior to its presentation to us, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law.board of directors or management.

In addition, our Founders, sponsor, officers and directors may in the future become affiliated with other blank check companies that may have acquisition objectives that arecertificate of incorporation includes a provision substantially similar to ours. Accordingly, theySection 203 of the DGCL, which may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. In particular, affiliatesprohibit certain stockholders holding 15% or more of our sponsor are currently sponsoring two other blank check companies, Dragoneer II and Dragoneer III. Dragoneer II and Dragoneer III may seek to complete Business Combinations in any location and are not focusing on any particular industry for Business Combinations. Further, Mr. Stad,our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, serves as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer for Dragoneer II and as Chairman for Dragoneer III, and Mr. Robertson, our President and Chief Operating Officer, serves as President and Chief Operating Officer for Dragoneer II and Dragoneer III. Any such companies, including Dragoneer II and Dragoneer III, may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an acquisition target. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to such other blank check companies prior to its presentation to us, subject to our officers’ and directors’ fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that we renounce our interest in any Business Combination opportunity offered to any Founder, director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company and it is an opportunity that we are able to complete on a reasonable basis.

Our executive officers, directors, security holders and their respective affiliates may have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.

We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, executive officers, security holders or affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary or financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. In fact, we may enter into a Business Combination with a target business that is affiliated with our sponsor, our directors or executive officers, or we may acquire a target business through an Affiliated Joint Acquisition with one or more affiliates of Dragoneer and/or one or more investors in funds managed by Dragoneer. Nor do we have a policy that expressly prohibits any such personsoutstanding capital stock from engaging for their own account in certain business activities of the types conducted by us. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours. Additionally, Dragoneer Funding is an affiliate of our sponsor.

The personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and selecting a target business and completing a Business Combination. Consequently, our directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular Business Combination are appropriate and in our shareholders’ best interest.

If our management following our initial Business Combination is unfamiliarcombinations with United States securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws, which could lead to various regulatory issues.

Following our initial Business Combination, our management may resign from their positions as officers or directors of our company and the management of the target business at the time of the Business Combination will remain in place. Management of the target business may not be familiar with United States securities laws. If new management is unfamiliar with United States securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.

Risks Relating to our Securities

The NYSE may delist our securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

Our securities are listed on the NYSE. Although we currently meet the minimum initial listing standards set forth in the NYSE listing standards, our securities may not be listed on the NYSE in the future or prior to our initial Business Combination. In order to continue listing our securities on the NYSE prior to our initial Business Combination, we must maintain certain financial, distribution and share price levels, such as a minimum market

capitalization (generally $50,000,000) and a minimum number of holders of our securities (generally 300 public holders) Additionally, our units will not be traded after completion of our initial Business Combination and, in connection with our initial Business Combination, we will be required to demonstrate compliance with the NYSE initial listing requirements, which are more rigorous than the NYSE continued listing requirements, in order to continue to maintain the listing of our securities on the NYSE. For instance, our share price would generally be required to be at least $4.00 per share, our total market capitalization would be required to be at least $200.0 million, the aggregate market value of publicly held shares would be required to be at least $100.0 million and we would be required to have at least 400 round lot shareholders. We may not be able to meet those listing requirements at that time, especially if there are a significant number of redemptions in connection with our initial Business Combination.

If the NYSE delists our securities from trading on its exchange and we are not able to list our securities on another national securities exchange, we expect our securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

reduced liquidity for our securities;

a determination that our Class A ordinary shares are a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our Class A ordinary shares to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;

a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and

a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Because our securities are listed on the NYSE, our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants will qualify as covered securities under the statute. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of covered securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the sale of securities issued by blank check companies, other than the State of Idaho, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if we were no longer listed on the NYSE, our securities would not qualify as covered securities under the statute and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities.

We are not registering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time, and such registration may not be in place when an investor desires to exercise warrants, thus precluding such investor from being able to exercise its warrants except on a cashless basis and potentially causing such warrants to expire worthless.

We are not registering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time. However, under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed that, as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 20 business days after the closing of our initial Business Combination, we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement covering the issuance of such shares, and we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause the same to become effective within 60 business days after the closing of our initial Business Combination and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement and a current prospectus relating to those Class A ordinary shares until the warrants expire or are redeemed. We cannot assure you that we will be able to do so if, for example, any facts or events arise which represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement or prospectus by which the shares are registered, the financial statements contained or incorporated by reference therein are not current, complete or correct or the SEC issues a stop order. If the shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants are not registered under the Securities Act in accordance with the above requirements, we will be required to permit holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis, in which case, the number of Class A ordinary shares that you will receive upon cashless exercise will be based on a formula subject to a maximum amount of shares equal to 0.361 Class A ordinary shares per warrant (subject to adjustment). However, no warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and we will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, or an exemption from registration is available. Notwithstanding the above, if our

Class A ordinary shares are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available. Exercising the warrants on a cashless basis could have the effect of reducing the potential “upside” of the holder’s investment in our company because the warrant holder will hold a smaller number of Class A ordinary shares upon a cashless exercise of the warrants they hold. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any warrant, or issue securities or other compensation in

exchange for the warrants in the event that we are unable to register or qualify the shares underlying the warrants under applicable state securities laws and no exemption is available. If the issuance of the shares upon exercise of the warrants is not so registered or qualified or exempt from registration or qualification, the holder of such warrant shall not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In such event, holders who acquired their warrants as part of a purchase of units will have paid the full unit purchase price solely for the Class A ordinary shares included in the units. There may be a circumstance where an exemption from registration exists for holders of our private placement warrants to exercise their warrants while a corresponding exemption does not exist for holders of the public warrants included as part of units sold in our Initial Public Offering. In such an instance, our sponsor and its permitted transferees (which may include our directors and executive officers) would be able to exercise their warrants and sell the ordinary shares underlying their warrants while holders of our public warrants would not be able to exercise their warrants and sell the underlying ordinary shares. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying Class A ordinary shares for sale under all applicable state securities laws. As a result, we may redeem the warrants as set forth above even if the holders are otherwise unable to exercise their warrants.

The warrants may become exercisable and redeemable for a security other thanspecified period of time.

Our Certificate of Incorporation designates the Class A ordinary shares, and you will not have any information regarding such other security at this time.

In certain situations, including if we are not the surviving entity in our initial Business Combination, the warrants may become exercisable for a security other than the Class A ordinary shares. As a result, if the surviving company redeems your warrants for securities pursuant to the warrant agreement, you may receive a security in a companyDelaware Court of which you do not have information at this time. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, the surviving company will be required to use commercially reasonable efforts to register the issuance of the security underlying the warrants within twenty business days of the closing of an initial Business Combination.

The grant of registration rights to our sponsor and the forward purchase investors may make it more difficult to complete our initial Business Combination, and the future exercise of such rights may adversely affect the market price of our Class A ordinary shares.

Pursuant to an agreement to be entered into prior to our Initial Public Offering, our sponsor and its permitted transferees can demand that we register the resale of the Class A ordinary shares into which founder shares are convertible, the private placement warrants and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the private placement warrants, and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of such warrants. Pursuant to the forward purchase agreements, we will agree that we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to (i) within 30 days after the closing of the initial Business Combination, file a registration statement with the SEC for a secondary offering of (A) the forward purchase shares, (B) the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the forward purchase warrants and (c) any other Class A ordinary shares acquired by the forward purchase investors, including any acquired after we complete our initial Business Combination, (ii) cause such registration statement to be declared effective promptly thereafter, but in no event later than 90 days after the closing of the initial Business Combination and (iii) maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement and to ensure the registration statement does not contain a material omission or misstatement, including by way of amendment or other update, as required, until the earlier of (A) the date on which a forward purchase investor ceases to hold the securities covered thereby and (B) the date all of the securities covered thereby can be sold publicly without restriction or limitation under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and without the requirement to be in compliance with Rule 144(c)(1) under the Securities Act, subject to certain conditions and limitations set forth in the forward purchase agreements. The registration and availability of such a significant number of securities for trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of

our Class A ordinary shares. In addition, the existence of the registration rights may make our initial Business Combination more costly or difficult to conclude. This is because the shareholders of the target business may increase the equity stake they seek in the combined entity or ask for more cash consideration to offset the negative impact on the market price of our securities that is expected when the securities owned by our sponsor or its permitted transferees are registered for resale.

The provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that relate to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares (and corresponding provisions of the agreement governing the

release of funds from our Trust Account) may be amended with the approval of a special resolution which requires the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of our company, which is a lower amendment threshold than that of some other blank check companies. It may be easier for us, therefore, to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to facilitate the completion of an initial Business Combination that some of our shareholders may not support.

Some other blank check companies have a provision in their charter which prohibits the amendment of certain of its provisions, including those which relate to the rights of a company’s shareholders, without approval by a certain percentage of the company’s shareholders. In those companies, amendment of these provisions typically requires approval by between 90% and 100% of the company’s shareholders. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that any of its provisions related to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares (including the requirement to deposit proceeds of our Initial Public Offering and the private placement of warrants into the Trust Account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances, and to provide redemption rights to public shareholders as described herein) may be amended if approved by special resolution, meaning holders of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of our company, and corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our Trust Account may be amended if approved by holders of at least 65% of our ordinary shares; provided that the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association governing the appointment or removal of directors prior to our initial Business Combination may only be amended by a special resolution passed by not less than two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at our general meeting which shall include the affirmative vote of a simple majority of our Class B ordinary shares. Our sponsor and its permitted transferees, if any, who collectively beneficially own, on an as-converted basis, approximately 20% of our Class A ordinary shares, will participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and/or trust agreement and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. As a result, we may be able to amend the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association which govern our pre-Business Combination behavior more easily than some other blank check companies, and this may increase our ability to complete a Business Combination with which you do not agree. Our shareholders may pursue remedies against us for any breach of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

Our sponsor, executive officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to agreements with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) that would modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial Business Combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of our Initial Public Offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares, unless we provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Class A ordinary shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay our income taxes, if any, divided by the number of the then-outstanding public shares. Our shareholders are not parties to, or third-party beneficiaries of, these agreements and, as a result, will not have the ability to pursue remedies against our sponsor, executive officers and directors for any breach of these agreements. As a result, in the event of a breach, our shareholders would need to pursue a shareholder derivative action, subject to applicable law.

We may amend the terms of the warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders of public warrants with the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding public warrants. As a result, the exercise price of your warrants could be increased, the exercise period could be shortened and the number of our Class A ordinary shares purchasable upon exercise of a warrant could be decreased, all without your approval.

Our warrants will be issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder for the purpose of (i) curing any ambiguity or correct any mistake, including to conform the provisions of the warrant agreement to the description of the terms of the warrants and the warrant agreement, or defective provision (ii) amending the provisions relating to cash dividends on ordinary shares as contemplated by and in accordance with the warrant agreement or (iii) adding or changing any provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the warrant agreement as the parties to the warrant agreement may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem to not adversely affect the rights of the registered holders of the warrants, provided that the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding public warrants is required to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of public warrants. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the public warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding public warrants approve of such amendment and, solely with respect to any amendment to the terms of the private placement warrants or any provision of the warrant agreement with respect to the private placement warrants, 50% of the number of the then outstanding private placement warrants. Although our ability to amend the terms of the public warrants with the consent of at least 50% of the then-outstanding public warrants is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the warrants, convert the warrants into cash, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of Class A ordinary shares purchasable upon exercise of a warrant.

Our warrant agreement will designate the courts of the State of New YorkChancery or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New Yorkfederal district courts as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actionssubstantially all disputes between us and proceedings that may be initiated by holders of our warrants,stockholders, which could limit theour stockholders’ ability of warrant holders to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our company.directors, officers, stockholders, employees or agents.

Our warrant agreement will providecertificate of incorporation provides that, subjectunless we consent in writing to applicablethe selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for state law claims for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of us; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our current or former directors, officers, employees, agents or stockholders to us or our stockholders, or any claim for aiding or abetting such an alleged breach; (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; (iv) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our current or former directors, officers, employees, agents or stockholders, whether arising outunder the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation or relating inour bylaws, or such actions as to which the DGCL confer jurisdiction on the Delaware Court of Chancery; or (v) any wayaction asserting a claim against us or any of our current or former directors, officers, employees, agents or stockholders governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The foregoing provisions will not apply to any claims as to which the Delaware Court of Chancery determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the warrant agreement, includingjurisdiction of such court, which is rested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than such court (including claims arising under the Exchange Act), or for which such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction, or to any claims arising under the Securities Act will be brought and, enforcedunless we consent in writing to the courtsselection of the State of New York oran alternative forum, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York,Delaware will be the sole and (ii)exclusive forum for resolving any action asserting a claim arising under the Securities Act.

Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules or regulations thereunder. Accordingly, both state and federal courts have jurisdiction to entertain such Securities Act claims. To prevent having to litigate claims in multiple jurisdictions and the threat of inconsistent or contrary rulings by different courts, among other considerations, our certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we irrevocably submitconsent in writing to such jurisdiction, which jurisdictionthe selection of an alternative forum, United States District Court for the District of Delaware shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any suchcomplaint asserting a cause of action proceeding or claim. We will waive any objectionarising under the Securities Act. There is uncertainty as to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, these provisions of the warrant agreement will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are the sole and exclusive forum. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of our warrants shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the forum provisions in our warrant agreement. If any action, the subject matter of which is within the scope the forum provisions of the warrant agreement, is filed inwhether a court other than a court of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (a “foreign action”) in the name of any holder of our warrants, such holder shall be deemed to have consented to: (x) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the State of New York in connection with any action brought in any such court towould enforce the forum provisions (an “enforcement action”), and (y) having serviceprovision with respect to claims under the federal securities laws.

This choice of process made upon such warrant holderforum provision in any such enforcement action by service upon such warrant holder’s counsel in the foreign action as agent for such warrant holder.

This choice-of-forum provisionour certificate of incorporation may limit a warrant holder’sstockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our company,directors, officers, or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such lawsuits. Alternatively,claims. There is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such provisions, and the enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ charter documents has been challenged in legal proceedings. It is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable, and if a court were to find thisthe choice of forum provision contained in our certificate of our warrant agreementincorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable with respect to one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings,in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such mattersaction in other jurisdictions, which could materially and adversely affectharm our business, financial condition and results of operations and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our management and board of directors.

We may redeem your unexpired warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your warrants worthless.

We have the ability to redeem the outstanding public warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per warrant, provided that the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for adjustments to the number of shares issuable upon exercise or the exercise price of a warrant as described under the heading “Description of Securities-Warrants-Public Shareholders’ Warrants-Anti-Dilution Adjustments”) for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading-day period ending on the third trading day prior to proper notice of such redemption and provided that certain other conditions are met. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. As a result, we may redeem the warrants as set forth above even if the holders are otherwise unable to exercise the warrants. Redemption of the outstanding warrants could force you to (i) exercise your warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so, (ii) sell your warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your warrants or (iii) accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding warrants are called for redemption, we expect would be substantially less than the market value of your warrants. None of the private placement warrants will be redeemable by us so long as they are held by our sponsor or its permitted transferees.

In addition, we have the ability to redeem the outstanding public warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.10 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption provided that the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted for adjustments to the number of shares issuable upon exercise or the exercise price of a warrant as described under the heading “Description of Securities-Warrants-Public Shareholders’ Warrants-Anti-Dilution Adjustments”) for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading-day period ending on the third trading day prior to proper notice of such redemption and provided that certain other conditions are met, including that holders will be able to exercise their warrants prior to redemption for a number of Class A ordinary shares determined based on the redemption date and the fair market value of our Class A ordinary shares. Please see “Description of Securities-Warrants-Public Shareholders’ Warrants-Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A ordinary share equals or exceeds $10.00.” The value received upon exercise of the warrants (1) may be less than the value the holders would have received if they had exercised their warrants at a later time where the underlying share price is higher and (2) may not compensate the holders for the value of the warrants, including because the number of ordinary shares received is capped at 0.361 Class A ordinary shares per warrant (subject to adjustment) irrespective of the remaining life of the warrants.

None of the private placement warrants will be redeemable by us as so long as they are held by our sponsor or its permitted transferees.

Our warrants may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares and make it more difficult to effectuate our initial Business Combination.

We issued warrants to purchase 13,800,000 Class A ordinary shares as part of the units sold in our Initial Public Offering and issued an aggregate of 15,800,000 private placement warrants, each exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment. We will also issue 3,500,000 forward purchase warrants pursuant to the forward purchase agreements. In addition, if the sponsor, its affiliates or a member of our management team makes any working capital loans, it may convert up to $2,000,000 of such loans into up to an additional 2,000,000 warrants, at the price of $1.00 per warrant. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares in connection with our redemption of our warrants.

To the extent we issue ordinary shares for any reason, including to effectuate a Business Combination, the potential for the issuance of a substantial number of additional Class A ordinary shares upon exercise of these warrants could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle to a target business. Such warrants, when exercised, will increase the number of issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and reduce the value of the Class A ordinary shares issued to complete the business transaction. Therefore, our warrants may make it more difficult to effectuate a business transaction or increase the cost of acquiring the target business.

Because each unit contains one-fifth of one redeemable warrant and only a whole warrant may be exercised, the units may be worth less than units of other blank check companies.

Each unit contains one-fifth of one redeemable warrant. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, no fractional warrants were issued upon separation of the units, and only whole units trade. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number the number of Class A ordinary shares to be issued to the warrant holder. This is different from other offerings similar to ours whose units include one ordinary share and one whole warrant to purchase one whole share. We have established the components of the units in this way in order to reduce the dilutive effect of the warrants upon completion of a Business Combination since the warrants will be exercisable in the aggregate for one-fifth of the number of shares compared to units that each contain a whole warrant to purchase one whole share, thus making us, we believe, a more attractive merger partner for target businesses. Nevertheless, this unit structure may cause our units to be worth less than if a unit included a warrant to purchase one whole share.

A provision of our warrant agreement may make it more difficult for us to consummate an initial Business Combination.

Unlike most blank check companies, if (i) we issue additional Class A ordinary shares, excluding the forward purchase securities, or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of our initial Business Combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per ordinary share (the “Newly Issued Price”), (ii) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of our initial Business Combination on the date of the consummation of our initial Business Combination (net of redemptions), and (iii) the Market Value is below $9.20 per share, then the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted to be equal to 115% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, and the $18.00 per share redemption trigger prices described below under “Description of Securities-Warrants-Public Shareholders’ Warrants-Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A ordinary share equals or exceeds $18.00” and “Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A ordinary share equals or exceeds $10.00” will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 180% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, and the $10.00 per share redemption trigger price described below under “Description of Securities-Warrants-Public Shareholders’ Warrants-Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A ordinary share equals or exceeds $10.00” will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price. This may make it more difficult for us to consummate an initial Business Combination with a target business.

Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, you may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. federal courts may be limited.

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon our directors or executive officers, or enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against our directors or officers.

Our corporate affairs will be governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Law (as the same may be supplemented or amended from time to time) and the common law of the Cayman Islands. We will also be subject to the federal securities laws of the United States. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from English common law, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are different from what they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and certain states, such as Delaware, may have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholders derivative action in a Federal court of the United States.

We have been advised by Maples and Calder, our Cayman Islands legal counsel, that the courts of the Cayman Islands are unlikely (i) to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state; and (ii) in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, to impose liabilities against us predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state, so far as the liabilities imposed by those provisions are penal in nature. In those circumstances, although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign money

judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits based on the principle that a judgment of a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given provided certain conditions are met. For a foreign judgment to be enforced in the Cayman Islands, such judgment must be final and conclusive and for a liquidated sum, and must not be in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matter, impeachable on the grounds of fraud or obtained in a manner, or be of a kind the enforcement of which is, contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands (awards of punitive or multiple damages may well be held to be contrary to public policy). A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a United States company.

Since only holders of our founder shares have the right to vote on the appointment of directors, the NYSE may consider us to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, we may qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

Only holders of our founder shares have the right to vote on the appointment of directors. As a result, the NYSE may consider us to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under the NYSE corporate governance standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that:

we have a board that includes a majority of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of the NYSE;

we have a compensation committee of our board that is comprised entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

we have a nominating and corporate governance committee of our board that is comprised entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities.

We do not intend to utilize these exemptions and intend to comply with the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE, subject to applicable phase-in rules. However, if we determine in the future to utilize some or all of these exemptions, you will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. This material weakness could continue to adversely affect our ability to report our results of operations and financial condition accuratelycondition. Furthermore, investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and rules and regulations thereunder.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties.

Our corporate headquarters are located at 167 N. Green Street, Chicago, Illinois, where we occupy approximately 141,000 square feet of office space pursuant to a lease that expires in 2037. We maintain additional leased office spaces in various locations in the United States and China pursuant to leases that expire between 2023 and 2029. We own a timely manner.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintainingcommercial office building in Sioux Falls, South Dakota. We believe that our current facilities are adequate internal control over financial reporting designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. Our management is likewise required, on a quarterly basis, to evaluate the effectiveness of our internal controls and to disclose any changes and material weaknesses identified through such evaluation in those internal controls. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

As described elsewhere in this Annual Report, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting related to the accounting for our Warrants. As a resultpresent needs and suitable additional facilities will be available to us on commercially reasonable terms if and when needed.

In the ordinary course of this material weakness, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2020. This material weakness resulted in a material misstatement of our warrant liabilities, change in fair value of warrant liabilities, additional paid-in capital, accumulated deficit, common stock subjectbusiness, we are (or may become) parties to redemptionlitigation involving property, personal injury, contract, intellectual property and related financial disclosures for the Affected Periods. See “Note 2—Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements” to the accompanying consolidated financial statements,other claims, as well as Part II, Item 9A: Controlsstockholder derivative actions, class action lawsuits and Procedures includedother matters. The amounts that may be recovered in this Annual Report.

Any failure to maintain internal control over our financial reporting could adversely impact our ability to report our financial position and results from operations on a timely and accurate basis, which could delay or disrupt our efforts to consummate an initial business combination. If our financial statements are not accurate, investorssuch matters may not have a complete understanding of our operations. Likewise, if our financial statements are not filed on a timely basis, we could be subject to sanctionsinsurance coverage. Although the results of legal proceedings and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we are not currently a party to any legal proceedings the outcome of which, we believe, if determined adversely to us, would individually or investigations byin the stock exchange on which our common stock is listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities. In either case, there could resultaggregate have a material adverse effect on our ability to consummate an initial business, combination.

We can give no assurance asfinancial condition, or results of operations. See Note 24 to our ability to timely remediate the material weakness identified, if at all, or that any additional material weaknesses or restatements of financial results will not arise in the future due to a failure to implement and maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting or circumvention of these controls.

General Risk Factors

We are a recently incorporated exempted company with a limited operating history and no revenues, and you have no basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

We are a recently incorporated exempted company, incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands with no operating results, and we did not commence operations until our recent public offering. Because we lack a significant operating history, you have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective of completing our initial Business Combination with one or more target businesses. We have no plans, arrangements or understandings with any prospective target business concerning a Business Combination and may be unable to complete our initial Business Combination. If we fail to complete our initial Business Combination, we will never generate any operating revenues.

Past performance by our management team or their respective affiliates may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in us.

Information regarding performance is presented for informational purposes only. Any past experience or performance of our management team and their respective affiliates is not a guarantee of either (i) our ability to successfully identify and execute a transaction or (ii) success with respect to any Business Combination that we may consummate. You should not rely on the historical record of our management team or their respective affiliates as indicative of the future performance of an investment in us or the returns we will, or are likely to, generate going forward. Our management has limited experience in operating special purpose acquisition companies.

We may be a passive foreign investment company, or “PFIC,” which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. investors.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. Holder of our Class A ordinary shares or warrants, the U.S. Holder may be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences and may be subject to additional reporting requirements. Our PFIC status for our current and subsequent taxable years may depend on whether we qualify for the PFIC start-up exception. Depending on the particular circumstances the application of the start-up exception may be subject to uncertainty, and there cannot be any assurance that we will qualify for the start-up exception. Accordingly, there can be no assurances with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any subsequent taxable year. Our actual PFIC status for any taxable year, however, will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year (and if the start-up exception is applicable, potentially not until after the two taxable years following). Moreover, if we determine we are a PFIC for any taxable year, upon written request, we will endeavor to provide to a U.S. Holder such information as the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) may require, including a PFIC Annual Information Statement, in order to enable the U.S. Holder to make and maintain a “qualified electing fund” election, but there can be no assurance that we will timely provide such required information, and such election would be unavailable with respect to our warrants in all cases. We urge U.S. investors to consult their tax advisors regarding the possible application of the PFIC rules.

We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to “emerging growth companies” or “smaller reporting companies,” this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, our shareholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our Class A ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31. We cannot predict whether investors will find our securities less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading prices of our securities may be more volatile.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of ourconsolidated financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $250 million as of the prior June 30, and (2) our annual revenues exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year or the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30. To the extent we take advantage of such reduced disclosure obligations, it may also make comparison of our financial statements with other public companies difficult or impossible.

We are subject to changing law and regulations regarding regulatory matters, corporate governance and public disclosure that have increased both our costs and the risk of non-compliance.

We are subject to rules and regulations by various governing bodies, including, for example, the SEC, which are charged with the protection of investors and the oversight of companies whose securities are publicly traded, and to new and evolving regulatory measures under applicable law. Our efforts to comply with new and changing laws and regulations have resulted in and are likely to continue to result in, increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from seeking a Business Combination target.

Moreover, because these laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance becomes available. This evolution may result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and additional costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to our disclosure and governance practices. If we fail to address and comply with these regulations and any subsequent changes, we may be subject to penalty and our business may be harmed.

An investment in our securities may result in uncertain or adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences.

An investment in our securities may result in uncertain U.S. federal income tax consequences. For instance, because there are no authorities that directly address instruments similar to our units, the allocation an investor makes with respect to the purchase price of a unit between the Class A ordinary shares and the one-fifth of a warrant to purchase one Class A ordinary share included in each unit could be challenged by the IRS or courts. Furthermore, the U.S. federal income tax consequences of a cashless exercise of warrants included in our units is unclear under current law. Finally, it is unclear whether the redemption rights with respect to our ordinary shares suspend the running of a U.S. Holder’s holding period for purposes of determining whether any gain or loss realized by such holder on the sale or exchange of Class A ordinary shares is long-term capital gain or loss and for determining whether any dividend we pay would be considered “qualified dividends” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors with respect to these and other tax consequences when purchasing, holding or disposing of our securities.

Cyber incidents or attacks directed at us could result in information theft, data corruption, operational disruption and/or financial loss.

We depend on digital technologies, including information systems, infrastructure and cloud applications and services, including those of third parties with which we may deal. Sophisticated and deliberate attacks on, or security breaches in, our systems or infrastructure, or the systems or infrastructure of third parties or the cloud, could lead to corruption or misappropriation of our assets, proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data. As an early stage company without significant investments in data security protection, we may not be sufficiently protected against such occurrences. We may not have sufficient resources to adequately protect against, or to investigate and remediate any vulnerability to, cyber incidents. It is possible that any of these occurrences, or a combination of them, could have adverse consequences on our business and lead to financial loss.

Provisions in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our Class A ordinary shares and could entrench management.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association contain provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that shareholders may consider to be in their best interests. These provisions include a staggered board of directors, the ability of the board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preference shares, and the fact that prior to the completion of our initial Business Combination only holders of our Class B ordinary shares, which have been issued to our sponsor, are entitled to vote on the appointment of directors, which may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

ITEM 1B.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

None.

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES.

We currently maintain our executive offices at One Letterman Drive, Building D, Suite M500, San Francisco, California 94129. Our sponsor has agreed to provide us office space and general administrative services at no cost.

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

There is no material litigation, arbitration or governmental proceeding currently pending against us or any members of our management team in their capacity as such.

ITEM 4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

PART II

ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

Market Information

Our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants are traded on the NYSE under the symbols “DGNR.U,” “DGNR,” and “DGNR WS,” respectively.

Holders

As of December 31, 2020, there was 1 holder of record of our units, 1 holder of record of our Class A ordinary shares, 6 holders of record of our Class B ordinary shares and 2 holders of record of our warrants.

Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of our initial Business Combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of our initial Business Combination. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to our initial Business Combination will be within the discretion of our board of directors at such time. Further, if we incur any indebtedness in connection with a Business Combination, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

None.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities; Use of Proceeds from Registered Offerings

On August 18, 2020, we consummated our Initial Public Offering of 69,000,000 Units, inclusive of 9,000,000 Units sold to the underwriters exercising their over-allotment option in full. The Units were sold at an offering price of $10.00 per Unit, generating total gross proceeds of $690,000,000. Each Unit consisted of one Class A ordinary share of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share, and one-fifth of one redeemable warrant of the Company. Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC acted as book-running managers of the offering. The securities sold in the offering were registered under the Securities Act on a registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-240078). The SEC declared the registration statement effective on August 13, 2020.

Simultaneously with the consummation of our Initial Public Offering, we consummated a private placement of 15,800,000 Private Placement Warrants to our sponsor at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant, generating total proceeds of $15,800,000. Such securities were issued pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

The Private Placement Warrants are the same as the warrants underlying the Units sold in the Initial Public Offering, except that Private Placement Warrants are not transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, the Private Placement Warrants are exercisable on a cashless basis and are non-redeemable so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees.

Of the gross proceeds received from the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement Warrants, $690,000,000 was placed in a Trust Account.

We paid a total of $13,800,000 underwriting discounts and commissions and $974,273 for other costs and expenses related to the Initial Public Offering. In addition, the underwriters agreed to defer $24,150,000 in underwriting discounts and commissions.

There has been no material change in the planned use of proceeds from such use as described in the Company’s final prospectus (File No. 333-240078), dated August 13, 2020.

ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

Not applicable.

ITEM 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

The following discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements and the notes related thereto which are included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Certain information contained in the discussion and analysis set forth below includes forward-looking statements. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those set forth under “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.10-K for additional information.

OverviewItem 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

34


PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Securities

On December 6, 2022, acting pursuant to authorization from our board of directors, we voluntarily withdrew the principal listing of our common stock from The New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and transferred the listing to Nasdaq. Our common stock is listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “CCCS”.

As of February 24, 2023, we had 58 holders of record of our common stock. The actual number of stockholders is greater than this number of record holders, and includes stockholders who are beneficial owners, but whose shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees. This number of holders of record also does not include stockholders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.

Dividends

We arehave no current plans to pay cash dividends. The declaration, amount and payment of any future dividends on shares of our common stock will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors may take into account general and economic conditions, our financial condition and results of operations, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions and implications on the payment of dividends by us to our shareholders or by our subsidiaries to us and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is limited by our 2021 Credit Agreement and may be limited by covenants contained in agreement governing other indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur in the future.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

We had no sales of unregistered equity securities during the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer

None.

Stock Performance Graph

This performance graph shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any of our filings under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act.

The following graph shows a blank check company incorporated on July 3, 2020 as a Cayman Islands exempted companycomparison of the cumulative total return for our common stock, the NASDAQ Composite Index, and the Standard & Poor’s (S&P) 500 Index for the purpose of effectingperiod from October 6, 2020, the first day Dragoneer’s Class A ordinary shares were traded on a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities. We intend to effectuate ourstand-alone basis following its initial Business Combination using cash from the proceeds of our Initial Public Offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, our shares, debt or a combination of cash, equity and debt.

public offering through December 31, 2022. For the period frombetween October 6, 2020 through July 3, 2020 (inception)30, 2021 the figures relate to Dragoneer’s Class A ordinary shares, and for the period between July 30, 2021 through December 31, 2020 we incurred approximately $514,0002022, the figures relate to CCC’s common stock. The graph assumes an initial investment of $100 in the pursuit of our acquisition plans and approximately $528,000 of other operating and formation expenses. We cannot assure you that our plans to complete a Business Combination will be successful.

Recent Developments

On January 19, 2021, we entered into a convertible promissory note with the sponsor pursuant to which the sponsor agreed to loan us up to an aggregate principal amount of $2,000,000 (the “Convertible Promissory Note”), which amount was drawn in full on the same day. The Convertible Promissory Note is non-interest bearing and due on the date on which we consummate a Business Combination. If we do not consummate a Business Combination, we may use a portion of any funds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Convertible Promissory Note; however, no proceeds from the Trust Account may be used for such repayment. If such funds are insufficient to repay the Promissory Note, the unpaid amounts would be forgiven. Up to $2,000,000 of the Convertible Promissory Note may be converted into warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrantDragoneer’s Class A ordinary shares at the option of the sponsor. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants.market close on October 6,

Merger Agreement35


On February 2, 2021, the Company, Chariot Merger Sub, and CCC entered into the Business Combination Agreement, pursuant to which on the closing date, among other things and subject to the terms and conditions contained therein:

(i)

the Domestication will occur, and, in connection with the Domestication, (A) the Company’s name will be changed as determined by CCC in its sole discretion, (B) each outstanding Class A ordinary share of Dragoneer and each outstanding Class B ordinary share of the Company will become one share of Dragoneer Common Stock, and (C) each outstanding warrant of Dragoneer will become one warrant to purchase one share of Dragoneer Common Stock; and

(ii)

the Merger.

In accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Business Combination Agreement, all outstanding shares, together with all outstanding equity awards, of CCC will be exchanged for shares of Dragoneer Common Stock or comparable equity awards that2020. Such returns are settled or are exercisable for shares of Dragoneer Common Stock, as applicable, based on an implied CCC equity valuehistorical results and are not intended to suggest future performance. Data for the NASDAQ Composite Index and S&P 500 Index assume reinvestment of $5,740,750,000, subject to adjustment in accordance with the Business Combination Agreement. Additionally, the current CCC equityholders and the sponsor each have an earn out tied to the trading price of shares of the combined company after the closing of the Merger.dividends.

Under the Business Combination Agreement, the obligations of the parties to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby are subject to a number of closing conditions, including, but not limited to, (i) the expiration or termination of the applicable waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, (ii) the approval of the Company’s shareholders, (iii) the approval of CCC’s shareholders and (iv) the Company having at least $5,000,001 of net tangible assets (as determined in accordance with Rule 3a51-1(g)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) remaining after the closing of the Proposed Business Combination.img86293146_2.jpg 

In addition, the obligation of CCC to consummate the Proposed Business Combination is subject to the fulfillment of other closing conditions, including, but not limited to, (i) the aggregate cash proceeds from the Company’s trust account equaling no less than $207,000,000 (after deducting any amounts paid to the Company’s shareholders that exercise their redemption rights in connection with the Proposed Business Combination and net of the Company’s unpaid transaction expenses and the Company’s unpaid liabilities), (ii) the approval by the NYSE of the Company’s initial listing application in connection with the Proposed Business Combination, (iii) the aggregate cash proceeds from the Company’s forward purchase agreements equaling no less than $175,000,000, at least $150,000,000 of which shall be provided by the sponsor, (iv) the consummation of the Domestication and (v) the Company having made all necessary arrangements to cause the trustee to release the funds from the Company’s trust account available to the Company.Item 6. Reserved.

The Business Combination Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the closing of the Proposed Business Combination by mutual written consent of the Company and CCC and, among other things, if the Proposed Business Combination is not consummated by August 2, 2021. As such, the closing of the Proposed Business Combination cannot be assured.36


Concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, the Company entered into the following agreements:

Transaction Support Agreements, pursuant to which the CCC shareholders agreed to, among other things, vote in favor of the Business Combination Agreement and the Proposed Business Combination and to be bound by certain other covenants and agreements related to the Proposed Business Combination;

An Amended and Restated Registration and Shareholder Rights Agreement, pursuant to which certain shareholders of CCC and our sponsor were provided with certain governance and board nomination rights;

Subscription Agreements with the Investors, pursuant to which, among other things, the Investors agreed to the Pipe Financing; and

A Sponsor Letter Agreement with the holders of the Company’s Class B ordinary shares, including our sponsor, pursuant to which such holders agreed to, among other things, (i) vote in favor of the Business Combination Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby (including the Merger), (ii) waive any adjustment to the conversion ratio set forth in the governing documents of the Company or any other anti-dilution or similar protection with respect to the Class B ordinary shares (whether resulting from the transactions contemplated by the Subscription Agreements or otherwise), (iii) be bound by certain other covenants and agreements related to the Proposed Business Combination and (iv) be bound by certain transfer restrictions with respect to their shares in the Company prior to the closing of the Proposed Business Combination, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Sponsor Letter Agreement. Additionally, pursuant to the Sponsor Letter Agreement, the holders of Class B common stock have agreed that, if the earn out conditions have not been satisfied before the tenth anniversary of the Closing (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), the portion of the Company’s shares subject to such earn out, and any dividends that have been paid in respect thereof (which will be retained by the Company and be paid to the holders of Class B common stock only if and when the earn out conditions are satisfied), will automatically be forfeited to the Company on the tenth anniversary of the Closing (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement).

Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements

ThisItem 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations has been amendedOperations.

The following discussion and restatedanalysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from the forward-looking statements included herein. Factors that could cause or contribute to givesuch differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in the section titled “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Risk Factors” and “Risk Factors” as set forth elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, references to “CCC,” “we,” “us,” “our” and other similar terms refer to Cypress Holdings Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries prior to the Business Combination and to CCC Intelligent Solutions Holdings Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries after giving effect to the restatementBusiness Combination.

Business Overview

Founded in 1980, CCC is a leading provider of innovative cloud, mobile, AI, telematics, hyperscale technologies and revisionapplications for the P&C insurance economy. Our SaaS platform connects trading partners, facilitates commerce, and supports mission-critical, AI-enabled digital workflows. Leveraging decades of deep domain experience, our industry-leading platform processes more than $100 billion in annual transaction value across this ecosystem, digitizing workflows and connecting more than 30,000 companies across the P&C insurance economy, including insurance carriers, collision repairers, parts suppliers, automotive manufacturers, financial institutions and others.

Our business has been built upon two foundational pillars: automotive insurance claims and automotive collision repair. For decades we have delivered leading software solutions to both the insurance and repair industries, including pioneering DRP in the U.S. beginning in 1992. Direct Repair Programs connect auto insurers and collision repair shops to create business value for both parties, and require digital tools to facilitate interactions and manage partner programs. Insurer-to-shop DRP connections have created a strong network effect for CCC’s platform, as insurers and repairers both benefit by joining the largest network to maximize opportunities. This has led to a virtuous cycle in which more insurers on the platform drives more value for the collision shops on the platform, and vice versa.

We believe we have become a leading insurance and repair SaaS provider in the U.S. by increasing the depth and breadth of our SaaS offerings over many years. Our insurance solutions help insurance carriers manage mission-critical workflows across the claims lifecycle, while building smart, dynamic experiences for their own customers. Our software integrates seamlessly with both legacy and modern systems alike and enables insurers to rapidly innovate on our platform. Our repair solutions help collision repair facilities achieve better performance throughout the collision repair cycle by digitizing processes to drive business growth, streamline operations, and improve repair quality. We have more than 300 insurers on our network, connecting with over 28,000 repair facilities through our multi-tenant cloud platform. We believe our software is the architectural backbone of insurance DRP programs and is the primary driver of material revenue for our collision shop customers and a source of material efficiencies for our insurance carrier customers.

Our platform is designed to solve the "many-to-many" problem faced by the insurance economy. There are numerous internally and externally developed insurance software solutions in the market today, with the vast majority of applications focused on insurance-only use cases and not on serving the broader insurance ecosystem. We have prioritized building a leading network around our automotive insurance and collision repair pillars to further digitize interactions and maximize value for our customers. We have tens of thousands of companies on our platform that participate in the insurance economy, including insurers, repairers, parts suppliers, automotive manufacturers, and financial institutions. Our solutions create value for each of these parties by enabling them to connect to our vast network to collaborate with other companies, streamline operations, and reduce processing costs and dollars lost through claims management inefficiencies, or claims leakage. Expanding our platform has added new layers of network effects, further accelerating the adoption of our software solutions.

We have processed more than $1 trillion of historical data across our network, allowing us to build proprietary data assets that leverage insurance claims, vehicle repair, automotive parts and other vehicle-specific information. We believe we are uniquely positioned to provide data-driven insights, analytics, and AI-enhanced workflows that strengthen our solutions and improve business outcomes for our customers. Our Smart Suite of AI solutions increases automation across existing insurance and repair processes including vehicle damage detection, claim triage, repair estimating, and intelligent claims review. We deliver real-world AI with more than 100 U.S. auto insurers actively using AI-powered solutions in production environments. We have processed more than 14 million unique claims using CCC deep learning AI as of December 31, 2022, an increase of more than 50% over December 31, 2021.

One of the primary obstacles facing the P&C insurance economy is increasing complexity. Complexity in the P&C insurance economy is driven by technological advancements, Internet of Things (“IoT”) data, new business models, supply chain disruption and changing consumer expectations. We believe digitization plays a critical role in managing this growing complexity while meeting consumer expectations. Our technology investments are focused on digitizing complex processes and interactions across our ecosystem, and we believe we are well positioned to power the P&C insurance economy of the future with our data, network, and platform.

While our position in the P&C insurance economy is grounded in the automotive insurance sector, the largest insurance sector in the U.S. representing nearly half of DWP, we believe our integrations and cloud platform are capable of driving innovation across the entire P&C insurance economy. Our customers are increasingly looking for CCC to expand its solutions to other parts of their business where they can benefit from our technology, service, and partnership. In response, we are investing in new solutions that we believe will enable us to digitize the entire automotive claims lifecycle, and over time expand into adjacencies including other insurance lines. For example, CCC's acquisition of Safekeep on February 9, 2022 added subrogation solutions that can span insurance lines including automotive, property, and worker's compensation.

37


We have strong customer relationships in the end-markets we serve, and these relationships are a key component of our success given the long-term nature of our contracts and the interconnectedness of our network. We have customer agreements with more than 300 insurers (including carriers, self-insurers and other entities processing insurance claims), including 18 of the top 20 automotive insurance carriers in the U.S. based on DWP, and hundreds of regional carriers. We have more than 30,000 total customers, including over 28,000 automotive collision repair facilities (including repairers and other entities that estimate damaged vehicles), thousands of automotive dealers, 13 of the top 15 automotive manufacturers based on new vehicle sales, and numerous other companies that participate in the P&C insurance economy.

We generate revenue through the sale of SaaS subscriptions and other revenue, primarily from professional services. We generated $782.4 million of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2022, an increase of 13.7% from the prior year. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2022 was $38.4 million, compared to a net loss for the year ended December 31, 2021 of $248.9 million, mainly due to $209.9 million of stock-based compensation expense recognized in conjunction with the Business Combination in the prior year. Adjusted EBITDA increased 16.8% year-over-year to $305.4 million. See our reconciliation of net income to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA within the section titled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

Basis of Presentation

The Company’s consolidated financial statements filedand accompanying notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K include the accounts of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and were prepared in accordance with GAAP. Intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation. The consolidated financial statements include 100% of the accounts of wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries and the ownership interest of the minority investor is recorded as a non-controlling interest in a subsidiary.

The Company operates in one operating segment. The chief operating decision maker for the Company is the chief executive officer. The chief executive officer reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis, accompanied by information about revenue by type of service and geographic region, for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance.

Effective January 1, 2021, the Company’s lease accounting policy follows the guidance from Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 842, Leases, which requires companies to recognize on the balance sheet the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by the leased asset. The Company adopted this standard using the modified retrospective approach for all leases entered into before the effective date. Prior to the adoption of ASC 842, the Company’s lease accounting recognition policy followed guidance from ASC 840, Leases. Due to the adoption of this guidance, the Company recognized operating right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities of $47.1 million and $53.0 million, respectively, as of the date of adoption. The difference between the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet is primarily due to the accrual for lease payments as a result of straight-line lease expense and unamortized tenant incentive liability balances. See Note 2 and Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Key Performance Measures and Operating Metrics

In addition to our GAAP and non-GAAP financial measures, we rely on Software Net Dollar Retention Rate (“Software NDR”) and Software Gross Dollar Retention Rate (“Software GDR”) to measure and evaluate our business to make strategic decisions. Software NDR and Software GDR may not be comparable to or calculated in the same way as other similarly titled measures used by other companies.

Software NDR

We believe that Software NDR provides our management and our investors with insight into our ability to retain and grow revenue from our existing customers, as well as their potential long-term value to us. We also believe the results shown by this metric reflect the stability of our revenue base, which is one of our core competitive strengths. We calculate Software NDR by dividing (a) annualized software revenue recorded in the last month of the measurement period, for example, December for a quarter ending December 31, for unique billing accounts that generated revenue during the corresponding month of the prior year by (b) annualized software revenue as of the corresponding month of the prior year. The calculation includes changes for these billing accounts, such as change in the solutions purchased, changes in pricing and transaction volume, but does not reflect revenue for new customers added. The calculation excludes: (a) changes in estimates related to the timing of one-time revenue and other revenue, including professional services, and (b) annualized software revenue for smaller customers with annualized software revenue below the threshold of $100,000 for carriers and $4,000 for shops. The customers that do not meet the revenue threshold are small carriers and shops that tend to have different buying behaviors, with a narrower solution focus, and different tenure compared to our core customers (excluded small carriers and shops represent less than 5% of total revenue within these sales channels). Our Software NDR includes carriers and shops who subscribe to our auto physical damage solutions, which account for most of the Company’s revenue, and excludes revenue from smaller emerging solutions with international subsidiaries or other ecosystem solutions, such as parts suppliers, diagnostic providers, and other automotive manufacturers, and also excludes CCC Casualty which are largely usage and professional service based solutions.

 

 

Quarter Ending

 

2022

 

2021

 

2020

Software NDR

 

March 31

 

114%

 

106%

 

105%

 

 

June 30

 

111%

 

110%

 

103%

 

 

September 30

 

110%

 

113%

 

103%

 

 

December 31

 

106%

 

115%

 

103%

Software GDR

We believe that Software GDR provides our management and our investors with insight into the value our solutions provide to our customers as represented by our ability to retain our existing customer base. We believe the results shown by this metric reflect the strength and stability of our revenue base, which is one of our core competitive strengths. We calculate Software GDR by dividing (a) annualized software

38


revenue recorded in the last month of the measurement period in the prior year, reduced by annualized software revenue for unique billing accounts that are no longer customers as of the current period end by (b) annualized software revenue as of the corresponding month of the prior year. The calculation reflects only customer losses and does not reflect customer expansion or contraction for these billing accounts and does not reflect revenue for new customer billing accounts added. Our Software GDR calculation represents our annualized software revenue that is retained from the prior year and demonstrates that the vast majority of our customers continue to use our solutions and renew their subscriptions. The calculation excludes: (a) changes in estimates related to the timing of one-time revenue and other revenue, including professional services, and (b) annualized software revenue for smaller customers with annualized software revenue below the threshold of $100,000 for carriers and $4,000 for shops. The customers that do not meet the revenue threshold are small carriers and shops that tend to have different buying behaviors, with a narrower solution focus, and different tenure compared to our core customers (excluded small carriers and shops which represent less than 5% of total revenue within these sales channels). Our Software GDR includes carriers and shops who subscribe to our auto physical damage solutions, which account for most of the Company’s revenue, and excludes revenue from smaller emerging solutions with international subsidiaries or other ecosystem solutions, such as parts suppliers, diagnostic providers, and other automotive manufacturers, and excludes CCC Casualty which are largely usage and professional service based solutions.

 

 

Quarter Ending

 

2022

 

2021

 

2020

Software GDR

 

March 31

 

99%

 

98%

 

98%

 

 

June 30

 

99%

 

98%

 

98%

 

 

September 30

 

99%

 

98%

 

98%

 

 

December 31

 

99%

 

98%

 

98%

Key Factors Affecting Operating Results

The following are key factors affecting our operating results in the years ending December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020:

Conversion and implementation of new customers: We focus significant resources on attracting and onboarding new customers across the various segments of the P&C insurance economy we serve. We have a strong track record of new customer conversion across all our markets. On average, customer implementations take less than three months to complete. A significant portion of our sales force is focused on converting new customer accounts across our industry, and this will continue to be a focus of our business for the foreseeable future.
Long-term customer relationships:We have strong customer relationships in the end-markets we serve, and these relationships are a key component of our success given the long-term nature of our contracts and the interconnectedness of our network. We generate revenue through the sale of SaaS subscriptions and our average contract is approximately three to five years in duration. In 2022, our national carrier customers included 18 of the top 20 automotive insurers based on DWP, with average customer relationships spanning more than 10 years, as evidenced by our historical GDR of 98%-99%, and numerous exclusive arrangements.
Expansion of solution adoption from existing customers: A central part of our strategy is expanding solution adoption across our existing customer base. We have developed long-term relationships with our Original Report.customers and have a proven track record of successfully cross-selling product offerings. We have the opportunity to realize incremental value by selling additional functionality to customers that do not currently utilize our full solution portfolio. As we innovate and bring new technology and solutions to market, we also have the opportunity to realize incremental value by selling new software solutions to our existing customer base. Capitalizing on this opportunity has been a significant driver of our revenue growth and net dollar retention in recent years and will remain a central go-to-market priority.
Investment in R&D: We have a strong track record of innovation and new solution delivery with our customers. We remain committed to delivering market-leading technology including AI solutions for the P&C insurance economy. We believe that maintaining our software solution leadership is imperative to our growth plan. As a result, we intend to continue making significant investments in research and development to improve and expand our software solutions. Our research and development expenses totaled $157.0 million, $166.0 million and $109.5 million in the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. In 2022, the decrease in our R&D was primarily due to a reduction in stock-based compensation related to the Business Combination. We expect that research and development will remain a key investment area for the foreseeable future.
Investment in Platform, Privacy, and Security: Our technology platform is imperative to our strategy as it enables successful customer implementations, new software delivery, and ongoing performance and delivery. In addition to our investments in R&D, we invest in platform infrastructure, maintenance, privacy, and security protocols to enable performance across our technology platform. We expect investment in these areas to continue to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future.
Investment in Sales and Marketing: Our sales and marketing efforts are restatinga key component of our historical financial resultsgrowth strategy. Our investments in this area have enabled us to reclassifybuild and sustain our Warrantscustomer base while creating long-term customer relationships. We plan to continue to invest in our sales and marketing efforts, including adding sales personnel and expanding marketing activities, to support our business growth. Our sales and marketing expenses totaled $119.6 million, $148.9 million and $74.7 million, in the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. In 2022, the decrease in our sales and marketing was primarily due to a reduction in stock-based compensation related to the Business Combination. As the business continues to grow, we expect sales and marketing expenses to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future.

39


Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

Revenue is derived from the sale of SaaS subscriptions and other revenue, primarily professional services. Software subscription revenues are comprised of fees from customers for the right to use the hosted software over the contract period without taking possession of the software. These revenues are billed on either a subscription or transactional basis with subscription revenue recognized ratably over the contract period and transactional revenue recognized when the transaction for the related service occurs. We generally invoice software subscription agreements monthly either in advance or in arrears, over the subscription period. Software subscription revenue accounted for $752.5 million, $662.3 million and $573.6 million or 96%, 96% and 91% of total revenue during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. We continue to expect software subscription revenue to be a high percentage of total revenue as derivative liabilities pursuantsoftware subscription revenue continues to ASC 815-40 ratherbe a key strategic priority.

Revenues from professional services include fees from customers for the Company’s First Party Clinical Services and other non-software services. Revenues from professional services is recognized in the period the service is performed.

In December 2020, we sold our First Party Clinical Services to a third-party buyer. First Party Clinical Services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $34.7 million.

Costs and Expenses

Cost of Revenue

Cost of Revenue, Exclusive of Amortization of Acquired Technologies

These costs include costs of software subscription and professional services revenue. Our cost of software subscription revenue is primarily comprised of cloud infrastructure costs, information technology (“IT”) security costs, license and royalty fees paid to third parties and personnel-related expenses, including salaries, other direct personnel-related costs and stock-based compensation, and depreciation expense, including capitalized development costs. We expect cost of revenue, exclusive of amortization of acquired technologies, to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to hire personnel, require additional cloud infrastructure and incur royalty fees in support of our revenue growth.

In December 2020, we sold our First Party Clinical Services to a third-party buyer. First Party Clinical Services cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $31.3 million.

Amortization of Acquired Technologies

We amortize to cost of revenue the capitalized costs of technologies acquired in connection with business acquisitions.

Operating expenses

Operating expenses are categorized as follows:

Research and Development

Our research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel-related costs, including stock-based compensation, and costs of external development resources involved in the engineering, design and development of new solutions, as well as expenses associated with significant ongoing improvements to existing solutions. Research and development expenses also include costs for certain IT expenses.

Research and development costs, other than software development costs qualifying for capitalization, are expensed as incurred. Capitalized software development costs consist primarily of personnel-related costs.

We expect research and development expenses, excluding stock-based compensation, to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to dedicate substantial resources to develop, improve and expand the functionality of our solutions. We also expect an increase in the rate of capitalization of our investments in research and development for the foreseeable future.

Selling and Marketing

Our selling and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel-related costs for our sales and marketing functions, including sales commissions and stock-based compensation. Additionally, selling and marketing expenses include advertising costs, marketing costs and event costs, including the Company’s annual industry conference.

We expect our selling and marketing expenses, excluding stock-based compensation, to increase on an absolute dollar basis as we continue to increase investments to support the growth of our business.

General and Administrative

Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel-related costs, including stock-based compensation, for our executive management and administrative employees, including finance and accounting, human resources, information technology, facilities and legal functions. Additionally, general and administrative expenses include professional service fees, insurance premiums, and other corporate expenses that are not allocated to the above expense categories.

40


We expect our general and administrative expenses, excluding stock-based compensation, to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to expand our operations, hire additional personnel, and incur costs as a componentpublic company.

Amortization of Intangible Assets

Our amortization of intangible assets consists of the capitalized costs of customer relationships and favorable lease terms in connection with business acquisitions.

Non-operating income (expense)

Non-operating income (expense) is categorized as follows:

Interest Expense

Interest expense comprises interest expense accrued or paid on our indebtedness. We expect interest expense to vary each reporting period depending on the amount of outstanding indebtedness and prevailing interest rates.

Interest Income

Interest income comprises interest earned on our cash balances. We expect interest income to vary each reporting period depending on the amount of our cash balances in interest bearing accounts and prevailing interest rates.

Change in Fair Value of Derivative Instruments

Change in fair value of derivative instruments comprises the fair value adjustments of our interest rate cap and interest rate swap agreements during each reporting period. We expect the change in fair value of derivative instruments to vary each reporting period depending on the prevailing market factors.

Change in Fair Value of Warrant Liabilities

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities comprises fair value adjustments of the Public Warrants and Private Warrants assumed in connection with the Business Combination. In December 2021, we redeemed all of our outstanding Public Warrants and as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company no longer has Public Warrants outstanding subject to fair value adjustments. We expect the change in fair value of warrant liabilities to vary each reporting period depending on the fair value adjustments and number of exercises and redemptions of our outstanding Private Warrants during each reporting period.

Gain on Sale of Cost Method Investment

Gain on sale of cost method investment is comprised of proceeds of the sale of the Company's equity as we had previously treatedinterest in an investee in excess of our cost.

Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt

Loss on early extinguishment of debt comprises the Warrants. Thewrite-off of deferred financing fees and original issue discount associated with the

Company’s long-term debt at the time of extinguishment.

Other Income-Net

Other income-net consists primarily of foreign currency transaction gains and losses related to the impact of transactions denominated in a foreign currency.

Income Tax (Provision) Benefit

Income tax (provision) benefit consists of U.S. federal and state income taxes and income taxes in certain foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business. Earnings from our non-U.S. activities are subject to local country income tax and may be subject to current U.S. income tax. Due to cumulative losses, we maintain a full valuation allowance for deferred tax assets in foreign jurisdictions. We expect to maintain this full valuation allowance for the restatement is reflectedforeseeable future.

41


Results of Operations

Comparison of Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2022 to Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2021

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

(dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

Revenue

 

$

782,448

 

 

$

688,288

 

 

$

94,160

 

 

 

13.7

%

Cost of revenue, exclusive of amortization of acquired technologies

 

 

187,001

 

 

 

169,335

 

 

 

17,666

 

 

 

10.4

%

Amortization of acquired technologies

 

 

26,938

 

 

 

26,320

 

 

 

618

 

 

 

2.3

%

Cost of revenue(1)

 

 

213,939

 

 

 

195,655

 

 

 

18,284

 

 

 

9.3

%

Gross profit

 

 

568,509

 

 

 

492,633

 

 

 

75,876

 

 

 

15.4

%

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development(1)

 

 

156,957

 

 

 

165,991

 

 

 

(9,034

)

 

 

-5.4

%

Selling and marketing(1)

 

 

119,594

 

 

 

148,861

 

 

 

(29,267

)

 

 

-19.7

%

General and administrative(1)

 

 

167,758

 

 

 

250,098

 

 

 

(82,340

)

 

 

-32.9

%

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

72,278

 

 

 

72,358

 

 

 

(80

)

 

 

-0.1

%

Total operating expenses

 

 

516,587

 

 

 

637,308

 

 

 

(120,721

)

 

 

-18.9

%

Operating income (loss)

 

 

51,922

 

 

 

(144,675

)

 

 

196,597

 

 

NM

 

Other income (expense), net:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

(38,990

)

 

 

(58,990

)

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

33.9

%

Interest income

 

 

908

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NM

 

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

 

 

5,663

 

 

 

8,373

 

 

 

(2,710

)

 

 

-32.4

%

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

 

 

26,073

 

 

 

(64,501

)

 

 

90,574

 

 

NM

 

Gain on sale of cost method investment

 

 

3,587

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,587

 

 

NM

 

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

 

 

 

 

 

(15,240

)

 

 

15,240

 

 

 

100.0

%

Other income, net

 

 

699

 

 

 

114

 

 

 

585

 

 

 

513.2

%

Total other (expense) income, net

 

 

(2,060

)

 

 

(130,244

)

 

 

128,184

 

 

 

98.4

%

Pretax income (loss)

 

 

49,862

 

 

 

(274,919

)

 

 

324,781

 

 

NM

 

Income tax (provision) benefit

 

 

(11,456

)

 

 

26,000

 

 

 

(37,456

)

 

NM

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

38,406

 

 

$

(248,919

)

 

$

287,325

 

 

NM

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.06

 

 

$

(0.46

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted

 

$

0.06

 

 

$

(0.46

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

607,760,886

 

 

 

543,558,222

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted

 

 

642,841,596

 

 

 

543,558,222

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NM—Not Meaningful

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Cost of revenues

 

$

5,812

 

 

$

13,644

 

Research and development

 

 

19,536

 

 

 

40,681

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

25,309

 

 

 

65,045

 

General and administrative

 

 

58,840

 

 

 

142,625

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

 

$

109,497

 

 

$

261,995

 

Revenues

Revenue increased by $94.2 million to $782.4 million, or 13.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase in revenue was primarily a result of an 11% growth from existing customer upgrades and expanding solution offerings to these existing customers as well as 3% growth from new customers.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue increased by $18.3 million to $213.9 million, or 9.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the year ended December 31, 2021.

Cost of Revenue, Exclusive of Amortization of Acquired Technologies

42


Cost of revenue, exclusive of amortization of acquired technologies, increased $17.7 million to $187.0 million, or 10.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase was due to a $5.8 million increase in depreciation expense mainly due to capitalized time for development projects related to investments in new solutions, and platform and infrastructure enhancements, a $5.7 million increase in personnel-related costs, a $5.4 million increase in third party license and royalty fees, a $3.8 million increase in consulting and other professional service costs, a $3.2 million contract termination fee, and a $2.4 million increase in IT related costs, partially offset by a $7.8 million reduction in stock-based compensation, mainly from the vesting term modification completed in conjunction with the Business Combination in the Management’sprior year.

Amortization of Acquired Technologies

Amortization of acquired technologies was $26.9 million and $26.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Gross Profit

Gross profit increased by $75.9 million to $568.5 million, or 15.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the year ended

December 31, 2021. Our gross profit margin increased to 72.7% for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to 71.6% for the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase in both gross profit and gross profit margin was primarily due to increased software subscription revenues and economies of scale resulting from fixed cost arrangements.

Research and Development

Research and development expense decreased by $9.0 million to $157.0 million, or 5.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the year ended December 31, 2021. The decrease was due to a $21.1 million reduction in stock-based compensation, mainly from the vesting term modification completed in conjunction with the Business Combination in the prior year and a $14.4 million increase in the amount of capitalized time on development projects, partially offset by a $16.1 million increase in resource costs, an $8.2 million increase in consulting and other professional service costs and a $3.4 million increase in IT related costs.

Selling and Marketing

Selling and marketing expense decreased by $29.3 million to $119.6 million, or 19.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the year ended December 31, 2021. The decrease was primarily due to a $39.7 million reduction in stock-based compensation, mainly from the vesting term modification completed in conjunction with the Business Combination in the prior year, partially offset by a $9.1 million increase in personnel-related costs, including sales incentives and travel expenses.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expense decreased by $82.3 million to $167.8 million, or 32.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the year ended December 31, 2021. The decrease was primarily due to a $83.8 million reduction in stock-based compensation, mainly from the vesting term modification completed in conjunction with the Business Combination in the prior year and a $5.0 million decrease in consulting and other professional service costs, partially offset by a $3.4 million increase in insurance costs and a $2.7 million increase due to loss on disposal of property and equipment associated with the closure of corporate office facilities.

Amortization of Intangible Assets

Amortization of intangible assets was $72.3 million and $72.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Interest Expense

Interest expense decreased by $20.0 million to $39.0 million, or 33.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the year

ended December 31, 2021. The decrease was primarily due to less outstanding long-term debt during the year ended December 31, 2022 as a result of the Business Combination.

Interest Income

Interest income was $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The interest income was due to interest earned on our cash balances. We did not recognize any interest income for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Change in Fair Value of Derivative Instruments

Change in fair value of derivative instruments was $5.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to $8.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The change in fair value recognized for the year ended December 31, 2022 was related to the interest rate cap agreement the Company entered into in August 2022 and driven by the changes in forward yield curve. The $8.4 million change in fair value of derivative instruments in the prior year was related to the interest rate swap agreements prior to their extinguishment in September 2021.

Change in Fair Value of Warrant Liabilities

43


Change in fair value of warrant liabilities was $26.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The income from the change in fair value was due to the decrease in the estimated fair value of the Private Warrants, primarily from the lower price of the Company's common stock as of December 31, 2022, compared to December 31, 2021. The expense for the year ended December 31, 2021 was due to the initial recognition of an increase in the estimated fair value of the Public Warrants and Private Warrants.

Gain on Sale for Cost Method Investment

Gain on sale of cost method investment was $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The gain recognized was due to the $3.9 million payment received in exchange for its equity interest in an investee as a result of the acquisition of the investee. The Company did not recognize any gain or loss on sale for cost method investment during the year ended December 31, 2021.

Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt

There was no loss on early extinguishment of debt during the year ended December 31, 2022. Loss on early extinguishment of debt during the year ended December 31, 2021 was $15.2 million due to the early repayments of the total balance outstanding including the refinancing of the Company’s First Lien Term Loan (as defined below).

Income Tax (Provision) Benefit

Income tax provision was $11.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to an income tax benefit of $26.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The income tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2022 was due to the Company's pretax income while the income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2021 was due to the Company's pretax loss.

Comparison of Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2021 to Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2020

Refer to Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations below. Other than as disclosedlocated in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, filed on March 1, 2022, for the discussion of the comparison of the year ended December 31, 2021 to the year ended December 31, 2020, the earliest of the three fiscal years presented in the Explanatory Noteconsolidated financial statements.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to our results determined in accordance with GAAP, we believe that Adjusted Gross Profit, Adjusted Operating Expenses, Adjusted Operating Income, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Earnings Per Share, and Free Cash Flow, which are each non-GAAP measures, are useful in evaluating our operational performance. We use this non-GAAP financial information to evaluate our ongoing operations and for internal planning, budgeting and forecasting purposes and setting management bonus programs. We believe that non-GAAP financial information, when taken collectively with GAAP measures, may be helpful to investors in assessing our operating performance and comparing our performance with competitors and other comparable companies, which may present similar non-GAAP financial measures to investors. Our computation of these non-GAAP measures may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures computed by other companies, because all companies may not calculate these measures in the same fashion. We endeavor to compensate for the limitation of the non-GAAP measure presented by also providing the most directly comparable GAAP measure and a description of the reconciling items and adjustments to derive the non-GAAP measure. These non-GAAP measures should be considered in addition to results prepared in accordance with GAAP, but should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for performance measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using non-GAAP measures on a supplemental basis.

Adjusted Gross Profit

Adjusted Gross Profit is defined as gross profit adjusted for amortization of acquired technologies, stock-based compensation and related employer payroll tax, contract termination costs, Business Combination transaction costs and the gross profit associated with First Party Clinical Services which was divested as of December 31, 2020, which are not indicative of our core business operating results. The Adjusted Gross Margin is defined as Adjusted Gross Profit divided by Revenue, less First Party Clinical Services divested revenue of $34,742 for the year ended December 31, 2020.

The following table reconciles Gross Profit to Adjusted Gross Profit for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020:

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

(amounts in thousands, except percentages)

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Gross Profit

 

$

568,509

 

 

$

492,633

 

 

$

424,346

 

Amortization of acquired technologies

 

 

26,938

 

 

 

26,320

 

 

 

26,303

 

Stock-based compensation and related employer payroll tax

 

 

6,090

 

 

 

13,644

 

 

 

494

 

Contract termination costs

 

 

3,248

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business combination transaction costs

 

 

 

 

 

905

 

 

 

 

First Party Clinical Services—Gross Profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,429

)

Adjusted Gross Profit

 

$

604,785

 

 

$

533,502

 

 

$

447,714

 

Gross Profit Margin

 

 

73

%

 

 

72

%

 

 

67

%

Adjusted Gross Profit Margin

 

 

77

%

 

 

78

%

 

 

75

%

44


Adjusted Operating Expenses

Adjusted Operating Expenses is defined as operating expenses adjusted for amortization of intangible assets, stock-based compensation expense and related employer payroll tax, lease abandonment charges, contract termination costs, merger and acquisition ("M&A") and integration costs, lease overlap costs for the incremental expenses associated with the Company’s new corporate headquarters prior to termination of its then existing headquarters’ lease, Business Combination transaction costs, litigation costs in legal matters in which the Company is the plaintiff, change in fair value of contingent consideration and net income (costs) related to divestiture.

The following table reconciles operating expenses to Adjusted Operating Expenses for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020:

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Operating expenses

 

$

516,587

 

 

$

637,308

 

 

$

347,366

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

(72,278

)

 

 

(72,358

)

 

 

(72,310

)

Stock-based compensation expense and related
   employer payroll tax

 

 

(105,775

)

 

 

(248,351

)

 

 

(10,842

)

Lease abandonment

 

 

(6,137

)

 

 

(2,582

)

 

 

 

Contract termination costs

 

 

(3,248

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

M&A and integration costs

 

 

(1,772

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lease overlap costs

 

 

(1,338

)

 

 

(3,697

)

 

 

 

Business combination transaction and related costs

 

 

(1,330

)

 

 

(11,480

)

 

 

(1,188

)

Plaintiff litigation costs

 

 

(894

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

 

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (costs) related to divestiture, net

 

 

877

 

 

 

(2,177

)

 

 

(35

)

Adjusted operating expenses

 

$

324,792

 

 

$

296,663

 

 

$

262,991

 

Adjusted Operating Income

Adjusted Operating Income is defined as operating income (loss) adjusted for amortization, stock-based compensation expense and related employer payroll tax, lease abandonment charges, contract termination costs, M&A and integration costs, lease overlap costs for the incremental expenses associated with the Company’s new corporate headquarters prior to termination of its then existing headquarters’ lease, Business Combination transaction and related costs, litigation costs in legal matters in which the Company is the plaintiff, change in fair value of contingent consideration and net (income) costs related to divestiture.

The following table reconciles operating income (loss) to Adjusted Operating Income for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020::

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Operating income (loss)

 

$

51,922

 

 

$

(144,675

)

 

$

76,980

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

72,278

 

 

 

72,358

 

 

 

72,310

 

Amortization of acquired technologies—Cost of revenue

 

 

26,938

 

 

 

26,320

 

 

 

26,303

 

Stock-based compensation expense and related employer
   payroll tax

 

 

111,865

 

 

 

261,995

 

 

 

11,336

 

Lease abandonment

 

 

6,137

 

 

 

2,582

 

 

 

 

Contract termination costs

 

 

3,248

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M&A and integration costs

 

 

1,772

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lease overlap costs

 

 

1,338

 

 

 

3,697

 

 

 

 

Business combination transaction and related costs

 

 

1,330

 

 

 

12,385

 

 

 

1,188

 

Plaintiff litigation costs

 

 

894

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

 

 

(100

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Income) costs related to divestiture, net

 

 

(877

)

 

 

2,177

 

 

 

35

 

Adjusted operating income

 

$

276,745

 

 

$

236,839

 

 

$

188,152

 

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) adjusted for interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, stock-based compensation expense and related employer payroll tax, lease abandonment charges, contract termination costs, M&A and integration costs, lease overlap costs for the incremental expenses associated with the Company’s new corporate headquarters prior to termination of its then existing headquarters’ lease, Business Combination transaction and related costs, litigation costs in legal matters in which the Company is the plaintiff, change in fair value of contingent consideration, net (income) costs related to divestiture, gain on sale of cost method investment, change in fair value of derivative instruments, change in fair value of warrant liabilities, loss on early extinguishment of debt, less revenue and related cost of revenue associated with First Party Clinical Services, which was divested as of December 31, 2020. Adjusted EBITDA Margin is defined as Adjusted EBITDA divided by Revenue.

45


The following table reconciles net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020:

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

38,406

 

 

$

(248,919

)

 

$

(16,876

)

Interest expense

 

 

38,990

 

 

 

58,990

 

 

 

77,003

 

Interest income

 

 

(908

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax provision (benefit)

 

 

11,456

 

 

 

(26,000

)

 

 

(4,679

)

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

72,278

 

 

 

72,358

 

 

 

72,310

 

Amortization of acquired technologies—Cost of revenue

 

 

26,938

 

 

 

26,320

 

 

 

26,303

 

Depreciation and amortization related to software, equipment and property

 

 

27,933

 

 

 

24,451

 

 

 

17,749

 

EBITDA

 

 

215,093

 

 

 

(92,800

)

 

 

171,810

 

Stock-based compensation expense and related employer payroll tax

 

 

111,865

 

 

 

261,995

 

 

 

11,336

 

Lease abandonment

 

 

6,137

 

 

 

2,582

 

 

 

 

Contract termination costs

 

 

3,248

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M&A and integration costs

 

 

1,772

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lease overlap costs

 

 

1,338

 

 

 

3,697

 

 

 

 

Business combination transaction and related costs

 

 

1,330

 

 

 

12,385

 

 

 

1,188

 

Plaintiff litigation costs

 

 

894

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

 

 

(100

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Income) costs related to divestiture, net

 

 

(877

)

 

 

2,177

 

 

 

35

 

Gain on sale of cost method investment

 

 

(3,587

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of derivative
   instruments

 

 

(5,663

)

 

 

(8,373

)

 

 

13,249

 

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

 

 

(26,073

)

 

 

64,501

 

 

 

 

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

 

 

 

 

 

15,240

 

 

 

8,615

 

First Party Clinical Services—Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(34,742

)

First Party Clinical Services—Cost of revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31,313

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

305,377

 

 

$

261,404

 

 

$

202,804

 

Adjusted EBITDA Margin

 

 

39

%

 

 

38

%

 

 

32

%

Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Earnings Per Share

Adjusted Net Income is defined as net income (loss) adjusted for the after-tax effects of amortization, stock-based compensation expense and related employer payroll tax, lease abandonment charges, contract termination costs, M&A and integration costs, lease overlap costs for the incremental expenses associated with the Company’s new corporate headquarters prior to termination of its then existing headquarters’ lease, Business Combination transaction and related costs, litigation costs in legal matters in which the Company is the plaintiff, change in fair value of contingent consideration, net (income) costs related to divestiture, gain on sale of cost method investment, change in fair value of derivative instruments, change in fair value of warrant liabilities, loss on early extinguishment of debt, less revenue and related cost of revenue associated with First Party Clinical Services, which was divested as of December 31, 2020.

46


The following table reconciles net income (loss) to Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Earnings per Share for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020.

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

38,406

 

 

$

(248,919

)

 

$

(16,876

)

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

72,278

 

 

 

72,358

 

 

 

72,310

 

 

Amortization of acquired technologies—Cost of revenue

 

 

26,938

 

 

 

26,320

 

 

 

26,303

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense and related employer payroll tax

 

 

111,865

 

 

 

261,995

 

 

 

11,336

 

 

Lease abandonment

 

 

6,137

 

 

 

2,582

 

 

 

 

 

Contract termination costs

 

 

3,248

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M&A and integration costs

 

 

1,772

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lease overlap costs

 

 

1,338

 

 

 

3,697

 

 

 

 

 

Business combination transaction and related costs

 

 

1,330

 

 

 

12,385

 

 

 

1,188

 

 

Plaintiff litigation costs

 

 

894

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

 

 

(100

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Income) costs related to divestiture, net

 

 

(877

)

 

 

2,177

 

 

 

35

 

 

Gain on sale of cost method investment

 

 

(3,587

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

 

 

(5,663

)

 

 

(8,373

)

 

 

13,249

 

 

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

 

 

(26,073

)

 

 

64,501

 

 

 

 

 

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

 

 

 

 

 

15,240

 

 

 

8,615

 

 

First Party Clinical Services—Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(34,742

)

 

First Party Clinical Services—Cost of revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31,313

 

 

Tax effect of adjustments

 

 

(51,495

)

 

 

(73,684

)

 

 

(33,389

)

 

Adjusted net income

 

$

176,411

 

 

$

130,279

 

 

$

79,342

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted net income per share attributable to common stockholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.29

 

 

$

0.24

 

 

$

0.16

 

 

Diluted

 

$

0.27

 

 

$

0.23

 

 

$

0.15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

607,760,886

 

 

 

543,558,222

 

 

 

504,115,839

 

 

Diluted

 

 

642,841,596

 

 

 

575,619,243

 

 

 

519,748,819

 

 

Free Cash Flow

Free Cash Flow is defined as net cash provided by operating activities less cash used for the purchases of software, equipment and property, and purchase of intangible assets.

The following table reconciles net cash provided by operating activities to Free Cash Flow for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020:

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

199,907

 

 

$

127,335

 

 

$

103,943

 

Less: Purchases of software, equipment, and property

 

 

(47,951

)

 

 

(38,321

)

 

 

(30,107

)

Less: Purchase of intangible assets

 

 

-

 

 

 

(49

)

 

 

(560

)

Free Cash Flow

 

$

151,956

 

 

$

88,965

 

 

$

73,276

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We have financed our operations with cash flows from operations. The company generated $199.9 million of cash flows from operating activities for the year-ended December 31, 2022. As of December 31, 2022, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $323.8 million and a working capital surplus of $327.5 million. As of December 31, 2022, the Company had an accumulated deficit totaling $707.9 million and $792.0 million aggregate principal amount outstanding on term loans.

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, our cash flows from operating activities and our borrowing capacity under our 2021 Revolving Credit Facility will be sufficient to fund our operations, fund required long-term debt repayments and meet our commitments for capital expenditures for at least the next twelve months.

We are not currently a party to any material definitive agreement regarding potential investments in, or acquisitions of, complementary business, applications or technologies. However, we may enter into these types of arrangements, which could reduce our cash and cash equivalents or require us to seek additional equity or debt financing. Additional funds from financing arrangements may not be available on terms favorable to us or at all. We may require additional borrowings under our credit arrangements and alternative forms of financings or investments to achieve our longer-term strategic plans.

47


Debt

On September 21, 2021, CCC Intelligent Solutions Inc., an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, together with certain of the Company’s subsidiaries acting as guarantors entered into a credit agreement (the "2021 Credit Agreement").

The 2021 Credit Agreement replaced the Company’s 2017 First Lien Credit Agreement (the “First Lien Credit Agreement”), dated as of April 27, 2017, as amended as of February 14, 2020.

The proceeds of the 2021 Credit Agreement were used to repay all outstanding borrowings under the First Lien Credit Agreement.

2021 Credit Agreement—The 2021 Credit Agreement consists of the $800.0 million term loan (the "Term B Loan") and a revolving credit facility for an aggregate principal amount of $250.0 million (the "2021 Revolving Credit Facility" and together with the Term B Loan, the "2021 Credit Facilities"). The 2021 Revolving Credit Facility has a sublimit of $75.0 million for letters of credit. The Company received proceeds of $798.0 million, net of debt discount of $2.0 million, related to the Term B Loan.

Beginning with the quarter ending March 31, 2022, the Term B Loan requires quarterly principal payments of $2.0 million until June 30, 2028, with the remaining outstanding principal amount required to be paid on the maturity date, September 21, 2028.

Beginning with the year ending December 31, 2022, the Term B Loan requires a prepayment of principal, subject to certain exceptions, in connection with the receipt of proceeds from certain asset sales, casualty events, and debt issuances by the Company, and up to 50% of annual excess cash flow, as defined in and as further set forth in the 2021 Credit Agreement. When a principal prepayment is required, the prepayment offsets the future quarterly principal payments of the same amount. For the year ended December 31, 2022, the annual excess cash flow calculation did not require the Company to make a prepayment of principal. The Company was not subject to the annual excess cash flow calculation in fiscal year 2021 and no such principal prepayments are required.

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the amount outstanding under the Term B Loan was $792.0 million and $800 million, respectively, of which, $8.0 million is classified as current.

Borrowings under the 2021 Credit Facilities bear interest at rates based on the ratio of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ consolidated first lien net indebtedness to the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ consolidated EBITDA for applicable periods specified in the 2021 Credit Agreement. The interest rate per annum applicable to the loans under the 2021 Credit Facilities are based on a fluctuating rate of interest equal to the sum of an applicable rate and, at the Company’s election from time to time, either:

(1)
a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (a) the rate last quoted by the Wall Street Journal as the “prime rate,” (b) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50%, (c) one-month LIBOR plus 1.00% and (d) with respect to the Term B Loan, 1.50% and with respect to the impact2021 Revolving Credit Facility, 1.00%, or
(2)
a Eurocurrency rate determined by reference to LIBOR (other than with respect to Euros, Euribor and with respect to British Pounds Sterling, SONIA) with a term as selected by the Company, of one, three or six months (subject to (x) in the case of term loans, a 0.50% per annum floor and (y) in the case of revolving loans, a 0.00% per annum floor).

A quarterly commitment fee of up to 0.50% is payable on the unused portion of the restatement, no other information in this Item 72021 Revolving Credit Facility.

During the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, the weighted-average interest rate on the outstanding borrowings under the Term B Loan was 4.2% and 3.0%, respectively. The Company made interest payments of $33.5 million and $6.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021.

The Company has been amended and this Item 7 does not reflect any events occurring afteran outstanding standby letter of credit for $0.7 million which reduces the Original Report. The impactamount available to be borrowed under the 2021 Revolving Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2022, $249.3 million was available to be borrowed under the 2021 Revolving Credit Facility.

In addition, beginning with the three months ended March 31, 2022, the terms of the restatement2021 Credit Agreement include a financial covenant which requires that, at the end of each fiscal quarter, if the aggregate amount of borrowings under the 2021 Revolving Credit Facility exceeds 35% of the aggregate commitments, the Company’s leverage ratio cannot exceed 6.25 to 1.00. Borrowings under the 2021 Revolving Credit Facility did not exceed 35% of the aggregate commitments and the Company was not subject to the leverage test during the year ended December 31, 2022.

First Lien Credit Agreement—In April 2017, the Company entered into the First Lien Credit Agreement.

The First Lien Credit Agreement initially consisted of a $1.0 billion term loan and revolving credit facilities for an aggregate principal amount of $100.0 million, with a sublimit of $30.0 million for letters of credit under the First Lien Revolvers.

In February 2020, the Company refinanced its long-term debt and entered into the First Amendment to the First Lien Credit Agreement (the "First Lien Amendment"). The First Lien Amendment provided an incremental term loan, amended the amount of commitments and the maturity dates of the First Lien Credit Agreement’s revolving credit facilities.

The First Lien Amendment provided an incremental term loan in the amount of $375.0 million and reduced the amount of commitments under the First Lien Revolvers to an aggregate principal amount of $91.3 million. The First Lien Revolvers continued to have a sublimit of $30.0 million for letters of credit.

The First Lien Term Loan required (after giving effect to the First Lien Amendment) quarterly principal payments of approximately $3.5 million until March 31, 2024, with the remaining outstanding principal amount required to be paid on the maturity date, April 27, 2024. The First Lien Term Loan required a prepayment of principal, subject to certain exceptions, in connection with the receipt of proceeds from certain asset

48


sales, casualty events, and debt issuances by the Company, and up to 50% of annual excess cash flow, as defined in and as further set forth in the First Lien Credit Agreement. When a principal prepayment was required, the prepayment offset the future quarterly principal payments of the same amount. As of December 31, 2020, subject to the request of the lenders of the First Lien Term Loan, a principal prepayment of up to $21.9 million was required. In April 2021, the Company made a principal prepayment of $1.5 million to those lenders who made such a request.

The Company made a principal prepayment of $525.0 million on July 30, 2021. Subsequently, in September 2021, using the proceeds from the Term B Loan provided in the 2021 Credit Agreement and cash on hand, the Company fully repaid the remaining $804.2 million of outstanding borrowings on the First Lien Term Loan.

Amounts outstanding under the First Lien Credit Agreement bore interest at a variable rate of LIBOR, plus up to 3.00% per annum based upon the Company’s leverage ratio, as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement. A quarterly commitment fee of up to 0.50% was payable on the unused portion of the First Lien Revolvers.

During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the weighted-average interest rate on the outstanding borrowings under the First Lien Term Loan was 4.1% and 4.2% , respectively. The Company made interest payments of $36.1 million and $53.6 million during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Interest Rate Cap—In August 2022, the Company entered into an interest rate cap agreement to reduce its exposure to increases in interest rates applicable to its floating rate long-term debt. The aggregate notional value of the interest rate cap agreements is more fully described$600.0 million with a cap rate of 4.0% and an expiration date of July 31, 2025.

Interest Rate Swaps—In June 2017, the Company entered into three floating to fixed interest rate swap agreements to reduce its exposure to the variability from future cash flows resulting from interest rate risk related to its floating rate long-term debt. In September 2021, the Company made an aggregate payment of $10.0 million to extinguish the Swap Agreements which were scheduled to expire in June 2022.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and other commitments as of December 31, 2022, and the years in which these obligations are due:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Total

 

 

2023

 

 

2024-2025

 

 

2026-2027

 

 

Subsequent to 2027

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt obligations(1)

 

$

792,000

 

 

$

8,000

 

 

$

16,000

 

 

$

16,000

 

 

$

752,000

 

Scheduled interest payments(1)

 

 

265,080

 

 

 

47,280

 

 

 

93,120

 

 

 

91,200

 

 

 

33,480

 

Operating lease obligations(2)

 

 

90,143

 

 

 

5,737

 

 

 

14,234

 

 

 

12,681

 

 

 

57,491

 

Purchase obligations(3)

 

 

121,542

 

 

 

25,510

 

 

 

32,525

 

 

 

23,907

 

 

 

39,600

 

Licensing agreement(4)

 

 

44,261

 

 

 

4,918

 

 

 

9,836

 

 

 

9,836

 

 

 

19,671

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

1,313,026

 

 

$

91,445

 

 

$

165,715

 

 

$

153,624

 

 

$

902,242

 

(1)
Includes scheduled principal and interest payments at existing rates at December 31, 2022 and assumes no non-mandatory prepayments. Obligations that are repayable prior to maturity at our option are reflected at their contractual maturity date. The scheduled interest payments are determined based on the interest rate in effect at December 31, 2022 and do not consider the effect of the interest rate cap agreements. See Note 16 to our consolidated financial statements for additional information.
(2)
Includes leases of facilities that expire at various dates through 2037. Rent expense for leased facilities of $11.7 million, $13.7 million and $9.7 million was recognized during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. See Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements for additional information.
(3)
Includes long-term agreements with suppliers and other parties related to licensing data used in our services, outsourced data center, disaster recovery, and SaaS offerings. See Note 23 to our consolidated financial for additional information.
(4)
A licensing agreement with a third party to obtain a perpetual software license (“Licensing Agreement”) for a database structure, tools, and historical claims data used within the Company’s software. Payments include principal and imputed interest through the contract termination date in December 2031. See Note 17 to our consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Cash Flows

The following table provides a summary of cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020:

 

Year ended December 31,

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

$

199,907

 

 

$

127,335

 

 

$

103,943

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(76,292

)

 

 

(48,598

)

 

 

(30,667

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

17,875

 

 

 

(58,440

)

 

 

(4,421

)

Net effect of exchange rate change

 

(246

)

 

 

129

 

 

 

62

 

Change in cash and cash equivalents

$

141,244

 

 

$

20,426

 

 

$

68,917

 

49


2022

Net cash provided by operating activities was $199.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. Net cash provided by operating activities consists of net income of $38.4 million, adjusted for $175.4 million of non-cash items, $2.7 million for changes in working capital and ($16.7) million for the effect of changes in other operating assets and liabilities. Non-cash adjustments include stock-based compensation expense of $109.4 million, depreciation and amortization of $127.1 million, non-cash lease expense of $3.7 million, amortization of deferred financing fees and debt discount of $2.1 million, change in fair value of warrant liabilities of ($26.1) million, deferred income tax benefits of ($34.6) million and a change in fair value of derivative instruments of ($5.7) million. The change in working capital was primarily a result of an increase in accounts payable of $15.5 million due to timing of payments, a decrease in other current assets of $9.8 million due to timing of payments for prepaid and other deferred costs, an increase in accrued expenses of $4.8 million and an increase in deferred revenue of $4.2 million due to revenue growth and timing of customer payments, partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $19.8 million due to revenue growth and timing of receipt of customer payments and a change in income taxes of $10.0 million due to timing of payments. The change in other operating assets and liabilities was a result of an increase in non-current other assets of $14.5 million due to timing of payments for prepaid and other deferred costs, including the $6.3 million interest rate cap premium payment.

Net cash used in investing activities was ($76.3) million for the year ended December 31, 2022. Net cash used in investing activities was due to $48.0 million of purchases of software, equipment and property, including capitalized internally developed software projects and $32.2 million for a business acquisition, partially offset by $3.9 million of proceeds from the sale of a cost method investment.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $17.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. Net cash provided by financing activities was due to $27.7 million of proceeds from stock option exercises and $3.2 million of proceeds from shares purchased through the Company's Employee Stock Purchase Plan, partially offset by $8.0 million of principal payments of long-term debt and $5.0 million of tax payments related to the net share settlement of employee equity awards.

2021

Net cash provided by operating activities was $127.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. Net cash provided by operating activities consists of net loss of $248.9 million, adjusted for $420.1 million of non-cash items, ($4.5) million for changes in working capital and ($39.4) million for the effect of changes in other operating assets and liabilities. Non-cash adjustments include stock-based compensation expense of $262.0 million, depreciation and amortization of $123.1 million, change in fair value of warrant liabilities of $64.5 million, a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $15.2 million, $6.3 million in non-cash lease expense, amortization of deferred financing fees and debt discount of $4.3 million, deferred income tax benefits of ($46.9) million and a change in fair value of interest rate swaps of ($8.4) million. The change in working capital was primarily a result of an increase in other current assets of $12.3 million due to timing of payments for prepaid and other deferred costs, an increase in accounts receivable of $4.7 million due to revenue growth and an increase in the current portion of deferred contract costs of $3.1 million due to higher employee sales incentives, partially offset by an increase in accrued expenses of $8.3 million due to timing of payments, an increase in deferred revenue of $4.5 million due to revenue growth and timing of customer payments and an increase in income taxes of $3.8 million due to timing of payments. The change in other operating assets and liabilities was primarily a result of an increase in non-current other assets of $7.8 million due to timing of payments and other deferred costs, an increase in non-current deferred contract costs of $7.7 million due to higher employee sales incentives, a $10.2 million cash settlement of vested phantom stock, and a $10.0 million payment for the early extinguishment of the Company’s interest rate swap agreements.

Net cash used in investing activities was $48.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. Net cash used in investing activities is primarily related to capitalized time on internally developed software projects and purchases of software, equipment and property of $38.3 million and an investment in a limited partnership of $10.2 million.

Net cash used in financing activities was $58.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. Net cash used in financing activities was primarily related to principal payments of long-term debt of $1,336.2 million, dividends to shareholders prior to the Business Combination of $269.2 million and a deemed distribution to CCCIS option holders of $9.0 million, partially offset by borrowings from the Term B Loan, net of fees paid to the lender, of $789.9 million, and net proceeds from the Business Combination of $763.3 million.

2020

Net cash provided by operating activities was $103.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Net cash provided by operating activities consists of net loss of $16.9 million, adjusted for non-cash items and the effect of changes in working capital. Non-cash adjustments include stock-based compensation expense of $11.3 million, depreciation and amortization of $116.4 million, deferred income tax benefits of ($11.1) million, amortization of deferred financing fees of $4.6 million, loss on early extinguishment of debt of $8.6 million, change in fair value of interest rate swaps of $13.2 million and a gain on divestiture of ($3.8) million. The change in net operating assets and liabilities was primarily a result of an increase in deferred contract costs of $3.0 million due to the payment of employee sales incentives, an increase in accounts receivable of $10.6 million due to timing of receipts of payments from customers, and an increase in prepayments and other assets of $15.7 million due to non-trade receivables and timing of payments for prepaid and other deferred costs, partially offset by an increase in income taxes of $6.7 million due to timing of tax payments. Net changes in working capital used cash of ($12.1) million.

Net cash used in investing activities was $30.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Net cash used in investing activities is primarily related to capitalized time on internally developed software projects and purchases of software, equipment and property of $30.1 million.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

50


See Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements for more information about recent accounting pronouncements, the timing of their adoption, and our assessment, to the extent we have made one, of their potential impact on our financial condition and our results of operations.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires our management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs, and expenses and related disclosures. Our estimates are based on our historical experience, trends and various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these judgments and estimates under different assumptions or conditions and any such differences may be material.

For information on our significant accounting policies, see Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements.

We believe the following critical accounting policies affect our most significant judgments and estimates used in preparation of our consolidated financial statements:

Revenue Recognition
Valuation of Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Stock-based Compensation
Valuation of Warrant Liabilities
Fair Value of Contingent Consideration

Revenue Recognition

Revenue recognition requires judgment and the use of estimates. The Company generates revenue from subscription-based contracts that are billed either on a subscription or transactional basis. Revenue is derived from the sale of SaaS subscriptions, and other revenue, primarily professional services.

The estimates and assumptions requiring significant judgment under our revenue recognition policy in accordance with ASC 606 are as follows:

Determine the transaction price

The transaction price is determined based on the consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for services to the customer. Variable consideration is included in Item 15the transaction price if, in our judgment, it is probable that no significant future reversal of Part IVcumulative revenue under the contract will occur. The sale of this 10-K/Aour SaaS subscriptions may include variable consideration related to usage-based contracts and Item 9A: Controlsprovisions for additional fees when the volume of a customer’s transactions exceeds agreed upon maximums within defined reporting periods. We estimate variable consideration based on the most likely amount, to the extent that a significant revenue reversal is not probable to occur.

The Company may occasionally recognize an adjustment in revenue in the current period for performance obligations partially or fully satisfied in the previous periods resulting from changes in estimates for the transaction price, including any changes to the Company’s assessment of whether an estimate of variable consideration is constrained. For the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and Procedures, both contained herein.2020, the impact on revenue recognized in the respective period, from performance obligations partially or fully satisfied in the previous period, was not significant.

ResultsDetermine the amortizable life of Operationscontract assets

Sales commissions earned by our sales force are considered incremental and recoverable costs of obtaining a contract with a customer. Sales commissions for initial contracts are deferred and then amortized on a straight-line basis over a period of benefit that we have determined to generally be between three and five years. We determined the period of benefit by taking into consideration our customer contracts, our technology, and other factors. Most often with larger customers, a new contract or amended master agreement will not include a renewal period that requires assessment of whether the new business and renewal business commissions are commensurate. This is because the solutions and services offered as part of the new contract or amended agreement will be different from the original due to changes in technology and offerings. While the renewal period may be reached, most often a new multi-year agreement is signed that includes new services and features which will pay out a commission on the new services and features at the new business percentage and the renewal services and features at the renewal commission percentage. In situations when the renewal period is triggered, it is typically with smaller customers where the sales commission paid is insignificant. Thus, sales commissions are amortized on a systematic basis over three to five years which corresponds to the period and pattern in which revenue is recognized. Sales commissions for renewal contracts are deferred and then amortized on a straight-line basis over the related contractual renewal period. Amortization expense is included in selling and marketing expenses on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).

Valuation of Goodwill and Intangible Assets

We perform an annual assessment for impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets each fiscal year, or whenever events occur or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit or indefinite-lived intangible asset is below its carrying value.

51


The Company historically has performed its annual impairment assessment of goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets as of September 30 of each year. During 2022, the Company changed the date of its annual impairment assessment to November 30 to align with its annual business planning and budgeting process and to allow the Company to maximize the time and resources required to perform the impairment analysis. This change does not result in a delay, acceleration, or avoidance of an impairment charge. This change has been applied prospectively as retrospective application is deemed impracticable due to the inability to objectively determine the assumptions and significant estimates used in earlier periods without the benefit of hindsight. Accordingly, the annual impairment assessment was performed as of September 30, 2022 and updated as of November 30, 2022.

For the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, our annual impairment analysis performed indicated no impairments of goodwill or changes in carrying values due to impairment.

The quantitative goodwill impairment tests performed as of September 30, 2022 and updated as of November 30, 2022 primarily use an income approach based on a number of key estimates and assumptions, including revenue and expense growth factors along with applying a discount rate to the estimated cash flows. The discount rates are based on the estimated weighted average cost of capital for each reporting unit and may change from year to year. Weighted average cost of capital includes certain assumptions such as market capital structures, market betas, risk-free rates of return and estimated costs of borrowing.

The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill is subjective and requires significant judgment. In estimating the fair value of a reporting unit for the purposes of our annual or periodic impairment analyses, we make estimates and significant judgments about the future cash flows of that reporting unit. Our cash flow forecasts are based on assumptions that represent the highest and best use for our reporting units. Changes in judgment on these assumptions and estimates could result in goodwill impairment charges. We believe that the assumptions and estimates utilized are appropriate based on the information available to management.

We have neither engagedtwo reporting units, Domestic and China, for purposes of analyzing goodwill. The most recent annual impairment assessment performed as of November 30, 2022 indicated no impairment for our China reporting unit. The quantitative assessment for the China reporting unit had an estimated fair value that exceeded its carrying value of $76.6 million by approximately 5%. Key financial assumptions utilized to determine the fair value of the reporting unit included revenue growth levels that reflect the rollout of new services and solutions, improving profit margins and a 14% discount rate. The reporting unit’s fair value would approximate its carrying value with a 40 basis point increase in any operations nor generated any revenuesthe discount rate.

As noted above, a considerable amount of management judgment and assumptions are required in performing the annual goodwill impairment assessment. While we believe our judgments and assumptions are reasonable, different assumptions could change the estimated fair values. A number of factors, many of which we have no ability to date. Our only activitiescontrol, could cause actual results to differ from inceptionthe estimates and assumptions we employed. These factors include:

continued negative impact from the COVID-19 pandemic;
a prolonged global or regional economic downturn;
a significant decrease in the demand for our services and solutions;
the inability to develop new and enhanced services and solutions in a timely manner;
a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate;
an adverse action or assessment by a regulator;
successful efforts by our competitors to gain market share in our markets;
disruptions to the Company's business;
unexpected or unplanned changes in the use of assets or entity structure; and
business divestitures

If management's estimates of future operating results change or if there are changes to other assumptions due to these factors, the estimate of the fair value may change significantly. Such change could result in impairment charges in future periods, which could have a significant impact on our operating results and financial condition.

Intangible assets with finite lives and software, equipment and property are amortized or depreciated over their estimated useful life on a straight-line basis. We monitor conditions related to these assets to determine whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining amortization or depreciation period. We test these assets for potential impairment whenever our management concludes events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The original estimate of an asset’s useful life and the impact of an event or circumstance on either an asset’s useful life or carrying value involve significant judgment regarding estimates of the future cash flows associated with each asset.

There was no impairment charge recorded during the years ended December 31, 2020 were organizational activities, those necessary to prepare2022, 2021 and 2020.

Stock-based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation plans in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation, which requires the recognition of expense measured based on the grant date fair value of the stock-based compensation awards. Our stock-based awards

52


include stock options, restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and phantom shares. Stock-based payment awards that are settled in cash are accounted for as liabilities. Our stock-based awards have vesting terms that are service-based, performance-based or performance-based with a market condition.

The grant date fair value of our service-based awards, excluding RSUs, is determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of each service-based and performance-based RSU is determined using the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. The fair value of each award with performance-based with a market condition vesting is determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model.

For stock-based awards with only service conditions, we recognize stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period only for the Initial Public Offering, identifyingportion of awards expected to vest, based on an estimated forfeiture rate. For stock-based awards with only performance conditions, we recognize stock-based compensation expense on a target companystraight-line basis over the explicit performance period when the performance targets are probable of being achieved. We recognize stock-based compensation expense on awards that are subject to performance-based vesting with a market condition when the performance targets are considered probable of being achieved. The determination of the grant date fair value for these awards is affected by assumptions regarding a number of complex and subjective variables, including expected stock price volatility over the expected term of the award, the risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the award and expected dividends. The market condition of these awards impacts the fair value at grant date and is the reason the Monte Carlo simulation is utilized to determine fair value.

Key assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model and Monte Carlo simulation method include:

Fair Value of Common Stock—Prior to the Business Combination, and activitiesthere was no public market for our common stock. For those periods included in connectionour consolidated financial statements, fair values of the shares of common stock underlying our stock-based awards were estimated on each grant date by our board of directors. Our board of directors, with input from management considered, among other things, valuations of our common stock, which were prepared in accordance with the proposedguidance provided by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants 2013 Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation as well as the most recent acquisition of CCC.the Company for grants in 2017.
Expected Term—The expected term represents the period that stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding and, for time-based awards, is determined using the simplified method that uses the weighted average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the awards.
Expected Volatility—As we have limited trading history for our common stock, the expected volatility was estimated based on the average volatility for comparable publicly traded companies over a period equal to the expected term of the stock option grants. The comparable companies were chosen based on their similar size, stage in the life cycle or area of specialty.
Risk-Free Interest Rate—The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury zero coupon issues in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected term of awards.
Expected Dividend Yield—Historically, we have not paid regular dividends on our common stock and have no plans to pay dividends on our common stock on a regular basis. We do not expecthave a dividend policy. Therefore, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

See Note 21 to generate any operating revenues until afterour consolidated financial statements for more information concerning certain of the completionspecific assumptions we used in applying the Black-Scholes and Monte Carlo option pricing models to determine the estimated fair value of our Business Combination. We may generate non-operating income instock-based awards with service vesting and performance vesting. Some of these assumptions involve inherent uncertainties and the formapplication of interest income on marketable securities held in the Trust Account. We incur expenses as a result of being a public company (for legal, financial reporting, accounting and auditing compliance), as well as for due diligence expenses in connection with completing a Business Combination.

significant judgment. As a result, if factors or expected outcomes change and we use significantly different assumptions or estimates, our stock-based compensation could be materially different.

Valuation of Warrant Liabilities

We account for our Private Warrants in accordance with the restatement describedguidance contained in Note 2 ofASC 815-40. The warrants do not meet the notes to the financial statements included herein,criteria for equity treatment, thus we classify the warrants issued in connection with our Initial Public Offering as liabilities at their fair value and adjust the warrant instrumentwarrants to fair value at each reporting period. This liability is subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date until the warrants are exercised and anyor redeemed. Any change in fair value is recognized in our statementconsolidated statements of operations.operations and comprehensive income (loss). The fair value of the Private Warrants was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

ForSee Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements for more information concerning certain of the period from July 3, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020,specific assumptions we hadused in applying the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of our Private Warrants. Some of these assumptions involve inherent uncertainties and the application of significant judgment. As a net loss of $185,775,870, which consisted of approximately $514,000 of expenses associated withresult, if factors or expected outcomes change and we use significantly different assumptions or estimates, our acquisition plans, compensation expense on Private Placement Warrants of approximately $6,993,000, offering costs allocated to warrant liabilities could be materially different.

Fair Value of approximately $1,151,000, loss on FPAContingent Consideration

Earnout liabilities arising from business acquisitions represent contingent consideration that may be payable in cash and recorded as a liability at fair value upon acquisition and re-measured at fair value in each subsequent reporting period. Changes in fair value are recorded in the consolidated statements of approximately $69,875,000,operations.

Determining the fair value of contingent consideration requires us to make assumptions and approximately $528,000judgments. We estimate the fair value of other operatingcontingent consideration using a Monte Carlo simulation model. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and formation expensesif different assumptions had been used, including but not limited to forecast inputs and a change indiscount rates, the fair value of contingent consideration could have been materially different from the amounts recorded. We have estimated the fair value of the warrant liabilitycontingent consideration associated with the acquisition of $106,715,000.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

On August 18, 2020, we consummated the Initial Public Offering of 69,000,000 Units, which included the full exercise by the underwritersSafekeep as of the over-allotment option to purchase an additional 9,000,000 Units, at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $690,000,000. Simultaneously withacquisition date and reassess our estimate each reporting period. During the closing of the Initial Public Offering, we consummated the sale of an aggregate of 15,800,000 Private Placement Warrants to our sponsor at a price of $1.00 per warrant, generating gross proceeds of $15,800,000.

Following the Initial Public Offering, the exercise of the over-allotment option and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, a total of $690,000,000 was placed in the Trust Account. We incurred $38,924,273 in transaction costs, including $13,800,000 of underwriting fees, $24,150,000 of deferred underwriting fees and $974,273 of other offering costs in connection with the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants.

For the period from July 3, 2020 (inception) throughyear ended December 31, 2020, net cash used in operating activities was $11,800. The net loss of $185,775,870 was impacted by2022, the payment of formation costs through the issuance of Class B ordinary shares to the sponsor in the amount of $5,000, operating expenses in the amount of $32,075 paid through advances from an affiliate of our sponsor, and non-cash charges forCompany recorded a gain on the change in fair value of contingent consideration of $0.1 million.

53


Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

We are exposed to a variety of market and other risks, including the warrant liability, losseffects of changes in interest rates, and inflation, as well as risks to the availability of funding sources, hazard events, and specific asset risks.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates on FPA liability, compensation expense on Private Placement Warrants and offering costs allocated to warrant liabilities in the amounts$792.0 million of $106,714,978, $69,874,782, $6,992,602, and $1,150,871 respectively. Changes in operating assets and liabilities provided $993,762 of cash from operating activities.

Atborrowings at December 31, 2020, we had2022 that are floating rate obligations. These market risks result primarily from changes in LIBOR or prime rates and may be impacted by other reference rates upon the discontinuation of LIBOR in June 2023.

Interest rate fluctuations can affect the fair value of our floating rate debt, as well as earnings and cash heldflows. If market interest rates rise, our earnings and cash flows could be adversely affected by an increase in the Trust Account of $690,000,000.interest expense. In contrast, lower interest rates may reduce our borrowing costs and improve our operational results. We intendcontinuously monitor our interest rate exposure and have elected to use substantially all of the funds held in the Trust Account, including any amounts representingderivative instruments to manage interest earned on the Trust Account (less taxes payable (if applicable) and deferred underwriting commissions) and the proceeds from the sale of the forward purchase units to complete our Business Combination. To the extent that our shares or debt is used, in whole or in part, as consideration to complete our Business Combination, the remaining proceeds held in the Trust Account will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the post-Business Combination entity, make other acquisitions and pursue our growth strategies.rate risk associated with floating rate debt.

At December 31, 2020, we had cash of $605,009 held outside of the Trust Account. We intend to use the funds held outside the Trust Account primarily to identify and evaluate target businesses, perform business due diligence on prospective target businesses, travel to and from the offices, properties or similar locations of prospective target businesses or their representatives or owners, review corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, and structure, negotiate and complete a Business Combination.

In order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete a Business Combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the Trust Account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our Trust Account would be used for such repayment. Up to $2,000,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants identical to the Private Placement Warrants, at a price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender.

On January 19, 2021,August 2022, we entered into a Convertible Promissory Note with the Sponsor pursuanttwo interest rate cap agreements to which the Sponsor agreedreduce our exposure to loan us upincreases in interest rates applicable to anits floating rate long-term debt. The aggregate principal amount of $2,000,000.

We do not believe we will need to raise additional funds in order to meet the expenditures required for operating our business. However, if our estimatenotional value of the costsinterest rate cap agreements is $600.0 million with a cap rate of identifying a target business, undertaking in-depth due diligence4.0% and negotiating and consummating a Business Combination are less than the actual amount necessary to do so, we may have insufficient funds available to operate our business prior to our Business Combination. Moreover, we may need to obtain additional financing either to complete our Business Combination or because we become obligated to redeem a significant numberan expiration date of our public shares upon consummation of our Business Combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such Business Combination. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, we would only complete such financing simultaneously with the completion of our Business Combination. If we are unable to complete our Business Combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the Trust Account. In addition, following our Business Combination, if cash on hand is insufficient, we may need to obtain additional financing in order to meet our obligations.July 31, 2025.

Off-Balance Sheet Financing Arrangements

We have no obligations, assets or liabilities, which would be considered off-balance sheet arrangements asAs of December 31, 2020. We do not participate2022, a 100-basis point increase in transactions that create relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, often referredinterest rates would increase annual interest expense by $1.9 million after considering the effect of this hypothetical change on our floating rate debt and interest rate cap agreements.

Foreign Currency Risk

Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar, however for operations located in China, the functional currency is the local currency. Although we have experienced and will continue to as variable interest entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements. We have not entered into any off-balance sheet financing arrangements, established any special purpose entities, guaranteed any debt or commitments of other entities, or purchased any non-financial assets.

Contractual Obligations

We do not have any long-term debt, capital lease obligations, operating lease obligations or long-term liabilities, other than as described below.

We have an agreement to pay the underwriters a deferred fee of $24,150,000 in the aggregate, which will become payable to them from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

We entered into a forward purchase agreements which provides for the purchase by each of Dragoneer Funding LLC (“Dragoneer Funding”) and entities managed by or associated with Willett Advisors LLC (the “Willett Purchasers”) of up to an aggregate of 17,500,000 units (the “forward purchase units”), with each unit consisting of one Class A ordinary share and one-fifth of one warrant to purchase one Class A ordinary share for $10.00 per unit, or $175,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement to close substantially concurrently with the closing of our initial Business Combination.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and income and expenses during the periods reported. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates. We have identified the following critical accounting policies.

Class A Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemption

We account for our Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Class A ordinary shares subject to mandatory redemption is classified as a liability instrument and is measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable ordinary shares (including ordinary shares that features redemption rights that is either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within our control) is classified as temporary equity. At all other times, ordinary shares are classified as shareholders’ equity. Our ordinary shares feature certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of our control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption is presented as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ equity section of our balance sheet.

Warrant Liability

We account for the Warrants in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 815-40 under which the Warrants do not meet the criteria for equity treatment and must be recorded as liabilities. Accordingly, we classify the Warrants as liabilities at their fair value and adjust the Warrants to fair value at each reporting period. This liability is subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date until exercised, and any change in fair value is recognizedexperience fluctuations in our statement of operations. The Public Warrants for periods where no observable traded price was available are valued using a barrier option simulation. For periods subsequent to the detachment of the Public Warrants from the Units, the Public Warrant quoted market price was used as the fair value as of each relevant date. The fair value of Private Warrants was determined using a Black-Scholes option pricing model.

Net Income (Loss) Per Ordinary Share

We apply the two-class method in calculating earnings per share. Net income per ordinary share, basic and diluted for Class A redeemable ordinary shares is calculated by dividing the interest income earned on the Trust Account by the weighted average number of Class A redeemable ordinary shares outstanding since original issuance. Net loss per common share, basic and diluted for Class B non-redeemable ordinary shares is calculated by dividing the net income (loss), less income attributable to Class A redeemable ordinary shares, by the weighted average number of Class B non-redeemable ordinary shares outstanding for the periods presented.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on our financial statements.

ITEM 7A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

We are a smaller reporting company as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act and are not required to provide the information otherwise required under this item.

ITEM 8.

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

This information appears following Item 15 of this Report and is included herein by reference.

ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

None.

ITEM 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Disclosure controls are procedures that are designed with the objective of ensuring that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act, such as this Report, is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time period specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls are also designed with the objective of ensuring that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our management evaluated, with the participation of our current chief executive officer and chief financial officer (our “Certifying Officers”), the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2020, pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) under the Exchange Act. On March 29, 2021, we filed our original Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020. Based upon their evaluation at that earlier time, our Certifying Officers had concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) were effective. Subsequently, and as a result of transaction gains (losses) related to transactions denominated in currencies other than the material weaknessU.S. dollar, we believe that a 10% change in our internal control over financial reporting as described below, our Certifying Officersforeign exchange rates would not have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective at the reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2020 to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and accurately reported within the time periods specified in rules and forms of the SEC.

Our internal control over financial reporting did not result in the proper classification of the Warrants which, due to itsa material impact on our financial statements, we determinedresults of operations.

54


Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Index to be a material weakness. This error in classification was brought to our attention only when the SEC issued the Staff Statement. The Staff Statement addresses certain accounting and reporting considerations related to warrants of a kind similar to those we issued at the time of our initial public offering in August 2020. We can give no assurance as to our ability to timely remediate the material weakness identified, if at all, or that any additional material weaknesses or restatements of financial results will not arise in the future due to a failure to implement and maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting or circumvention of these controls. However, we expect that if we consummate our initial Business Combination, changes to the individuals who are part of our finance function and our internal controls over financial reporting will be made.Consolidated Financial Statements

We do not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures will prevent all errors and all instances of fraud. Disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the disclosure controls and procedures are met. Further, the design of disclosure controls and procedures must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all disclosure controls and procedures, no evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures can provide absolute assurance that we have detected all our control deficiencies and instances of fraud, if any. The design of disclosure controls and procedures also is based partly on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.

Management’s Report on Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act) during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.

OTHER INFORMATION.

None.

PART III

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

Officers and Directors

Our executive officers and directors are as follows:

Name

Age

PositionPage

Marc Stad

41Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Pat Robertson

41President, Chief Operating Officer and Director

Sarah J. Friar

48Director

Douglas Merritt

56Director

David D. Ossip

54Director

Gokul Rajaram

46Director

Jay Simons

48Director

Marc Stadserves as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. Mr. Stad also currently serves as Founder, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Investment Officer and Managing Partner at Dragoneer Investment Group, LLC. Prior to founding Dragoneer, Mr. Stad was a Partner and Portfolio Manager at the Investment Group of Santa Barbara, a private investment firm that invests in public and private equities. Previously, he worked in TPG’s buyouts division and at McKinsey & Co. as a management consultant. Additionally, Mr. Stad has served as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Dragoneer II since its inception in November 2020 and as Chairman of Dragoneer III since its inception in March 2021. Mr. Stad received his AB degree from Harvard University and his MBA from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

We believe Mr. Stad is well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors due to his significant investment experience and vast network of relationships.

Pat Robertsonserves as the President, Chief Operating Officer and a Director of Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. Mr. Robertson also currently serves as President and Chief Operating Officer at Dragoneer. Prior to joining Dragoneer at its inception in April 2012, Mr. Robertson was a member of Hall Capital Partners’ research group in San Francisco. His prior experience includes Goldman Sachs & Co.’s investment banking division and the law firm of Kirkland & Ellis LLP. Additionally, Mr. Robertson has served as the President, Chief Operating Officer and a Director of Dragoneer II since its inception in November 2020 and of Dragoneer III since its inception in March 2021. Mr. Robertson received his AB degree in Economics and History from Brown University and his JD from the Harvard Law School. Mr. Robertson is a CFA Charterholder.

We believe Mr. Robertson is well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors due to his depth of investment experience and vast network of relationships.

Sarah Friar has served on the board of directors of Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp since the Initial Public Offering. Ms. Friar has served as Chief Executive Officer at Nextdoor, Inc., a social network for neighborhoods since December 2018. From July 2012 to November 2018, Ms. Friar served as Chief Financial Officer at Square, Inc., a financial services and mobile payment company. From April 2011 to July 2012, Ms. Friar served as Senior Vice President, Finance and Strategy at salesforce.com, inc. Ms. Friar also serves as a member of the board of directors of Walmart Inc., a publicly-traded retail and wholesale operations company, and Slack Technologies, Inc., a publicly-traded channel-based messaging platform. From September 2012 to May 2015, Ms. Friar served as a member of the board of directors of Model N, Inc., a publicly-traded company providing revenue management cloud solutions for life sciences and technology companies. From June 2014 to April 2018, Ms. Friar served as a member of the board of directors of New Relic, Inc., a publicly-traded provider of real-time insights for software-driven businesses. Additionally, Ms. Friar has served as a Director of Dragoneer II since November 2020 and as a Director of Dragoneer III since March 2021. Ms. Friar holds a Master of Business Administration from Stanford University and a Master of Engineering in Metallurgy, Economics, and Management from the University of Oxford.

We believe that Ms. Friar is well qualified to serve as a member of our board because of her experience as a public company executive, her extensive finance background, her service as a current and former director of public companies, and her vast network of relationships.

Douglas Merritt has served on the board of directors of Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp since the Initial Public Offering. Mr. Merritt has served as President, CEO and a member of the Board of Splunk Inc. since 2015. Mr. Merritt served as Senior Vice President of Field Operations at Splunk from 2014 to 2015. Prior to joining Splunk, he served as Senior Vice President of Products and Solutions Marketing at Cisco Systems, Inc., a networking company, from 2012 to 2014. From 2011 to 2012, he served as Chief Executive Officer of Baynote, Inc., a behavioral personalization and marketing technology company. Previously, Mr. Merritt served in a number of executive roles and as a member of the extended Executive Board at SAP A.G., an enterprise software company, from 2005 to 2011. From 2001 to 2004, Mr. Merritt served as Group Vice President and General Manager of the Human Capital Management Product Division at PeopleSoft Inc., a software company (acquired by Oracle Corporation). He also co-founded and served as Chief Executive Officer of Icarian, Inc., a cloud-based company (since acquired by Workstream Corp.), from 1996 to 2001. Mr. Merritt holds a B.S. from The University of the Pacific in Stockton, California.

We believe Mr. Merritt is well qualified to serve as a member of our board due to his industry knowledge and his experience as a public company executive.

David D. Ossip has served on the board of directors of Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp since the Initial Public Offering. Mr. Ossip is the Chair of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Ceridian HCM Holding Inc., positions he has held since August 2015 and July 2013, respectively. Mr. Ossip joined Ceridian following its acquisition of Dayforce Corporation in 2012, where he held the position of chief executive officer. Mr. Ossip is currently a director for Ossip Consulting Inc., OSDAC Corp., and 100 Wingarden Properties Ltd., each a private company. Additionally, Mr. Ossip has served as a Director of Dragoneer II since November 2020 and as a Director of Dragoneer III since March 2021. Mr. Ossip holds a bachelor’s degree in Econometrics and Quantitative Economics from the University of Toronto and an M.B.A. from Harvard University.

We believe Mr. Ossip is well qualified to serve as a member of our board due to his strategic expertise, deep industry knowledge and vast network of relationships.

Gokul Rajaram has served on the board of directors of Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp since the Initial Public Offering. He has served as a Director of Pinterest since February 2020, The Trade Desk since May 2018 and Course Hero since June 2008 and has served on the executive team at DoorDash since November 2019. Prior to DoorDash, he worked at Square as Product Engineering Lead from July 2013 to October 2019, where he led several product development teams and served on Square’s executive team. Prior to Square, he served as Product Director of Ads at Facebook from August 2010 to July 2013, where he helped Facebook transition its advertising business to become mobile-first. Earlier in his career, Mr. Rajaram served as a Product Management Director for Google AdSense, where he helped launch the product and grow it into a substantial portion of Google’s business. Additionally, Mr. Rajaram has served as a Director of Dragoneer II since November 2020 and as a Director of Dragoneer III since March 2021. Mr. Rajaram holds a bachelor’s degree in Computer Science Engineering from the Indian Institute of Technology, Kanpur where he received the President’s Gold Medal for being class valedictorian. He also holds an M.B.A. from The Massachusetts Institute of Technology and a Master of Computer Science from the University of Texas at Austin, where he received the MCD University Fellowship.

We believe Mr. Rajaram is well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors due to his extensive industry experience, serving as an executive and board member of several companies, as well as his vast network of relationships.

Jay Simons has served on the board of directors of Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp since the Initial Public Offering. From 2011 until June 2020, Mr. Simons served as president of Atlassian Corporation Plc. From 2008 to 2011, Mr. Simons was vice president of sales and marketing at Atlassian. From October 2005 to May 2008, Mr. Simons served in various roles, including vice president, marketing, at BEA Systems, Inc. an enterprise software company, which was acquired by Oracle Corporation in 2008. From 1998 to 2005, Mr. Simons served in various roles, including vice president, product marketing and strategy, at Plumtree Software, Inc., a web software company, which was acquired by BEA Systems, Inc. in 2005. Mr. Simons is currently a director of Hubspot, Inc. Additionally, Mr. Simons has served as a Director of Dragoneer II since November 2020 and as a Director of Dragoneer III since March 2021. Mr. Simons holds a bachelor’s degree in Political and Environmental Science from the University of Washington.

We believe Mr. Simons is well qualified to serve as a member of our board due to his strategic expertise, deep industry knowledge and vast network of relationships.

Number and Terms of Officers and Directors

Our board of directors is divided into three classes, with only one class of directors being appointed in each year, and with each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual general meeting) serving a three-year term. In accordance with the NYSE corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual general meeting until one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on the NYSE. The term of office of the first class of directors, consisting of Marc Stad and Pat Robertson, will expire at our first annual general meeting. The term of office of the second class of directors, consisting of Sarah J. Friar and Douglas Merritt, will expire at our second annual general meeting. The term of office of the third class of directors, consisting of David D. Ossip, Gokul Rajaram and Jay Simons, will expire at our third annual general meeting.

Prior to the completion of an initial Business Combination, any vacancy on the board of directors may be filled by a nominee chosen by holders of a majority of our founder shares. In addition, prior to the completion of an initial Business Combination, holders of a majority of our founder shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason.

Pursuant to an agreement entered into prior to the closing of our Initial Public Offering, our sponsor, upon and following consummation of an initial Business Combination, is entitled to nominate three individuals for appointment to our board of directors, as long as the sponsor holds any securities covered by the registration and shareholder rights agreement.

Our officers are appointed by the board of directors and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, rather than for specific terms of office. Our board of directors is authorized to appoint persons to the offices set forth in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association as it deems appropriate. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that our officers may consist of one or more chairman of the board, chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, vice presidents, secretary, treasurer and such other offices as may be determined by the board of directors.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has three standing committees: an audit committee, a nominating committee and a compensation committee. Subject to phase-in rules and a limited exception, the rules of the NYSE and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act require that the audit committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors. Subject to phase-in rules and a limited exception, the rules of the NYSE require that the compensation committee and the nominating committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors. Each committee operates under a charter that complies with the NYSE rules, has been approved by our board of directors and has the composition and responsibilities described below. The charter of each committee is available on our website, https://www.dragoneergrowth.com/dgnr/.

Audit Committee

David D. Ossip, Gokul Rajaram and Jay Simons serve as members of our audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of David D. Ossip, Gokul Rajaram and Jay Simons are independent under the NYSE listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Gokul Rajaram serves as the Chairman of the audit committee. Under the NYSE listing standards and applicable SEC rules, all the directors on the audit committee must be independent. Each member of the audit committee is financially literate and our board of directors has determined that David D. Ossip, Gokul Rajaram and Jay Simons qualify as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules.

The audit committee is responsible for:

meeting with our independent registered public accounting firm regarding, among other issues, audits, and adequacy of our accounting and control systems;

monitoring the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm;

verifying the rotation of the lead (or coordinating) audit partner having primary responsibility for the audit and the audit partner responsible for reviewing the audit as required by law;

inquiring and discussing with management our compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

pre-approving all audit services and permitted non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm, including the fees and terms of the services to be performed;

appointing or replacing the independent registered public accounting firm;

determining the compensation and oversight of the work of the independent registered public accounting firm (including resolution of disagreements between management and the independent auditor regarding financial reporting) for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or related work;

establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or reports which raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies;

monitoring compliance on a quarterly basis with the terms of our Initial Public Offering and, if any noncompliance is identified, immediately taking all action necessary to rectify such noncompliance or otherwise causing compliance with the terms of our Initial Public Offering; and

reviewing and approving all payments made to our existing shareholders, executive officers or directors and their respective affiliates. Any payments made to members of our audit committee will be reviewed and approved by our board of directors, with the interested director or directors abstaining from such review and approval.

Nominating Committee

The members of our nominating committee are Douglas Merritt and Gokul Rajaram, and Douglas Merritt serves as chairman of the nominating committee. Under the NYSE listing standards, we are required to have a nominating committee composed entirely of independent directors. Our board of directors has determined that each of Douglas Merritt and Gokul Rajaram are independent.

The nominating committee is responsible for overseeing the selection of persons to be nominated to serve on our board of directors. The nominating committee considers persons identified by its members, management, shareholders, investment bankers and others.

Guidelines for Selecting Director Nominees

The guidelines for selecting nominees, which will be specified in a charter to be adopted by us, generally will provide that persons to be nominated:

should have demonstrated notable or significant achievements in business, education or public service;

should possess the requisite intelligence, education and experience to make a significant contribution to the board of directors and bring a range of skills, diverse perspectives and backgrounds to its deliberations; and

should have the highest ethical standards, a strong sense of professionalism and intense dedication to serving the interests of the shareholders.

The nominating committee considers a number of qualifications relating to management and leadership experience, background and integrity and professionalism in evaluating a person’s candidacy for membership on the board of directors. The nominating committee may require certain skills or attributes, such as financial or accounting experience, to meet specific board needs that arise from time to time and will also consider the overall experience and makeup of its members to obtain a broad and diverse mix of board members. The nominating committee does not distinguish among nominees recommended by shareholders and other persons.

Compensation Committee

The members of our compensation committee are Sarah J. Friar and Jay Simons, and Jay Simons serves chairman of the compensation committee.

Under the NYSE listing standards, we are required to have a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors. Our board of directors has determined that each of Sarah J. Friar and Jay Simons are independent. We have adopted a compensation committee charter, which will detail the principal functions of the compensation committee, including:

reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, evaluating our Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our Chief Executive Officer based on such evaluation;

reviewing and approving the compensation of all of our other Section 16 executive officers;

reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans;

implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our executive officers and employees;

producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

The charter provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser.

However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by the NYSE and the SEC.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers currently serves, and in the past year has not served, as a member of the compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees. A copy of the Code of Ethics is available on our website. We intend to disclose any amendments to or waivers of certain provisions of our Code of Ethics in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

Our board of directors has adopted corporate governance guidelines in accordance with the corporate governance rules of the NYSE that serves as a flexible framework within which our board of directors and its committees operate. These guidelines cover a number of areas including board membership criteria and director qualifications, director responsibilities, board agenda, roles of the chairman of the board, meetings of independent directors, committee responsibilities and assignments, board member access to management and independent advisors, director communications with third parties, director compensation, director orientation and continuing education, evaluation of senior management and management succession planning. A copy of our corporate governance guidelines is available on our website.

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

None of our executive officers or directors have received any cash compensation for services rendered to us. Our sponsor, executive officers and directors, or their respective affiliates will be reimbursed for any out-of- pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable Business Combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made by us to our sponsor, executive officers or directors, or their affiliates. Any such payments prior to an initial Business Combination will be made using funds held outside the trust account. Other than quarterly audit committee review of such reimbursements, we do not expect to have any additional controls in place governing our reimbursement payments to our directors and executive officers for their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with our activities on our behalf in connection with identifying and consummating an initial Business Combination. Other than these payments and reimbursements, no compensation of any kind, including finder’s and consulting fees, will be paid by the Company to our sponsor, executive officers and directors, or their respective affiliates, prior to completion of our initial Business Combination.

After the completion of our initial Business Combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting or management fees from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to shareholders, to the extent then known, in the proxy solicitation materials or tender offer materials furnished to our shareholders in connection with a proposed Business Combination. We have not established any limit on the amount of such fees that may be paid by the combined company to our directors or members of management. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of the proposed Business Combination because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining executive officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our executive officers will be determined, or recommended to the board of directors for determination, either by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors or by a majority of the independent directors on our board of directors.

We do not intend to take any action to ensure that members of our management team maintain their positions with us after the consummation of our initial Business Combination, although it is possible that some or all of our executive officers and directors may negotiate employment or consulting arrangements to remain with us after our initial Business Combination. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements to retain their positions with us may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business but we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the consummation of our initial Business Combination will be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential Business Combination. We are not party to any agreements with our executive officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of March 29, 2021 held by:

each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares;

each of our executive officers and directors that beneficially owns ordinary shares; and

all our executive officers and directors as a group.

The following table is based on 86,250,000 ordinary shares outstanding at March 29, 2021, of which 69,000,000 were Class A ordinary shares and 17,250,000 were Class B ordinary shares. Unless otherwise indicated, it is believed that all persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all ordinary shares beneficially owned by them.

   Class A Ordinary Shares   Class B Ordinary Shares(2)     

Name of Beneficial Owner(1)

  Number of
Shares

Beneficially
Owned
   Approximate
Percentage of

Class
   Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
   Approximate
Percentage of
Class
   Approximate
Percentage of
Outstanding
Ordinary
Shares
 

Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Holdings (our sponsor)(3)

   —      —      16,875,000    97.8%    19.6% 

Marc Stad (3)

   —      —      16,875,000    97.8%    19.6% 

Pat Robertson

   —      —      —  (4)    *    * 

Sarah J. Friar

   —      —      75,000    *    * 

Douglas Merritt

   —      —      75,000    *    * 

David D. Ossip

   —      —      75,000    *    * 

Gokul Rajaram

   —      —      75,000    *    * 

Jay Simons

   —      —      75,000    —      —   

All executive officers and directors as a group (7 individuals)

   —      —      17,250,000    100%    20.0% 

D1 Capital Partners L.P.

   4,000,000    5.8%    —      —      4.6% 

Altimeter Capital Management General Partner LLC

   3,500,000    5.07%    —      —      4.1% 

*

Less than one percent.

(1)

Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of our shareholders is One Letterman Drive, Building D, Suite M500, San Francisco, California 94129.

(2)

Interests shown consist solely of founder shares, classified as Class B ordinary shares. Such shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial Business Combination.

(3)

The shares reported above are held in the name of our sponsor. Our sponsor is controlled by Mr. Stad, who may therefore be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by our sponsor. Mr. Stad disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by our sponsor except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(4)

Does not include any shares indirectly owned by this individual as a result of his membership interest in our sponsor.

ITEM 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

On July 10, 2020, our sponsor paid $25,000, or approximately $0.001 per share, to cover certain of our offering and formation costs in consideration of 17,250,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001. In July 2020, our sponsor transferred 75,000 Class B ordinary shares to each of our independent directors. The founder shares (including the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise thereof) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holder.

Our sponsor purchased an aggregate of 15,800,000 private placement warrants for a purchase price of $1.00 per whole warrant, or $15,800,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement that occurred simultaneously with the closing of our Initial Public Offering. Each private placement warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment. The private placement warrants (including the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise thereof) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holder until 30 days after the completion of our initial Business Combination.

We have entered into (i) a forward purchase agreement pursuant to which Dragoneer Funding, which has received commitments from one or more funds affiliated with Dragoneer, has agreed to subscribe for an aggregate of 15,000,000 forward purchase units, consisting of one Class A ordinary share and one-fifth of one warrant to purchase one Class A ordinary share for $10.00 per unit, or $150,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement to close substantially concurrently with the closing of our initial Business Combination and (ii) a forward purchase agreement pursuant to which the Willett Purchasers have agreed to subscribe for an aggregate of 2,500,000 forward purchase units, consisting of one Class A ordinary share, or a forward purchase share, and one-fifth of one warrant to purchase one Class A ordinary share, or a forward purchase warrant, for $10.00 per unit, or $25,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement to close substantially concurrently with the closing of our initial Business Combination. If the sale of the forward purchase units fails to close, for any reason, we may lack sufficient funds to consummate our initial Business Combination.

The forward purchase agreements also provide that the forward purchase investors are entitled to registration rights with respect to their (A) forward purchase shares, (B) the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the forward purchase warrants and (B) any other Class A ordinary shares acquired by the forward purchase investors, including any time after we complete our initial Business Combination.

If any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a Business Combination opportunity that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such opportunity to such entity. Our officers and directors currently have certain relevant fiduciary duties or contractual obligations that may take priority over their duties to us. We may, at our option, pursue an Affiliated Joint Acquisition opportunity with an entity to which an officer or director has a fiduciary or contractual obligation. Any such entity may co-invest with us in the target business at the time of our initial Business Combination, or we could raise additional proceeds to complete the acquisition by making a specified future issuance to any such entity.

We currently maintain our executive offices at One Letterman Drive, Building D, Suite M500, San Francisco, California 94129. Our sponsor has agreed to provide us office space and general administrative services at no cost.

No compensation of any kind, including finder’s and consulting fees, will be paid to our sponsor, officers and directors, or their respective affiliates, for services rendered prior to or in connection with the completion of an initial Business Combination. However, these individuals will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing

due diligence on suitable Business Combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made by us to our sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates and will determine which expenses and the amount of expenses that will be reimbursed. There is no cap or ceiling on the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such persons in connection with activities on our behalf.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial Business Combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete an initial Business Combination, we may repay such loaned amounts out of the proceeds of the trust account released to us. In the event that the initial Business Combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment. Up to $2,000,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period. The terms of such loans by our officers and directors, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. We do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor, its affiliates or our management team as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account.

After our initial Business Combination, members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to our shareholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, furnished to our shareholders. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of distribution of such tender offer materials or at the time of a general meeting held to consider our initial Business Combination, as applicable, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation.

We have entered into a registration and shareholder rights agreement pursuant to which our sponsor is entitled to certain registration rights with respect to the private placement warrants, the warrants issuable upon conversion of working capital loans (if any) and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the foregoing and upon conversion of the founder shares, and, upon consummation of our initial Business Combination, to nominate three individuals for appointment to our board of directors, as long as the sponsor holds any securities covered by a registration and shareholder rights agreement. In addition, pursuant to the forward purchase agreements, we will agree that we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to (i) within 30 days after the closing of the initial Business Combination, file a registration statement with the SEC for a secondary offering of (A) the forward purchase shares, (B) the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the forward purchase warrants and (C) any other Class A ordinary shares acquired by the forward purchase investors, including any acquisitions after we complete our initial Business Combination, (ii) cause such registration statement to be declared effective promptly thereafter, but in no event later than 90 days after the closing of the initial Business Combination and (iii) maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement and to ensure the registration statement does not contain a material omission or misstatement, including by way of amendment or other update, as required, until the earlier of (A) the date on which a forward purchase investor ceases to hold the securities covered thereby and (B) the date all of the securities covered thereby can be sold publicly without restriction or limitation under Rule 144 under the Securities Act and without the requirement to be in compliance with Rule 144(c)(1) under the Securities Act, subject to certain conditions and limitations set forth in the forward purchase agreements. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Related Person Transactions Policy

The audit committee of our board of directors adopted a charter, providing for the review, approval and/or ratification of “related party transactions,” which are those transactions required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K as promulgated by the SEC, by the audit committee. At its meetings, the audit committee shall be provided with the details of each new, existing, or proposed related party transaction, including the terms of the transaction, any contractual restrictions that the Company has already committed to, the business purpose of the transaction, and the benefits of the transaction to the Company and to the relevant related party. Any member of the committee who has an interest in the related party transaction under review by the committee shall abstain from voting on the approval of the related party transaction, but may, if so requested by the chairman of the committee, participate in some or all of the committee’s discussions of the related party transaction. Upon completion of its review of the related party transaction, the committee may determine to permit or to prohibit the related party transaction.

Director Independence

NYSE listing standards require that a majority of our board of directors be independent. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of a company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship which in the opinion of the company’s board of directors, would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Our Board of Directors has determined that Sarah J. Friar, David D. Ossip, Douglas Merritt, Gokul Rajaram, and Jay Simons are “independent directors” under applicable SEC and NYSE rules. Our independent directors have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

In addition to the transactions described above, we and our sponsor, among others, entered into certain agreements in connection with the signing of the Business Combination Agreement, pursuant to which, among other things, our sponsor and our directors and officers have certain interests. For more information, please see Item 1. Business – “Recent Developments.”

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.

The firm of WithumSmith+Brown, PC, or Withum, acts as our independent registered public accounting firm. The following is a summary of fees paid to Withum for services rendered.

Audit Fees. During the period from July 3, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, fees for our independent registered public accounting firm were approximately $71,070 for the services Withum performed in connection with our Initial Public Offering, review of the financial information included in our Forms 10-Q for the respective periods and the audit of our December 31, 2020 financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Audit-Related Fees. During the period from July 3, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, our independent registered public accounting firm did not render assurance and related services related to the performance of the audit or review of financial statements.

Tax Fees. During the period from July 3, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, our independent registered public accounting firm did not render services to us for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning.

All Other Fees. During the period from July 3, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, there were no fees billed for products and services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm other than those set forth above.

Pre-Approval Policy

Our audit committee was formed upon the consummation of our Initial Public Offering. As a result, the audit committee did not pre-approve all of the foregoing services, although any services rendered prior to the formation of our audit committee were approved by our board of directors. Since the formation of our audit committee, and on a going-forward basis, the audit committee has and will pre-approve all auditing services and permitted non-audit services to be performed for us by our auditors, including the fees and terms thereof (subject to the de minimis exceptions for non-audit services described in the Exchange Act which are approved by the audit committee prior to the completion of the audit).

PART IV

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Form 10-K:

(1) Financial Statements:

Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID No. 34)

F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheet (as restated)Sheets

F-3

59

StatementConsolidated Statements of Operations (as restated)and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

F-4

60

StatementConsolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’Mezzanine Equity (as restated)and Stockholders’ Equity

F-5

61

StatementConsolidated Statements of Cash Flows (as restated)

F-6

62

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (as restated)

F-7

(2) Financial Statement Schedules:

None.

(3) Exhibits

We hereby file as part of this Report the exhibits listed in the attached Exhibit Index. Exhibits which are incorporated herein by reference can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such material can also be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates or on the SEC website at www.sec.gov.

Exhibit
number

Description of exhibit

2.1Business Combination Agreement, dated as of February  2, 2021, by and among Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp., Chariot Opportunity Merger Sub, Inc. and Cypress Holdings, Inc. (1)
3.1Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (2)
4.1Warrant Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Company (2)
4.2Form of Specimen Unit Certificate. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the amendment to the Company’s Form S-1, filed on August 11, 2020 (File No. 333-240078)).
4.3Form of Specimen Class  A Ordinary Share Certificate. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the amendment to the Company’s Form S-1, filed on August 11, 2020 (File No.  333-240078)).
4.4Form of Warrant Certificate. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the amendment to the Company’s Form S-1, filed on August 11, 2020 (File No. 333-240078)).
4.5Description of Registrant’s Securities (3).
10.1Private Placement Warrants Purchase Agreement between the Company and Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Holdings (2)
10.2Investment Management Trust Account Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Company (2)
10.3Registration and Shareholder Rights Agreement between the Company and certain security holders (2)
10.4Letter Agreement between the Company, Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Holdings and each of the officers and directors of the Company (2)
10.5Forward Purchase Agreement between the Company and Dragoneer Funding LLC (2)
10.6Form of Indemnity Agreement, dated August  13, 2020, between the Company and each of the officers and directors of the Company (2)
10.7Sponsor Letter Agreement (1)
10.8Form of Subscription Agreement (1)
10.9Form of Transaction Agreement (1)
10.10Amended and Restated Registration and Shareholder Rights Agreement (1)
10.11Promissory Note, dated January  19, 2021, issued by Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. to Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Holdings (previously filed as an exhibit to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January  22, 2021 and incorporated by reference herein).

31.1*

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15(d)-14(a), as adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

31.2*

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15(d)-14(a), as adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

32.1**

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.2**

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101.INS*

XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema.
101.CAL*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase.
101.DEF*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase.
101.LAB*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase.
101.PRE*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase.

*

Filed herewith.

**

Furnished herewith

(1)

Previously filed as an exhibit to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2021 and incorporated by reference herein.

(2)

Previously filed as an exhibit to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 19, 2020 and incorporated by reference herein.

(3)

Previously filed as an exhibit to our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 29, 2021 and incorporated by reference herein.64

ITEM 16.

FORM 10-K SUMMARY.

None.

55


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on this 13th day of May, 2021.

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP.
By:

/s/ Marc Stad

Name: Marc Stad
Title: Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

SignatureTitleDate

/s/ Marc Stad

Chief Executive Officer and ChairmanMay 13, 2021
Marc Stad

/s/ Pat Robertson

President, Chief Operating Officer and DirectorMay 13, 2021
Pat Robertson

/s/ Sarah J. Friar

DirectorMay 13, 2021
Sarah J. Friar

/s/ Douglas Merritt

DirectorMay 13, 2021
Douglas Merritt

/s/ David D. Ossip

DirectorMay 13, 2021
David D. Ossip

/s/ Gokul Rajaram

DirectorMay 13, 2021

Gokul Rajaram

/s/ Jay Simons

DirectorMay 13, 2021
Jay Simons

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-2

Financial Statements:

Balance Sheet (as restated)

F-3

Statement of Operations (as restated)

F-4

Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity (as restated)

F-5

Statement of Cash Flows (as restated)

F-6

Notes to Financial Statements (as restated)

F-7 to F-19


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholdersshareholders and the Board of Directors of CCC Intelligent Solutions Holdings Inc.

Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheetsheets of Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp.CCC Intelligent Solutions Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”), as of December 31, 2020,2022 and 2021, the related consolidated statements of operations changes in shareholders’and comprehensive income (loss), mezzanine equity and stockholders’ equity, and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period from July 3, 2020 (inception) throughended December 31, 2020,2022, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”"financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020,2022 and 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period from July 3, 2020 (inception) throughended December 31, 2020,2022, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

RestatementWe have also audited, in accordance with the standards of Financial Statementsthe Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 1, 2023, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 211 to the financial statements, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued a public statement entitled Staff Statement on Accounting and Reporting Considerations for Warrants Issued by Special Purpose Acquisition Companies (“SPACs”) (the “Public Statement”) on April 12, 2021, which discusses theCompany has changed its method of accounting for certain warrants as liabilities. The Company previously accounted for its warrants as equity instruments. Management evaluated its warrants againstleases effective January 1, 2021 due to the Public Statement, and determined thatadoption of FASB ASC Topic 842, Leases, using the warrants and warrant-related instruments should be accounted for as liabilities. Accordingly, the 2020 financial statements have been restated to correct the accounting and related disclosure for the warrants and warrant related-instruments.modified retrospective approach.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’sCompany's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’sCompany's financial statements based on our audit.audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”)PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our auditaudits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our auditaudits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our auditaudits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Revenue Recognition - Refer to Notes 2 and 5 to the financial statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

The Company generates revenue from contracts that are generally billed either on a monthly subscription or transactional basis. Revenue is made up of a significant volume of transactions and sourced from systems and applications across different business markets. The processing of transactions and recording of revenue involves a combination of manual data input and automation, including migrating, formatting, and combining significant volumes of data across systems and interfaces. Management applies significant effort and judgment in evaluating contracts with customers in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606, Contracts with Customers.

We identified revenue recognition as a critical audit matter given the increased extent of effort, including the need for us to involve professionals with expertise in information technology (IT), to identify, test, and evaluate the Company's systems, applications, and automated controls. High level of auditor judgement was necessary to determine the nature, timing and extent of audit procedures with respect to the auditing of revenue in accordance with ASC 606.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

56


Our audit procedures related to the Company's recording of revenue included the following, among others:

With the assistance of our IT specialists, we:
o
Identified the significant systems used to process revenue transactions and tested the general IT controls over each of these systems, including testing of user access controls, change management controls, and IT operations controls.
o
Tested system interface controls and automated controls within the relevant revenue streams, as well as the controls designed to ensure the accuracy and completeness of revenue.
We tested controls within the relevant revenue business processes, including those in place to record revenue.
We selected a sample of contracts and evaluated the terms of the arrangement to assess whether revenue was appropriately recorded in accordance with ASC 606.
For a sample of revenue transactions, we tested the selected transactions by agreeing the amount of revenue recognized to source documents and tested the mathematical accuracy of the recorded revenue.

Goodwill — China Reporting Unit — Refer to Notes 2 and 12 to the financial statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

The Company’s evaluation of goodwill for impairment involves the comparison of the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value. The Company determines the fair value of its reporting units primarily using the income approach. The determination of fair value using the income approach requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions, which include assumptions related to revenue growth rates, profit margins and discount rates. Changes in these assumptions could have a significant impact on either the fair value, the amount of goodwill impairment charge, or both. The Company’s goodwill balance was $1,495 million as of December 31, 2022, of which $77.4 million is related to the China reporting unit. The fair value of the China reporting unit exceeded its carrying value as of the November 30, 2022 measurement date by approximately 5% and, therefore, no impairment was recognized.

We identified goodwill for China reporting unit as a critical audit matter because of the significant estimates and assumptions management makes to estimate the fair value of the reporting unit and the sensitivity to changes in the macroeconomic environment, industry or market conditions. This required a high degree of auditor judgment and an increased extent of effort, including the need to involve professionals in our firm having expertise in valuation, when performing audit procedures to evaluate the reasonableness of management's estimates and assumptions related to revenue growth rates, profit margins and the selection of the discount rate.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to the Company’s forecasts of revenue growth rates, profit margins (“forecasts”), and the Company’s selection of the discount rate included the following, among others:

We tested the effectiveness of internal controls over management’s goodwill impairment evaluation, including those over the determination of the fair value, such as controls related to management’s forecasts and selection of the discount rate.
We evaluated management’s ability to accurately forecast by comparing actual results to management’s historical forecasts.
We evaluated the reasonableness of management’s forecasts by comparing the forecasts to: (1) historical results, (2) internal communications to management and the Board of Directors, and (3) forecasted information included in industry reports.

With the assistance of our fair value specialists, we evaluated the discount rate, including testing the underlying source information and the mathematical accuracy of the calculations, and developed a range of independent estimates and compared those to the discount rate selected by management.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Chicago, IL

March 1, 2023

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2006.

57


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of CCC Intelligent Solutions Holdings Inc.

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of CCC Intelligent Solutions Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2022, of the Company and our report dated March 1, 2023, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and included an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s adoption of a new accounting standard in 2021.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PCDeloitte & Touche LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.Chicago, IL

New York, New YorkMarch 1, 2023

May 13, 2021

58


DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP.

BALANCE SHEETCCC INTELLIGENT SOLUTIONS HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
AS OF
DECEMBER 31, 2020 (As Restated)2022 AND 2021

(In thousands, except share data)

ASSETS

  

Current assets

  

Cash

  $605,009 

Prepaid expenses

   321,174 
  

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

   926,183 

Cash held in Trust Account

   690,000,000 
  

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

  $690,926,183 
  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  

Current liabilities

  

Accrued expenses

  $900,390 

Advance from related party

   17,703 
  

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

   918,093 

FPA liability

   69,874,782 

Warrant liability

   149,920,186 

Deferred underwriting fee payable

   24,150,000 
  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

   244,863,061 
  

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies

  

Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption, 44,106,311 shares at $10.00 per share redemption value

   441,063,112 

Shareholders’ Equity

  

Preference shares, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding

   —   

Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized; 24,893,689 shares issued and outstanding (excluding 44,106,311 shares subject to possible redemption)

   2,489 

Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 17,250,000 shares issued and outstanding

   1,725 

Additional paid-in capital

   190,771,666 

Accumulated deficit

   (185,775,870
  

 

 

 

Total Shareholders’ Equity

   5,000,010 
  

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  $690,926,183 
  

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

323,788

 

 

$

182,544

 

  Accounts receivable—Net of allowances of $5,339 and $3,791 as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively

 

 

98,353

 

 

 

78,793

 

  Income taxes receivable

 

 

4,015

 

 

 

318

 

  Deferred contract costs

 

 

16,556

 

 

 

15,069

 

  Other current assets

 

 

36,358

 

 

 

46,181

 

           Total current assets

 

 

479,070

 

 

 

322,905

 

SOFTWARE, EQUIPMENT, AND PROPERTY—Net

 

 

146,443

 

 

 

135,845

 

OPERATING LEASE ASSETS

 

 

32,874

 

 

 

37,234

 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS—Net

 

 

1,118,819

 

 

 

1,213,249

 

GOODWILL

 

 

1,495,129

 

 

 

1,466,884

 

DEFERRED FINANCING FEES, REVOLVER—Net

 

 

2,286

 

 

 

2,899

 

DEFERRED CONTRACT COSTS

 

 

20,161

 

 

 

22,117

 

EQUITY METHOD INVESTMENT

 

 

10,228

 

 

 

10,228

 

OTHER ASSETS

 

 

45,911

 

 

 

26,165

 

TOTAL

 

$

3,350,921

 

 

$

3,237,526

 

LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Accounts payable

 

$

27,599

 

 

$

12,918

 

  Accrued expenses

 

 

71,445

 

 

 

66,691

 

  Income taxes payable

 

 

922

 

 

 

7,243

 

  Current portion of long-term debt

 

 

8,000

 

 

 

8,000

 

  Current portion of long-term licensing agreement—Net

 

 

2,876

 

 

 

2,703

 

  Operating lease liabilities

 

 

5,484

 

 

 

8,052

 

  Deferred revenues

 

 

35,239

 

 

 

31,042

 

           Total current liabilities

 

 

151,565

 

 

 

136,649

 

LONG-TERM DEBT—Net

 

 

774,132

 

 

 

780,610

 

DEFERRED INCOME TAXES—Net

 

 

241,698

 

 

 

275,745

 

LONG-TERM LICENSING AGREEMENT—Net

 

 

30,752

 

 

 

33,629

 

OPERATING LEASE LIABILITIES

 

 

54,245

 

 

 

56,133

 

WARRANT LIABILITIES

 

 

36,405

 

 

 

62,478

 

OTHER LIABILITIES

 

 

2,658

 

 

 

5,785

 

           Total liabilities

 

 

1,291,455

 

 

 

1,351,029

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Notes 23 and 24)

 

 

 

 

 

 

MEZZANINE EQUITY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Redeemable non-controlling interest

 

 

14,179

 

 

 

14,179

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Preferred stock—$0.0001 par; 100,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Common stock—$0.0001 par; 5,000,000,000 shares authorized; 622,072,905 and 609,768,296 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively

 

 

62

 

 

 

61

 

  Additional paid-in capital

 

 

2,754,055

 

 

 

2,618,924

 

  Accumulated deficit

 

 

(707,946

)

 

 

(746,352

)

  Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(884

)

 

 

(315

)

           Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

2,045,287

 

 

 

1,872,318

 

TOTAL

 

$

3,350,921

 

 

$

3,237,526

 

The accompanyingSee notes are an integral part of theseto consolidated financial statements.

59


DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP.

STATEMENTCCC INTELLIGENT SOLUTIONS HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

FOR THE PERIOD FROM JULY 3, 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGHYEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2022, 2021 AND 2020 (As Restated)

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

Formation and operating costs

  $1,042,637 
  

 

 

 

Loss from Operations

   (1,042,637

Other Income (expense):

  

Change in fair value of warrant liability

   (106,714,978

Change in fair value of FPA

   (69,874,782

Compensation expense resulting from issuance of private placement warrants

   (6,992,602

Offering costs allocated to warrant liabilities

   (1,150,871
  

 

 

 

Total Other Income (expense)

  $(185,775,870
  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding of Class A redeemable ordinary shares

   69,000,000 
  

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net income per share, Class A

  $0.00 
  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding of Class B non-redeemable ordinary shares

   16,748,571 
  

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share, Class B

  $(11.09
  

 

 

 

 

 

2022

 

2021

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

REVENUES

 

$782,448

 

$688,288

 

$633,063

COST OF REVENUES

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenues, exclusive of amortization of acquired technologies

 

187,001

 

169,335

 

182,414

Amortization of acquired technologies

 

26,938

 

26,320

 

26,303

Total cost of revenues

 

213,939

 

195,655

 

208,717

GROSS PROFIT

 

568,509

 

492,633

 

424,346

OPERATING EXPENSES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

156,957

 

165,991

 

109,508

Selling and marketing

 

119,594

 

148,861

 

74,710

General and administrative

 

167,758

 

250,098

 

90,838

Amortization of intangible assets

 

72,278

 

72,358

 

72,310

Total operating expenses

 

516,587

 

637,308

 

347,366

OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)

 

51,922

 

(144,675)

 

76,980

INTEREST EXPENSE

 

(38,990)

 

(58,990)

 

(77,003)

INTEREST INCOME

 

908

 

 

CHANGE IN FAIR VALUE OF DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

 

5,663

 

8,373

 

(13,249)

CHANGE IN FAIR VALUE OF WARRANT LIABILITIES

 

26,073

 

(64,501)

 

GAIN ON SALE OF COST METHOD INVESTMENT

 

3,587

 

 

LOSS ON EARLY EXTINGUISHMENT OF DEBT

 

 

(15,240)

 

(8,615)

OTHER INCOME—Net

 

699

 

114

 

332

PRETAX INCOME (LOSS)

 

49,862

 

(274,919)

 

(21,555)

INCOME TAX (PROVISION) BENEFIT

 

(11,456)

 

26,000

 

4,679

NET INCOME (LOSS) INCLUDING NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST

 

38,406

 

(248,919)

 

(16,876)

Less: net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest

 

 

 

NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO CCC INTELLIGENT SOLUTIONS HOLDINGS INC.

 

$38,406

 

$(248,919)

 

$(16,876)

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$0.06

 

$(0.46)

 

$(0.03)

Diluted

 

$0.06

 

$(0.46)

 

$(0.03)

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share
   attributable to common stockholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

607,760,886

 

543,558,222

 

504,115,839

Diluted

 

642,841,596

 

543,558,222

 

504,115,839

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) including non-controlling interest

 

38,406

 

(248,919)

 

(16,876)

Other comprehensive (loss) income—Foreign currency translation
   adjustment

 

(569)

 

(44)

 

126

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) INCLUDING
   NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST

 

37,837

 

(248,963)

 

(16,750)

Less: comprehensive income (loss) attributable to non-controlling
   interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO CCC
   INTELLIGENT SOLUTIONS HOLDINGS INC.

 

$37,837

 

$(248,963)

 

$(16,750)

The accompanying

See notes are an integral part of theseto consolidated financial statements.

60


DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP.

STATEMENTCCC INTELLIGENT SOLUTIONS HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’MEZZANINE EQUITY AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE PERIOD FROM JULY 3, 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGHYEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2022, 2021 AND 2020 (As Restated)

(In thousands, except number of shares)

   

Class A

Ordinary Shares

  

Class B

Ordinary Shares

   

Additional

Paid in

  Accumulated  

Total

Shareholders’

 
   Shares  Amount  Shares   Amount   Capital  Deficit  Equity 

Balance — July 3, 2020 (inception)

   —    $—     —     $—     $—    $—    $—   

Issuance of Class B ordinary shares to Sponsor

   —     —     17,250,000    1,725    23,275   —     25,000 

Sale of 69,000,000 Units, net of underwriting discounts and offering costs and Public Warrant fair value

   69,000,000   6,900   —      —      631,807,092   —     631,813,992 

Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption

   (44,106,311  (4,411  —      —      (441,058,701  —     (441,063,112

Net loss

   —     —     —      —      —     (185,775,870  (185,775,870
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance — December 31, 2020

   24,893,689  $2,489   17,250,000   $1,725   $190,771,666  $(185,775,870 $5,000,010 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred Stock—Issued and Outstanding

 

Common Stock—Issued and Outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

Redeemable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

Other

 

Total

 

Non-Controlling

 

 

Number of

 

Par

 

Number of

 

Par

 

 

Paid-In

 

Accumulated

 

Comprehensive

 

Stockholders’

 

Interest

 

 

Shares

 

Value

 

Shares

 

Value

 

 

Capital

 

Deficit

 

Loss

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE—December 31, 2019

$—

 

 

 

$

 

503,655,768

 

$50

 

 

$1,491,704

 

$(112,494)

 

$(397)

 

$1,378,863

Issuance of non-controlling interest in subsidiary

14,179

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock

 

 

 

 

340,551

 

 

 

1,560

 

 

 

1,560

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,486

 

 

 

7,486

Exercise of stock options—net of tax

 

 

 

 

330,675

 

 

 

692

 

 

 

692

Repurchase and cancellation of common stock

 

 

 

 

(52,104)

 

 

 

(236)

 

 

 

(236)

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

126

 

126

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(16,876)

 

 

(16,876)

BALANCE—December 31, 2020

14,179

 

 

 

 

504,274,890

 

50

 

 

1,501,206

 

(129,370)

 

(271)

 

1,371,615

Issuance of common stock

 

 

 

 

110,679

 

 

 

1,007

 

 

 

1,007

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

883,729

 

 

 

254,965

 

 

 

254,965

Net equity infusion from the Business Combination

 

 

 

 

97,740,002

 

10

 

 

704,831

 

 

 

704,841

Exercise of stock options—net of tax

 

 

 

 

1,922,019

 

 

 

5,180

 

 

 

5,180

Exercise of warrants — Net

 

 

 

 

4,836,977

 

1

 

 

60,461

 

 

 

60,462

Dividends to CCCIS stockholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(269,178)

 

 

(269,178)

Deemed distribution to CCCIS option holders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,006)

 

 

 

(9,006)

Company Vesting Shares granted to CCCIS stockholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

98,885

 

(98,885)

 

 

Tax effect of Business Combination transaction costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,395

 

 

 

1,395

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(44)

 

(44)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(248,919)

 

 

(248,919)

BALANCE—December 31, 2021

14,179

 

 

 

 

609,768,296

 

61

 

 

2,618,924

 

(746,352)

 

(315)

 

1,872,318

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

109,387

 

 

 

109,387

Exercise of stock options—net of tax

 

 

 

 

10,074,354

 

1

 

 

27,562

 

 

 

27,563

Exercise of warrants—Net

 

 

 

 

1,246

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock under
   employee stock purchase plan

 

 

 

 

408,879

 

 

 

3,197

 

 

 

3,197

Issuance of common stock upon
   vesting of RSUs—net of tax

 

 

 

 

1,820,130

 

 

 

(5,015)

 

 

 

(5,015)

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(569)

 

(569)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

38,406

 

 

38,406

BALANCE—December 31, 2022

$14,179

 

 

 

$

 

622,072,905

 

$62

 

 

$2,754,055

 

$(707,946)

 

$(884)

 

$2,045,287

See notes are an integral part of theseto consolidated financial statements.

61


DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP.

STATEMENTCCC INTELLIGENT SOLUTIONS HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM JULY 3,YEARS ENDED December 31, 2022, 2021 AND 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2020 (As Restated)

(In thousands)

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

  

Net loss

  $(185,775,870

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

  

Change in fair value of warrants

   106,714,978 

Loss on FPA liability

   69,874,782 

Compensation expense on Private Placement warrants

   6,992,602 

Offering costs allocated to warrant liabilities

   1,150,871 

Formation cost paid by Sponsor in exchange for issuance of founder shares

   5,000 

Operating expenses paid through advance from related party

   32,075 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

  

Prepaid expenses

   92,814 

Accrued expenses

   900,948 
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

   (11,800
  

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

  

Investment of cash in Trust Account

   (690,000,000
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   (690,000,000
  

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

  

Proceeds from sale of Units, net of underwriting discounts paid

   676,200,000 

Proceeds from sale of Private Placement Warrants

   15,800,000 

Repayment of advances from related party

   (1,383,191
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

   690,616,809 
  

 

 

 

Net Change in Cash

   605,009 

Cash – Beginning

   —   
  

 

 

 

Cash – Ending

  $605,009 
  

 

 

 

Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities:

  

Offering costs paid directly by Sponsor from proceeds of issuance of Class B ordinary shares

  $20,000 
  

 

 

 

Accrued expenses paid through advances from related party

  $558 
  

 

 

 

Payment of offering costs through advances from related party

  $954,273 
  

 

 

 

Payment of prepaid expenses through advances from related party

  $413,988 
  

 

 

 

Initial classification of Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption

  $618,455,829 
  

 

 

 

Change in value of Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption

  $(177,392,717
  

 

 

 

Deferred underwriting fee payable

  $24,150,000 
  

 

 

 

Initial classification of warrant liability:

  $43,205,208 

Initial classification of FPA liability:

  $234,683 

The accompanying

62


 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Net income (loss)

$

38,406

 

 

$

(248,919

)

 

$

(16,876

)

  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Depreciation and amortization of software, equipment, and property

 

27,933

 

 

 

24,451

 

 

 

17,749

 

    Amortization of intangible assets

 

99,216

 

 

 

98,678

 

 

 

98,613

 

    Deferred income taxes

 

(34,401

)

 

 

(46,883

)

 

 

(11,124

)

    Stock-based compensation

 

109,497

 

 

 

261,995

 

 

 

11,336

 

    Amortization of deferred financing fees

 

1,878

 

 

 

3,682

 

 

 

4,630

 

    Amortization of discount on debt

 

257

 

 

 

604

 

 

 

738

 

    Change in fair value of derivative instruments

 

(5,663

)

 

 

(8,373

)

 

 

13,249

 

    Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

 

(26,073

)

 

 

64,501

 

 

 

 

    Change in fair value of estimated contingent consideration

 

(100

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Loss on early extinguishment of debt

 

 

 

 

15,240

 

 

 

8,615

 

    Non-cash lease expense

 

3,697

 

 

 

6,279

 

 

 

 

    Gain on divestiture

 

 

 

 

(600

)

 

 

(3,800

)

    Gain on sale of cost method investment

 

(3,587

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Loss on disposal of software, equipment and property

 

2,651

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Other

 

104

 

 

 

541

 

 

 

114

 

    Changes in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

      Accounts receivable—Net

 

(19,844

)

 

 

(4,725

)

 

 

(10,558

)

      Deferred contract costs

 

(1,487

)

 

 

(3,152

)

 

 

(1,110

)

      Other current assets

 

9,792

 

 

 

(12,273

)

 

 

(6,483

)

      Deferred contract costs—Non-current

 

1,956

 

 

 

(7,728

)

 

 

(1,926

)

      Other assets

 

(14,501

)

 

 

(7,838

)

 

 

(9,187

)

      Operating lease assets

 

3,448

 

 

 

6,354

 

 

 

 

      Income taxes

 

(10,018

)

 

 

3,833

 

 

 

6,724

 

      Accounts payable

 

15,516

 

 

 

(1,052

)

 

 

(2,256

)

      Accrued expenses

 

4,592

 

 

 

8,347

 

 

 

165

 

      Operating lease liabilities

 

(7,241

)

 

 

(8,398

)

 

 

 

      Deferred revenues

 

4,196

 

 

 

4,513

 

 

 

1,376

 

      Extinguishment of interest rate swap liability

 

 

 

 

(9,987

)

 

 

 

      Other liabilities

 

(317

)

 

 

(11,755

)

 

 

3,954

 

           Net cash provided by operating activities

 

199,907

 

 

 

127,335

 

 

 

103,943

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Proceeds from sale of cost method investment

 

3,901

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Acquisition of Safekeep, Inc., net of cash

 

(32,242

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Purchases of software, equipment, and property

 

(47,951

)

 

 

(38,321

)

 

 

(30,107

)

  Purchase of equity method investment

 

 

 

 

(10,228

)

 

 

 

  Purchase of intangible asset

 

 

 

 

(49

)

 

 

(560

)

           Net cash used in investing activities

 

(76,292

)

 

 

(48,598

)

 

 

(30,667

)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

27,693

 

 

 

5,085

 

 

 

(236

)

  Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan

 

3,197

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Payments for employee taxes withheld upon vesting of equity awards

 

(5,015

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Principal payments on long-term debt

 

(8,000

)

 

 

(1,336,153

)

 

 

(388,846

)

  Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net of fees paid to lender

 

 

 

 

789,927

 

 

 

369,792

 

  Net proceeds from equity infusion from the Business Combination

 

 

 

 

763,300

 

 

 

 

  Payment of fees associated with early extinguishment of long-term debt

 

 

 

 

(4,821

)

 

 

(29

)

  Proceeds from borrowings on revolving lines of credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

65,000

 

  Repayment of borrowings on revolving lines of credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(65,000

)

  Dividends to CCCIS stockholders

 

 

 

 

(269,174

)

 

 

 

  Deemed distribution to CCCIS option holders

 

 

 

 

(9,006

)

 

 

 

  Proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

 

 

 

1,007

 

 

 

719

 

  Proceeds from issuance of non-controlling interest in subsidiary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,179

 

  Tax effect of Business Combination transaction costs

 

 

 

 

1,395

 

 

 

 

           Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

17,875

 

 

 

(58,440

)

 

 

(4,421

)

NET EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

(246

)

 

 

129

 

 

 

62

 

NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

141,244

 

 

 

20,426

 

 

 

68,917

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Beginning of period

 

182,544

 

 

 

162,118

 

 

 

93,201

 

  End of period

$

323,788

 

 

$

182,544

 

 

$

162,118

 

NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Unpaid liability related to software, equipment, and property

$

100

 

 

$

8,035

 

 

$

239

 

  Leasehold improvements acquired by tenant improvement allowance

$

 

 

$

16,924

 

 

$

 

  Fair value of assumed Public Warrants exercised

$

 

 

$

60,481

 

 

$

 

  Contingent consideration related to business acquisition

$

200

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Cash paid for interest

$

36,636

 

 

$

54,980

 

 

$

71,649

 

  Cash (paid) received for income taxes—Net

$

(55,697

)

 

$

(15,233

)

 

$

917

 

See notes are an integral part of theto consolidated financial statements.

statements.

63


DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP.

CCC INTELLIGENT SOLUTIONS HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF

1.
ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESSNATURE OF OPERATIONS

Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. (the “Company”)CCC Intelligent Solutions Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation, is a blank check companyleading provider of innovative cloud, mobile, telematics, hyperscale technologies, and applications for the property and casualty (“P&C”) insurance economy. Our cloud-based software as a service (“SaaS”) platform connects trading partners, facilitates commerce, and supports mission-critical, artificial intelligence ("AI") enabled digital workflows. Our platform digitizes workflows and connects companies across the P&C insurance economy, including insurance carriers, collision repairers, parts suppliers, automotive manufacturers, financial institutions, and others.

The Company is headquartered in Chicago, Illinois. The Company’s primary operations are in the United States (“US”) and it also has operations in China.

The Company was originally incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company on July 3, 2020. The Company was formed for2020 as a special purpose acquisition company under the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities (a “Business Combination”name Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp ("Dragoneer").

The Company is not limited to a particular industry or sector for purposes of consummating a Business Combination. The Company is an early stage and emerging growth company and, as such, the Company is subject to all of the risks associated with early stage and emerging growth companies.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from July 3, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 relates to the Company’s formation, the initial public offering (“Initial Public Offering”), which is described below, identifying a target company for a Business Combination and activities in connection with the proposed acquisition of Chariot Opportunity Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Chariot Merger Sub”), and On February 2, 2021, Cypress Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“CCC”("CCCIS") (see Note 11).

The registration statement forentered into the Company’s Initial Public Offering was declared effective on August 13, 2020. On August 18, 2020, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 69,000,000 unitsBusiness Combination Agreement (the “Units” and,"Business Combination Agreement") with respect to the Class A ordinary shares included in the Units sold, the “Public Shares”), which includes the full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option in the amount of 9,000,000 Units, at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $690,000,000 which is described in Note 4.

SimultaneouslyDragoneer. In connection with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the salebusiness combination ("Business Combination") (see Note 3), Dragoneer changed its jurisdiction of 15,800,000 warrants (the “Private Placement Warrants”) at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant in a private placement to the Company’s sponsor, Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Holdings (the “Sponsor”), generating gross proceeds of $15,800,000, which is described in Note 5.

Transaction costs amounted to $38,924,273, consisting of $13,800,000 of underwriting fees, $24,150,000 of deferred underwriting fee and $974,273 of other offering costs.

Following the closing of the Initial Public Offering on August 18, 2020,incorporation by deregistering as an amount of $690,000,000 ($10.00 per Unit) from the net proceeds of the sale of the Unitsexempted company in the Initial Public OfferingCayman Islands and a portion of the net proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants was placed in a non-interest bearing trust account (the “Trust Account”) which the Company expects will not earn interest or be invested until January 1, 2021, after which the proceeds will be invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), with a maturity of 185 days or less, or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself outcontinuing and domesticating as a money market fund investing solelyDelaware corporation on July 30, 2021, upon which Dragoneer changed its name to CCC Intelligent Solutions Holdings Inc.

2.
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation—The consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), the consolidated statements of mezzanine equity and stockholders’ equity and the consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, have been prepared in U.S. Treasuries and meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 ofconformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earliest of: (i) the completion of aUnited States (“GAAP”).

The Business Combination (see Note 3) was accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with GAAP, with Dragoneer treated as the acquired company and (ii)CCCIS treated as the distributionacquirer.

The consolidated assets, liabilities, and results of the funds in the Trust Account to the Company’s shareholders, as described below.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. The NYSE listing rules require that the Business Combination must be with one or more operating businesses or assets with a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the interest earned on the Trust Account). The Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-Business Combination company owns or acquires 50% or more of the issued and outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target business sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect a Business Combination.

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

The Company will provide the holders of the public shares (the “Public Shareholders”) with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of the Business Combination, either (i) in connection with a general meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek shareholder approval of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion. The Public Shareholders will be entitled to redeem their Public Shares, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, calculated as of two business daysoperations prior to the consummationreverse recapitalization are those of CCCIS. The shares and corresponding capital amounts and losses per share, prior to the reverse recapitalization, have been retroactively restated based on shares reflecting the exchange ratio of 1:340.5507 (the “Exchange Ratio”) established in the Business Combination.

Basis of Accounting—The accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP and include the accounts of the Business Combination (initially anticipatedCompany and its wholly-owned subsidiaries and majority-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The consolidated financial statements include 100% of the accounts of wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries and the ownership interest of the minority investor is recorded as a non-controlling interest in a subsidiary.

Use of Estimates—The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts, and the disclosures of contingent amounts in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that it believes to be $10.00 per Public Share), including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided byreasonable under the number of then issued and outstanding public shares, subject to certain limitations as describedcircumstances. Although the Company regularly assesses its estimates, actual results could differ from management’s estimates if past experience or other assumptions are not substantially accurate. Changes in estimates are recorded in the prospectus. The per-share amount to be distributed toperiod in which they become known. Significant estimates in these consolidated financial statements include the Public Shareholders who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced byestimation of contract transaction prices, the deferred underwriting commissions the Company will pay to the underwriters (as discussed in Note 7). There will be no redemption rights upon the completion of a Business Combination with respect to the Company’s warrants.

The Company will proceed with a Business Combination only if the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 and, if the Company seeks shareholder approval, it receives an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law approving a Business Combination, which requires the affirmative vote of a majoritydetermination of the shareholders who attendamortization period for contract assets, the valuation of goodwill and vote at a general meetingintangible assets, the estimates and assumptions associated with the valuation of the Company. If a shareholder vote is not requiredwarrant liabilities, the estimates and assumptions associated with stock incentive plans, including the Company does not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other legal reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articlesfair value of Association, conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), and file tender offer documents containing substantially the same information as would be included in a proxy statement with the SECcommon stock prior to completing a Business Combination. If the Company seeks shareholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the Company’s Sponsor has agreed to vote its Founder Shares (as defined in Note 6) and any Public Shares purchased during or after the Initial Public Offering in favor of approving a Business Combination. Additionally, each Public Shareholder may elect to redeem their Public Shares, without voting, and if they do vote, irrespective of whether they vote for or against a proposed Business Combination.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company seeks shareholder approval of the Business Combination, and the Company does not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, a Public Shareholder, together with any affiliatemeasurement of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the Public Shares without the Company’s prior written consent.

The Sponsor has agreed (a) to waive its redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares and Public Shares held by itexpected contingent consideration in connection with a business acquisition.

Cash and Cash Equivalents—The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less at the completiondate of a Business Combinationpurchase to be cash and (b)cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. The Company believes it is not to propose an amendment to the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (i) to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to allow redemption in connection with the Company’s initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of the Public Shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period (as defined below) or (ii) with respectexposed to any other provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, unless the Company provides the Public Shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable insignificant credit risk on cash equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding Public Shares.

The Company will have until August 18, 2022 (or November 18, 2022 ifcash equivalents. While the Company has executed a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement for a Business Combination by August 18, 2022 but has not completed a Business Combination by August 18, 2022) to consummate a Business Combination (the “Combination Period”). However, ifdeposits that exceed federally insured limits at financial institutions, the Company places its cash and cash equivalents in highly rated institutions. The Company has never experienced any losses related to these balances.

Foreign Currency—The Company’s functional currency is the US dollar, however, for operations located in China, the functional currency is the local currency. Assets and liabilities of the foreign operations are translated to US dollars at exchange rates in effect at the consolidated balance sheet date, while statement of operations accounts are translated to US dollars at the average exchange rates for the period. Translation gains and losses are recorded and remain as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ equity until transactions are settled or the foreign entity is sold or liquidated. Gains and losses resulting from transactions that are denominated in a currency that is not completed a Business Combinationthe functional currency are recorded to other income–net, in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).

Significant Customers and Concentration of Credit Risks—The Company is potentially subject to concentration of credit risk primarily through its accounts receivable. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and maintains allowances for potential

64


credit losses which, when realized, have been within the Combination Period as may be extended from time to time by therange of management’s expectations. The Company generally does not require collateral. Credit risk on accounts receivables is minimized as a result of the large and diverse nature of the Company’s customer base.

During the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, no single customer represented more than 10% of revenue. During the year ended December 31, 2020, one customer accounted for 10% of revenue.

As of December 31, 2022, one customer had an account receivable of 11% of accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2021, no single customer accounted for at least 10% of accounts receivable.

Revenue Recognition—The Company’s revenue recognition policy follows guidance from Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.

The Company generates revenue from contracts that are generally billed either on a shareholder votemonthly subscription or transactional basis. Other revenue primarily consists of professional services revenue that is generally transaction-based (where a fee per transaction is charged). Revenues are recognized as control of these services is transferred to amend its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (an “Extension Period”),customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company will (i) cease all operations exceptexpects to be entitled to in exchange for those services.

The Company determines revenue recognition based on the application of the following steps:

Identification of the contract, or contracts, with a customer
Identification of the performance obligation(s) in the contract
Determination of the transaction price
Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligation(s) in the contract
Recognition of revenue when, or as a performance obligation is satisfied

Software Subscription Revenues—Software services are hosted and provide customers with the right to use the hosted software over the contract period without taking possession of the software and are generally billed on either a monthly subscription or transactional basis. Revenues related to services billed on a subscription basis are recognized ratably over the contract period as this is the time period over which services are transferred to the customer, generally between three and five years.

Revenues from subscription services represent a stand-ready obligation to provide access to the Company’s platform. As each day of providing services is substantially the same and the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits as access is provided, subscription arrangements include a series of distinct services. The Company may provide certain of its customers with implementation activities such as basic setup, installation and initial training that the Company must undertake to fulfill the contract. These are considered fulfillment activities that do not transfer the service to the customer.

For contracts with fixed and variable consideration, to the extent that customers’ usage exceeds the committed contracted amounts under their subscriptions, they are charged for their incremental usage. For such overage fees, the Company includes an estimate of the amount it expects to receive for the purposetotal transaction price if it is probable that a significant reversal of winding up, (ii)cumulative revenue recognized will not occur. Revenue recognized from overage fees was not material during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020. When customers’ usage falls below the committed contracted amounts, the customer does not receive any credits or refunds for the shortfall.

For contracts where fees are solely based on transaction volume, the amount invoiced corresponds directly with the value provided to the customer, and revenue is recognized when invoiced using the as-invoiced practical expedient.

Other Revenue—Other revenues consist of professional services and other non-software services, including the Company’s First Party Clinical Services which was divested in December 2020 (see Note 28) and are recognized over time as promptlythe services are performed. Other revenues are generally invoiced monthly in arrears.

Revenues related to such services that are billed on a transactional basis are recognized when the transaction for the related service occurs. Transaction revenue is primarily comprised of fees for professional services applied to the volume of transactions. These are typically based on a per-unit rate and are invoiced for the same period in which the transactions were processed and as reasonably possible butthe performance obligation is satisfied. For contracts with transaction fees, the amount invoiced corresponds directly with the value provided to the customer, and revenue is recognized when invoiced using the as-invoiced practical expedient.

Contracts with Multiple Performance Obligations—The Company’s contracts with customers can include access to different software applications such as CCC workflow, estimating, valuation and analytics, each of which is its own performance obligation. These additional services are either sold on a standalone basis or could be used on their own with readily available resources. For these contracts, the Company accounts for individual performance obligations separately, if they are distinct. The transaction price is allocated to the separate performance obligations on a relative standalone selling price basis. The standalone selling price for distinct performance obligations is generally based on directly observable pricing. In instances where standalone selling price is not moredirectly observable, the Company determines standalone selling price based on overall pricing objectives, which take into consideration observable data, market conditions and entity-specific factors.

The Company may occasionally recognize an adjustment in revenue in the current period for performance obligations partially or fully satisfied in the previous periods resulting from changes in estimates for the transaction price, including any changes to the Company’s assessment of whether an estimate of variable consideration is constrained. For the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, the impact on revenue recognized in the current period, from performance obligations partially or fully satisfied in the previous period, was not significant.

65


Contract Liabilities—Contract liabilities consist of deferred revenue and include customer billings in advance of revenues being recognized from subscription contracts and professional services. Deferred revenue that is expected to be recognized during the succeeding twelve-month period is recorded as current, and the remaining portion is recorded as noncurrent and included within other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

Costs to Obtain and Fulfill the Contract—The Company defers costs that are considered to be incremental and recoverable costs of obtaining a contract with a customer, including sales commissions. Costs to fulfill contracts are capitalized when such costs are direct and related to implementation activities for hosted software solutions. Capitalized costs to obtain a contract and costs to fulfill a contract are generally amortized over a period between three and five years, which represents the expected period of benefit of these costs and corresponds to the contract period.

In instances where the contract term is significantly less than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100%three years, costs to fulfill are amortized over the contract term which the Company believes best reflects the period of benefit of these costs.

Cost of Revenues—Cost of revenues is primarily composed of personnel costs, including share-based compensation, and costs of external resources used in the delivery of services to customers, including software configuration, integration services, customer support activities, third party costs related to hosting the Company’s software for its customers, internal support of production infrastructure, IT security costs, depreciation expense, cost of software production, and license and royalty fees paid to third parties. Cost of revenues also includes amortization of internal use software, including capitalized development costs, and amortization of acquired technologies.

Research and Development—Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel-related costs, including share-based compensation, and costs of external development resources involved in the engineering, design and development of new solutions, as well as expenses associated with significant ongoing improvements to existing solutions. Research and development expenses also include costs for certain information technology expenses. Research and development costs, other than software development costs qualifying for capitalization, are expensed as incurred.

Selling and Marketing—Selling and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel-related costs for our sales and marketing functions, including sales commissions and share-based compensation. Additional expenses include advertising costs, marketing costs and event costs, including the Company’s annual industry conference.

The Company expenses advertising and other promotional expenditures as incurred. Advertising expenses were $1.1 million, $1.1 million and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

General and Administrative—General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel-related costs, including share-based compensation, for our executive management and administrative employees, including finance and accounting, human resources, information technology, facilities and legal functions. Additional expenses include professional service fees, insurance premiums, and other corporate expenses that are not allocated to the above expense categories.

Amortization of Intangible Assets—Amortization of intangible assets consists of the Public Shares,capitalized costs of intangible assets. These intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives (see Note 12).

Stock-Based Compensation—The Company’s stock-based compensation plans are described in Note 21. The Company accounts for stock-based payment awards based on the grant date fair value. The incremental fair value of modifications to stock-based payment awards is estimated at a per-share price, payablethe date of modification. Stock-based payment awards that are settled in cash are accounted for as liabilities. The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense for only the portion of awards expected to vest, based on an estimated forfeiture rate.

The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense for time-based awards on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective awards. Stock-based compensation expense for performance-based awards with a market condition is recognized over the estimated service period, regardless of whether the market condition is satisfied. Stock-based compensation expense for performance-based awards with a market condition, when the market condition is a liquidity event or change in control, is not recognized until the performance condition is probable of occurring.

The fair value of restricted stock units ("RSUs") with only a time-based vesting component or a performance-based vesting component is determined using the quoted price of our common stock on the date of grant.

The fair value of the Company’s stock options with only a time-based component is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

The fair value of the Company’s performance-based awards with a market condition is estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The assumptions utilized under these methods require judgments and estimates.

Stock-based compensation expense related to purchase rights issued under the CCC Intelligent Solutions Holdings Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP") is based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model's fair value of the estimated number of awards as of the beginning of the applicable offering period. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized using the straight-line method over the applicable offering period.

Changes in the inputs and assumptions could affect the measurement of the estimated fair value of the related compensation expense of these stock-based payment awards.

Accounts Receivable—Net—Accounts receivable, as presented in the consolidated balance sheets, are net of customer sales allowances and doubtful accounts. The Company determines allowances for its sales reserves and doubtful accounts based on specific identification of customer accounts and historical experience to the remaining accounts receivable balance. The Company’s assessment of doubtful accounts

66


includes estimating its expected credit losses based on historical information and adjusted for current conditions and forecasts for the probability of collection from customers. Doubtful accounts are charged to general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).

Software, Equipment, and Property—Net—Software, equipment, and property are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed on a straight-line basis over the asset’s estimated useful lives, which are as follows:

 Software, equipment, and property

 Estimated Useful Life

 Software and licenses

2-5 years

 Computer equipment

3 years

 Furniture and other equipment

5 years

 Database

25 years

 Building

39 years

 Leasehold improvements

Lesser of the estimated useful life or life of lease

 Land

Indefinite

Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Major betterments are capitalized.

Internal Use Software—The Company capitalizes the direct costs incurred in developing or obtaining internal use software, including platform development, infrastructure and tools, as well as certain payroll and payroll-related costs of employees who are directly associated with internal use computer software projects. The amount of capitalized payroll costs with respect to these employees is limited to the time directly spent on such projects. The costs associated with preliminary project stage activities, training, maintenance, and all other post-implementation activities are expensed as incurred. Additionally, the Company expenses internal costs related to minor upgrades and enhancements as it is impractical to separate these costs from normal maintenance activities. Capitalized internal use software costs are recorded within software, equipment, and property on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets—Goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives are not amortized, but are subject to an annual impairment test, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. The Company historically has performed its annual impairment assessment of goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets as of September 30 of each year. During 2022, the Company changed the date of its annual impairment assessment to November 30 to align with its annual business planning and budgeting process and to allow the Company to maximize the time and resources required to perform the impairment analysis (see Note 12).

Testing goodwill and intangible assets for impairment involves comparing the fair value of the reporting unit or intangible asset to its carrying value. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit or intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (lessexcess, up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish the rights of the Public Shareholders as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), and (iii) as promptly as

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining Public Shareholders and its Board of Directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to the Company’s warrants, which will expire worthless if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period.

The Sponsor has agreed to waive its rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to the Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period. However, if the Sponsor or any of its respective affiliates acquire Public Shares, such Public Shares will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period. The underwriters have agreed to waive their rights to their deferred underwriting commission (see Note 7) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period, and in such event, such amounts will be included with the other funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Public Shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per sharecarrying value of the goodwill or intangible asset.

The Company performed the impairment tests for its goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets remaining available for distribution willthe years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 and determined no impairment existed.

Long-Lived Assets—Long-lived assets, other than goodwill, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets might not be less thanrecoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the Initial Public Offering price per Unit ($10.00).

In ordercarrying amount of the asset or asset group to protectestimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by such assets. If the amounts heldcarrying amount of the assets exceeds their estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized equal to the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds their fair value. There were no events or changes in circumstances that indicated the carrying value may not be recoverable and no impairment charges were recognized during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020.

Equity Method Investment—The Company accounts for its 7% investment in a limited partnership using the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method of accounting, the investee’s accounts are not reflected within the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). The Company’s investment is initially recognized at cost and adjusted thereafter for the post acquisition changes in the Trust Account,Company’s share of the Sponsor has agreed that it willinvestee’s earnings.

The Company’s share of the investee’s earnings is reported within other income-net in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).

Deferred Financing Costs—Deferred financing costs are capitalized and amortized over the life of the underlying financing agreement (see Note 16).

Business Combinations—The Company allocates the purchase consideration of acquired companies to tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the acquisition date, with the excess recorded to goodwill. These estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. During the measurement period, which may be liableup to one year from the acquisition date, adjustments may be recorded to the Company iffair value of these tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including uncertain tax positions and tax-related valuation allowances, with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the fair value of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to the extent any claims by a third party (other thanconsolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).

The Company estimates the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm) for services rendered or products soldfair value of contingent consideration related to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below the lesser of (1) $10.00 per Public Share and (2) the actual amount per Public Share held in the Trust Account as ofcombinations on the date of the liquidationacquisition (see Note 4). The fair value of the Trust Account if less than $10.00 per Public Shares due to reductionscontingent consideration is remeasured each reporting period, with any change in the fair value recorded within the consolidated statements of trustoperations and comprehensive income (loss).

67


Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements—Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. To increase the comparability of fair value measures, the following hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation methodologies used to measure fair value.

Level 1—Valuations based on quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in each case netactive markets.

Level 2—Valuations based on observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3—Valuations based on unobservable inputs reflecting the Company’s own assumptions, consistent with reasonably available assumptions made by other market participants. These valuations require significant judgment.

Warrant Liability—The Company assumed publicly-traded warrants (“Public Warrants”) and warrants sold in a private placement (“Private Warrants”) upon consummation of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business that executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account nor will it apply to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. Business Combination.

The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers (other than the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

NOTE 2 — RESTATEMENT OF PREVIOUSLY ISSUED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Company previously accountedaccounts for its outstanding Public Warrants (as defined in Note 4) and Private Placement Warrants (collectively, with the Public Warrants and forward purchase units,Private Warrants under ASC 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging-Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity, in conjunction with the “Warrants”) issued in connection with its Initial Public Offering as componentsSEC Division of equity instead of as derivative liabilities. The warrant agreement governing the Warrants includes a provision that provides for potential changes to the settlement amounts dependent upon the characteristics of the holder of the warrant. In Addition, the warrant agreement includes a provision that in the event of a tender offer or exchange offer made to and accepted by holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of a single class of stock, all holders of the Warrants would be entitled to receive cash for their Warrants (the “tender offer provision”).

OnCorporation Finance’s April 12, 2021 the Acting Director of the Division of Corporation Finance and Acting Chief Accountant of the Securities and Exchange Commission together issued a statement regarding the accounting and reporting considerations for warrants issued by special purpose acquisition companies entitled “StaffPublic Statement, Staff Statement on Accounting and Reporting Considerations for Warrants Issued by Special Purpose Acquisition Companies (“SPACs”("SPACs")” (the “SEC Statement”). Specifically,The terms of the SEC Statement focused on certainwarrants provide for potential changes to the settlement terms and provisions related to certain tender offers following a business combination, which terms are similar to those contained inamounts dependent upon the characteristics of the warrant agreement (the “Warrant Agreement”). The provisions notedholder, and preclude the warrants from being classified in equity and thus the SEC Statement impact the Company’s Public Warrants and the Private Placement Warrants.

In further consideration of the SEC Statement, the Company’s management evaluated the Warrants under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Subtopic 815-40, Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity. ASC Section 815-40-15 addresses equity versus liability treatment and classification of equity-linked financial instruments, including warrants and states that a warrant may beare classified as a component of equity only if, among other things,liability. Accordingly, the warrant is indexed toCompany recorded the issuer’s common stock. Under ASC Section 815-40-15, a warrant is not indexed towarrants as long-term liabilities on its consolidated balance sheet at fair value upon the issuer’s common stock if the termsclosing of the warrant require an adjustment to the exercise price upon a specified event and that event is not an input toBusiness Combination (see Note 3), with subsequent changes in the fair value of the warrant. Based on management’s evaluation,warrants recognized in the Company’s audit committee,consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) at each reporting date.

In November 2021, the Company announced that it had elected to redeem its outstanding Public Warrants and as of December 31, 2021, there were no Public Warrants outstanding (see Note 22). Prior to redemption, the Public Warrants were publicly traded and thus had an observable market price in consultation with management, concluded that the Company’san active market and were valued at their trading price as of each reporting date.

The Private Warrants are not indexed tovalued using the Company’s common stockBlack-Scholes option pricing model. The assumptions utilized under the Black-Scholes option pricing model require judgments and estimates. Changes in these inputs and assumptions could affect the manner contemplated by ASC Section 815-40-15 because the holdermeasurement of the instrument is not an input into the pricing of a fixed-for-fixed option on equity shares. In addition, based on management’s evaluation, the Company’s audit committee, in consultation with management, concluded that the tender offer provision fails the “classified in stockholders’ equity” criteria as contemplated by ASC Section 815-40-25.

As a result of the above, the Company should have classified the Warrants as derivative liabilities in its previously issued financial statements. Under this accounting treatment, the Company is required to measure theestimated fair value of the Warrants at the end of each reporting period as well as re-evaluate the treatmentrelated fair value of the warrants (including on August 18, 2020, September 30, 2020,Private Warrants.

Income Taxes—Deferred income tax assets and December 31, 2020) and recognize changes in the fair value from the prior period in the Company’s operating resultsliabilities are recognized for the current period.

The Company’s accounting forexpected future tax effects of temporary differences between the Warrants as components of equity instead of as derivative liabilities did not have any effect on the Company’s previously reported investments held in trust, operating expenses, cash flows or cash.

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

   As
Previously
Reported
  Adjustments  As Restated 

Balance sheet as of August 18, 2020 (audited)

    

Total Liabilities

  $25,131,073  $43,439,891  $68,570,964 

Class A Ordinary Shares Subject to Redemption

   661,895,720   (43,439,891  618,455,829 

Class A Ordinary Shares

   281   434   715 

Additional Paid in Capital

   5,003,001   8,377,722   13,380,723 

Accumulated Deficit

   (5,000  (8,378,156  (8,383,156

Number of Class A ordinary shares subject to redemption

   66,189,572   (4,343,989  61,845,583 

Balance sheet as of September 30, 2020 (unaudited)

    

Total Liabilities

  $25,274,901  $116,489,061  $141,763,962 

Class A Ordinary Shares Subject to Redemption

   661,858,040   (116,489,061  545,368,979 

Class A Ordinary Shares

   281   1,165   1,446 

Additional Paid-in Capital

   5,040,681   81,426,161   86,466,842 

Accumulated Deficit

   (42,685  (81,427,326  (81,470,011

Number of Class A ordinary shares subject to redemption

   66,185,804   (11,648,906  54,536,898 

Balance sheet as of December 31, 2020 (audited)

    

Total Liabilities

  $25,068,093  $219,794,968  $244,863,061 

Class A Ordinary Shares Subject to Redemption

   660,858,080   (219,794,968  441,063,112 

Class A Ordinary Shares

   291   2,198   2,489 

Additional Paid-in Capital

   6,040,631   184,731,035   190,771,666 

Accumulated Deficit

   (1,042,637  (184,733,233  (185,775,870

Number of Class A ordinary shares subject to redemption

   66,085,808   (21,979,497  44,106,311 

Statement of operations for the period from July 3, 2020 (inception) to September 30, 2020 (unaudited)

    

Net loss

  $(42,685 $(81,427,326 $(81,470,011

Weighted average shares outstanding – Class A redeemable shares

   69,000,000   —     69,000,000 

Basic and Diluted EPS – Class A

   0.00   0.00   0.00 

Weighted average shares outstanding – Class B

   17,250,000   —     17,250,000 

Basic and Diluted EPS – Class B

   0.00   (4.72  (4.72

Statement of operations for the period from July 3, 2020 (inception) to December 31, 2020 (audited)

    

Net loss

  $(1,042,637 $(184,733,233 $(185,775,870

Weighted average shares outstanding – Class A redeemable shares

   69,000,000   —     69,000,000 

Basic and Diluted EPS – Class A

   0.00   0.00   0.00 

Weighted average shares outstanding – Class B

   17,250,000   —     16,748,571 

Basic and Diluted EPS – Class B

   (0.06  (11.03  (11.09

NOTE 3 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the accounting and disclosure rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

Emerging Growth Company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from variousincome tax reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amountsbasis of assets and liabilities using tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred income taxes relate to the timing of recognition of certain revenue and disclosure of contingent assetsexpense items, and liabilities at the datetiming of the deductibility of certain reserves and accruals for income tax purposes that differs from the timing for financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

purposes. The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company did not have any cash equivalents as of December 31, 2020.

Cash Held in Trust Account

At December 31, 2020, the assets held in the Trust Account were held in cash.

Class A Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemption

The Company accounts for its Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Class A ordinary shares subject to mandatory redemption are classified asestablishes a liability instrument and are measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable ordinary shares (including ordinary shares that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, ordinary shares are classified as shareholders’ equity. The Company’s ordinary shares feature certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, at December 31, 2020, Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption is presented as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ equity section of the Company’s balance sheet.

Offering Costs

Offering costs consist of underwriting, legal, accounting and other expenses incurred through the Initial Public Offering that are directly relatedtax valuation allowance to the Initial Public Offering. Offering costs amounting to $37,773,402 were charged to shareholders’ equity upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering. Offering costs allocated to the warrant liabilities amounted to $1,150,871, are expensed and included in other expenses in the statement of operations.

Warrant Liability

The Company accounts for the Warrants in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 815-40 under which the Warrants do not meet the criteria for equity treatment and must be recorded as liabilities. Accordingly, the Company classifies the Warrants as liabilities at their fair value and adjust the Warrants to fair value at each reporting period. This liabilityextent that it is subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date until exercised, and any change in fair value is recognized in our statement of operations. The Public Warrants for periods where no observable traded price was available are valued using a barrier option simulation. For periods subsequent to the detachment of the Public Warrants from the Units, the Public Warrant quoted market price was used as the fair value as of each relevant date. The fair value of Private Warrants was determined using a Black-Scholes option pricing model.

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes,” which prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement’s recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not tothat a deferred tax asset will not be realizable against future taxable income.

A tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, by taxing authorities. The Company’s management determined that the Cayman Islands is the Company’s majorincluding resolutions of any related appeals or litigation process, based on its technical merits. Income tax jurisdiction.positions must meet a more-likely-than-not recognition threshold to be recognized. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.

Accrual for Self-Insurance Costs—The Company maintains a self-insured group medical program. The program contains stop loss thresholds with amounts in excess of the self-insured levels fully insured by third-party insurers. Liabilities associated with this program are estimated in part by considering historical claims experience and medical cost trends.

Leases—Effective January 1, 2021, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02 which created a new topic, ASC 842, Leases.

In accordance with ASC 842, the Company, at the inception of the contract, determines whether a contract is or contains a lease. For leases with terms greater than 12 months, the Company records the related operating or finance right of use asset and lease liability at the present value of lease payments over the lease term. The Company is generally not able to readily determine the implicit rate in the lease and therefore uses the determined incremental borrowing rate at lease commencement to determine the present value of lease payments. The incremental borrowing rate represents an estimate of the market interest rate the Company would incur at lease commencement to borrow an amount equal to the lease payments on a collateralized basis over the term of a lease. Renewal options are not included in the measurement of the right of use assets and lease liabilities unless the Company is reasonably certain to exercise the optional renewal periods. Some leases also include early termination options, which can be exercised under specific conditions. Additionally, certain leases contain incentives, such as construction allowances from landlords. These incentives reduce the right-of-use asset related to the lease.

Some of the Company’s leases contain rent escalations over the lease term. The Company recognizes expense for operating leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company has elected the practical expedient to combine lease and non-lease components for all asset categories. Therefore, the lease payments used to measure the lease liability for these leases include fixed minimum rentals along with fixed non-lease component charges. Lease related costs, which are variable rather than fixed, are expensed in the period incurred. The Company does not have significant residual value guarantees or restrictive covenants in the lease portfolio.

For periods prior to the adoption of ASC 842, the Company recorded rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the related lease. The difference between the straight-line rent expense and the payments made in accordance with the operating lease agreements were recognized as a deferred rent liability within other liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

68


Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements—Effective January 1, 2022, the Company adopted ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. This ASU is intended to reduce the complexity of accounting for income taxes. Changes include treatment of hybrid tax regimes, tax basis step-up in goodwill obtained in a transaction that is not a business combination, separate financial statements of legal entities not subject to tax, intra period tax allocation, ownership changes in investments, interim-period accounting for enacted changes in tax law, and year-to-date loss limitation in interim-period tax accounting. The adoption of ASU 2019-12 did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

Effective January 1, 2022, the Company adopted ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, and subsequent amendments to the initial guidance: ASU 2018-19, ASU 2019-04, ASU 2019-05, and ASU 2020-03. This new guidance replaces the existing incurred loss impairment model with an expected credit loss model and requires a financial asset measured at amortized cost to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected. The adoption of ASU 2016-13 did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements—In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting, and in January 2021 subsequently issued ASU 2021-01, which refines the scope of Topic 848. These ASUs provide optional expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions, subject to meeting certain criteria, that reference the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR"), or another rate that is expected to be discontinued. ASU 2020-04 was effective upon issuance. In December 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2022-06 that defers the sunset date for applying the reference rate reform relief in ASC 848 to December 31, 2024. While there has been no material effect to our consolidated financial statements, the guidance will potentially be applicable when we modify the current reference rate of LIBOR to another reference rate in our First Lien Credit Agreement and related interest rate cap (see Note 16).

3.
BUSINESS COMBINATION

On July 30, 2021 ("Closing Date"), the Company consummated the Business Combination pursuant to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement, dated as of February 2, 2021, as amended, by and among Dragoneer, Chariot Opportunity Merger Sub, Inc. (“Chariot Merger Sub”), a Delaware corporation, and CCCIS, a Delaware corporation.

Immediately upon the consummation of the Business Combination and the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement (collectively, the “Transactions”), Chariot Merger Sub, a wholly-owned direct subsidiary of Dragoneer, merged with and into CCCIS, with CCCIS surviving the Business Combination as a wholly-owned direct subsidiary of Dragoneer (the “Merger”). In connection with the Transactions, Dragoneer changed its name to “CCC Intelligent Solutions Holdings Inc.”

The Merger was accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with GAAP. Under this method of accounting, Dragoneer was treated as the acquired company for accounting purposes and the Business Combination was treated as the equivalent of CCCIS issuing stock for the net assets of Dragoneer, accompanied by a recapitalization.

CCCIS was determined to be the accounting acquirer based on the following predominant factors among others:

the pre-Closing CCCIS stockholders continue to control the Company following the Closing of the Business Combination;
the board of directors and management of the Company following the Business Combination are composed of individuals associated with CCCIS;
CCCIS was the larger entity based on historical operating activity, assets, revenues, and employee base at the time of the Closing of the Transactions; and
the ongoing operations of the Company following the Business Combination comprise those of CCCIS.

The net assets of Dragoneer are stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Reported shares and earnings per share available to holders of CCCIS’s capital stock and equity awards prior to the Business Combination have been retroactively restated reflecting the Exchange Ratio.

Pursuant to the Merger, at the Effective Time of the Merger (the “Effective Time”):

each share of CCCIS common stock that was issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time was automatically canceled and converted into the right to receive shares of the Company’s common stock based on the Exchange Ratio, rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares;
each option to purchase shares of CCCIS common stock, whether vested or unvested, that was outstanding and unexercised as of immediately prior to the Effective Time was assumed by the Company and became an option (vested or unvested, as applicable) to purchase a number of shares of the Company’s common stock equal to the number of shares of CCCIS common stock subject to such option immediately prior to the Effective Time multiplied by the Exchange Ratio, rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares, at an exercise price equal to the exercise price per share of such option immediately prior to the Effective Time divided by the Exchange Ratio and rounded up to the nearest whole cent;
each of Dragoneer’s redeemable Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares that were issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time were exchanged for an equal number of shares of the Company’s common stock.

Concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, the Company entered into subscription agreements with certain institutional investors (the “PIPE Investors”), pursuant to which the PIPE Investors purchased, immediately prior to the Closing, an aggregate of 15,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at a purchase price of $10.00 per share.

69


Prior to the Closing, the Company entered into forward purchase agreements with Dragoneer Funding LLC and Willett Advisors LLC, pursuant to which the Company issued an aggregate of 17,500,000 forward purchase units, each consisting of one common share and one-fifth of one Public Warrant to purchase one common share for $11.50 per share, for a purchase price of $10.00 per unit. The Public Warrants were redeemed in December 2021 (see Note 22).

Effective upon Closing, 8,625,000 shares issued and held by Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Holdings (the “Sponsor Vesting Shares”) became non-transferable and subject to forfeiture on the tenth anniversary of Closing if neither of the following triggering events has occurred: (a) the share price of the Company’s common stock has been greater than or equal to $13.00 per share for any twenty trading days within any thirty consecutive trading day period beginning after Closing, or (b) a change in control as defined in the Business Combination Agreement. The Sponsor Vesting Shares do not meet the criteria to be classified as a liability and are presented within stockholders’ equity.

As part of the Business Combination, 15.0 million shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Company Earnout Shares”) shall be issued to CCCIS shareholders existing as of immediately prior to Closing and holders of vested and unvested equity awards of CCCIS as of the date of the Business Combination Agreement (subject to continued employment), following a triggering event (“CCC Triggering Event”). A CCC Triggering Event is defined as the earlier of (a) the first date on which the shares of the Company’s common stock have traded for greater than or equal to $15.00 per share for any twenty trading days within any thirty consecutive trading day period commencing after the Closing or (b) a change in control as defined in the Business Combination Agreement. If a CCC Triggering Event does not occur within ten years after Closing, the CCC Earnout Shares will be forfeited.

Of the 15.0 million Company Earnout Shares, 13.5 million shares are reserved for issuance to CCCIS shareholders. The Company Earnout Shares do not meet the criteria to be classified as a liability and the fair value of the shares reserved for shareholders of $98.9 million was charged to additional paid-in capital during the year ended December 31, 2021. The remaining 1.5 million Company Earnout Shares are reserved for issuance to CCCIS option holders (see Note 21).

The Company Earnout Shares are not issued shares and are excluded from the table of common stock outstanding below.

The total number of shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding immediately following the Closing was 603,170,380, comprised as follows:

Shares issued to Dragoneer public shareholders and Sponsor

56,615,002

Sponsor Vesting Shares

8,625,000

Shares issued to Legacy CCC shareholders

505,430,378

Shares issued to Forward Purchasers

17,500,000

Shares issued to PIPE Investors

15,000,000

Total shares of common stock outstanding immediately following the Business
   Combination

603,170,380

In connection with the Business Combination, the Company incurred underwriting fees and other costs considered direct and incremental to the transaction totaling $11.1 million (before tax), consisting of legal, accounting, financial advisory and other professional fees. These amounts were treated as a reduction of the cash proceeds and were deducted from the Company’s additional paid-in capital.

The following table reconciles the elements of the Business Combination to the consolidated statement of cash flows and the consolidated statement of mezzanine equity and stockholders’ equity for the year ended December 31, 2021 (in thousands).

Cash - Dragoneer trust and cash

$

449,441

 

Cash - PIPE Financing

 

150,000

 

Cash - Forward Purchase Agreements

 

175,000

 

Less: transaction costs and advisory fees

 

(11,141

)

Net cash contributions from Business Combination

 

763,300

 

Less: non-cash fair value of Public Warrants and Private Warrants

 

(58,459

)

Net equity infusion from Business Combination

$

704,841

 

70


4.
BUSINESS ACQUISITION

On February 8, 2022, the Company completed its acquisition of Safekeep, Inc. (“Safekeep”), a privately held company that leverages AI to streamline and improve subrogation management across auto, property, workers’ compensation and other insurance lines of business. Leveraging Safekeep’s AI-enabled subrogation solutions, the acquisition will broaden the Company’s portfolio of cloud-based solutions available to its insurance customers.

In exchange for all the outstanding shares of Safekeep, the Company paid total cash consideration of $32.3 million upon closing. In accordance with the acquisition agreement, the Company placed $6.0 million in escrow for a general indemnity holdback to be paid to the sellers within 15 months of closing subject to reduction for certain indemnifications and other potential obligations of the selling shareholders.

As additional consideration for the shares, the acquisition agreement includes a contingent earnout for additional cash consideration. The potential amount of the earnout is calculated as a multiple of revenue, above a defined floor, during the 12-month measurement period ending December 31, 2024 and is not to exceed $90.0 million. The fair value of the contingent consideration as of the acquisition date of $0.2 million was estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation model that relies on unobservable inputs, including management estimates and assumptions. Thus, the contingent earnout is a Level 3 measurement.

The acquisition date fair value of the consideration transferred was $32.5 million, which consisted of the following (in thousands):

Cash paid through closing

 

$

32,300

 

Fair value of contingent earnout consideration

 

 

200

 

Total acquisition date fair value of the consideration transferred

 

$

32,500

 

The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination and reflects the application of acquisition accounting in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. The total purchase consideration was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values as of the acquisition date with the excess purchase price assigned to goodwill. The goodwill was primarily attributable to the expected synergies from the combined service offerings and the value of the acquired workforce. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes.

The Company’s estimates of the fair values of the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and contingent consideration are based on information that was available at the date of the acquisition. During the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, adjustments may be recorded to the fair value of these tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including uncertain tax positions and tax-related valuation allowances, with the corresponding offset to goodwill. The Company recorded a measurement period adjustment to reflect the facts and circumstances in existence at the acquisition date in December 2022. The adjustment relates to the valuation of the deferred tax liabilities for $0.9 million, with a corresponding increase in goodwill. There were no other significant changes to the preliminary purchase price allocation.

The purchase price allocation of estimated fair values was finalized as of December 31, 2022. The following table summarizes the final allocation of the consideration to the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date (in thousands):

Assets acquired:

 

 

 

Current assets

 

$

150

 

Intangible asset - acquired technology

 

 

4,800

 

Total assets acquired

 

 

4,950

 

Liabilities assumed:

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

147

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

548

 

Total liabilities assumed

 

 

695

 

Net assets acquired

 

 

4,255

 

Goodwill

 

 

28,245

 

Total purchase price

 

$

32,500

 

The acquired technology intangible asset has an estimated useful life of seven years and is being amortized on a straight-line basis.

The fair value of the acquired technology intangible asset was determined by a valuation model based on estimates of future operating projections as well as judgments on the discount rate and other variables. This fair value measurement is based on significant unobservable inputs, including management estimates and assumptions and thus represents a Level 3 measurement.

The transaction costs associated with the acquisition were $1.2 million and are included in general and administrative expenses within the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2022.

71


5.
REVENUE

Disaggregation of Revenue—The Company provides disaggregation of revenue based on type of service as it believes these categories best depict how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors.

The following table summarizes revenue by type of service for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Software subscriptions

 

$

752,505

 

 

$

662,300

 

 

$

573,608

 

Other

 

 

29,943

 

 

 

25,988

 

 

 

59,455

 

Total revenues

 

$

782,448

 

 

$

688,288

 

 

$

633,063

 

Contract Assets and LiabilitiesThe balances of the Company’s receivables, contract assets and contract liabilities from contracts with customers are as follows (in thousands):

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

Accounts receivables-Net of allowances

$

98,353

 

 

$

78,793

 

 

$

74,107

 

 

Deferred contract costs

 

16,556

 

 

 

15,069

 

 

 

11,917

 

 

Long-term deferred contract costs

 

20,161

 

 

 

22,117

 

 

 

14,389

 

 

Other assets (accounts receivable, non-current)

 

16,437

 

 

 

8,622

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred revenues

 

35,239

 

 

 

31,042

 

 

 

26,514

 

 

Other liabilities (deferred revenues, non-current)

 

1,240

 

 

 

1,574

 

 

 

2,001

 

 

Deferred Contract CostsA summary of the activity impacting the deferred contract costs during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 is presented below (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

 

$

37,186

 

 

$

26,306

 

 

$

23,270

 

Costs amortized

 

 

 

(17,986

)

 

 

(15,384

)

 

 

(12,446

)

Additional amounts deferred

 

 

 

17,517

 

 

 

26,264

 

 

 

15,482

 

Balance at end of period

 

 

$

36,717

 

 

$

37,186

 

 

$

26,306

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Classified as:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

$

16,556

 

 

$

15,069

 

 

$

11,917

 

Non-current

 

 

 

20,161

 

 

 

22,117

 

 

 

14,389

 

Total deferred contract costs

 

 

$

36,717

 

 

$

37,186

 

 

$

26,306

 

Deferred RevenueA summary of the activity impacting deferred revenue balances during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, is presented below (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

 

$

32,616

 

 

$

28,515

 

 

$

26,256

 

Revenue recognized1

 

 

 

(380,977

)

 

 

(334,524

)

 

 

(305,812

)

Additional amounts deferred1

 

 

 

384,840

 

 

 

338,625

 

 

 

308,071

 

Balance at end of period

 

 

$

36,479

 

 

$

32,616

 

 

$

28,515

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Classified as:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

$

35,239

 

 

$

31,042

 

 

$

26,514

 

Non-current

 

 

 

1,240

 

 

 

1,574

 

 

 

2,001

 

Total deferred revenue

 

 

$

36,479

 

 

$

32,616

 

 

$

28,515

 

1 Amounts include total revenue deferred and recognized during each respective period.

During the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, $31.0 million, $26.5 million and $25.1 million, respectively, that was included in the deferred revenue balance at the beginning of each period was recognized as revenue.

Transaction Price Allocated to the Remaining Performance Obligations—Remaining performance obligations represent contracted revenue that has not yet been recognized, which includes deferred revenue and amounts that will be invoiced and recognized as revenue in future periods. As of December 31, 2022, approximately $1,365 million of revenue is expected to be recognized from remaining performance obligations with approximately $541 million impacting the next twelve months, and approximately $824 million thereafter. The estimated revenues do not include unexercised contract renewals. The remaining performance obligations exclude future transaction revenue where revenue is recognized as the services are rendered and in the amount to which the Company has the right to invoice.

72


6.
FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

Private Warrants—As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company’s Private Warrants are recognized as liabilities and measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

The Private Warrants are valued using Level 1 and Level 2 inputs within the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The assumptions utilized under the Black-Scholes option pricing model require judgments and estimates. Changes in these inputs and assumptions could affect the measurement of the estimated fair value of the Private Warrants. Accordingly, the Private Warrants are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

The valuation of the Private Warrants as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following assumptions:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Expected term (in years)

 

3.6

 

 

4.6

 

Expected volatility

 

 

38

%

 

 

35

%

Expected dividend yield

 

 

0

%

 

 

0

%

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

4.15

%

 

 

1.20

%

The estimated fair value of each Private Warrant using the Company's stock price on the valuation date and the above assumptions was $2.05 and $3.51 as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Contingent Consideration Liability—The contingent consideration liability related to the acquisition of Safekeep (see Note 4), recognized within other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet, is adjusted each reporting period for changes in fair value, which can result from changes in anticipated payments and changes in the assumed discount rate. These inputs are unobservable in the market and therefore categorized as Level 3 inputs.

The estimated fair value of the contingent consideration at the date of acquisition was determined using probability-weighted discounted cash flows and a Monte Carlo simulation model. The discount rate used to estimate fair value is based on the Company's estimated cost of debt and was 10% as of December 31, 2022.

During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company recognized a $0.1 million gain from the change in the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration liability within general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss).

Interest Rate Cap—In August 2022, the Company entered into two interest rate cap agreements to reduce its exposure to increases in interest rates applicable to its floating rate long-term debt (See Note 16). The fair value of the interest rate cap agreements was estimated using inputs that were observable or that could be corroborated by observable market data and therefore, was classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2022.

The Company did not designate its interest rate cap agreements as hedging instruments and records the changes in fair value within earnings. As of December 31, 2022, the interest rate cap agreements had a fair value of $12.0 million, classified within other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

The following table presents the fair value of the assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2022 (in thousands):

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate cap

 

$

11,951

 

 

$

 

 

$

11,951

 

 

$

 

Total Assets

 

$

11,951

 

 

$

 

 

$

11,951

 

 

$

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contingent consideration related to business acquisition

 

$

100

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

100

 

Private warrants

 

 

36,405

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,405

 

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

 

$

36,505

 

 

$

 

 

$

36,405

 

 

$

100

 

The following table presents the fair value of the assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2021 (in thousands):

Liabilities

 

Fair Value

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

Private warrants

 

$

62,478

 

 

$

 

 

$

62,478

 

 

$

 

Total

 

$

62,478

 

 

 

 

 

$

62,478

 

 

 

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis—The Company has assets that under certain conditions are subject to measurement at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These assets include those associated with acquired businesses, including goodwill and other intangible assets. For these assets, measurement at fair value in periods subsequent to their initial recognition is applicable

73


if one or more is determined to be impaired. During the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 the Company recognized no impairment related to these assets.

Fair Value of Other Financial InstrumentsThe following table presents the carrying amounts, net of debt discount, and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments that are not recorded at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets (in thousands):

 

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Estimated

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Estimated

 

Description

 

Amount

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

Amount

 

 

Fair Value

 

Term B Loan, including current portion

 

$

790,331

 

 

$

766,260

 

 

$

798,073

 

 

$

799,000

 

The fair value of the Company’s long-term debt, including current maturities, was estimated based on the quoted market prices for the same or similar instruments and fluctuates with changes in applicable interest rates among other factors. The fair value of long-term debt is classified as a Level 2 measurement in the fair value hierarchy and is established based on observable inputs in less active markets.

7.
INCOME TAXES

The components of pretax income (loss) attributable to domestic and foreign operations are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic

 

$

54,799

 

 

$

(261,900

)

 

$

(15,117

)

 

Foreign

 

 

(4,937

)

 

 

(13,019

)

 

 

(6,438

)

 

Pretax income (loss)

 

$

49,862

 

 

$

(274,919

)

 

$

(21,555

)

 

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) was signed into law. The CARES Act includes provisions relating to refundable payroll tax credits, deferment of the employer portion of certain payroll taxes, net operating loss carryback periods, alternative minimum tax credit refunds, modifications to the net interest deduction limitations and technical corrections to tax depreciation methods for qualified improvement property.

Under ASC 740, Income Taxes, the effects of the new legislation are recognized in the period of enactment. Therefore, the effects of the CARES Act are recognized during the year ended December 31, 2020. The modification to the net interest deduction limitation resulted in a benefit of $16.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2020. The other provisions of the CARES Act did not result in a material impact on the Company’s provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current provision:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

37,470

 

 

$

15,263

 

 

$

1,539

 

 

State

 

 

8,387

 

 

 

5,620

 

 

 

4,906

 

 

Total current provision

 

 

45,857

 

 

 

20,883

 

 

 

6,445

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred provision (benefit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

(26,570

)

 

 

(35,284

)

 

 

(7,536

)

 

State

 

 

(7,831

)

 

 

(11,599

)

 

 

(3,588

)

 

Foreign

 

 

1,054

 

 

 

(2,080

)

 

 

(1,710

)

 

Change in valuation allowance

 

 

(1,054

)

 

 

2,080

 

 

 

1,710

 

 

Total deferred benefit

 

 

(34,401

)

 

 

(46,883

)

 

 

(11,124

)

 

Total income tax provision (benefit)

 

$

11,456

 

 

$

(26,000

)

 

$

(4,679

)

 

74


The Company’s effective income tax rate differs from the federal statutory rate as follows (in thousands, except percentages):

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal income tax benefit at statutory rate

$

10,471

 

 

 

21.0

%

 

$

(57,733

)

 

 

21.0

%

 

$

(4,527

)

 

 

21.0

%

Executive compensation

 

12,508

 

 

 

25.0

 

 

 

25,362

 

 

 

(9.2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of warrants

 

(5,475

)

 

 

(11.0

)

 

 

13,545

 

 

 

(4.9

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

 

(4,074

)

 

 

(8.1

)

 

 

(3,647

)

 

 

1.3

 

 

 

(42

)

 

 

0.2

 

Research and experimental credit

 

(3,510

)

 

 

(7.0

)

 

 

(2,914

)

 

 

1.1

 

 

 

(3,058

)

 

 

14.2

 

Impact of foreign operations

 

2,807

 

 

 

5.6

 

 

 

261

 

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

122

 

 

 

(0.6

)

Valuation allowance

 

(1,054

)

 

 

(2.1

)

 

 

2,080

 

 

 

(0.8

)

 

 

1,572

 

 

 

(7.3

)

State and local taxes-net of federal income tax effect

 

439

 

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

(4,723

)

 

 

1.7

 

 

 

288

 

 

 

(1.3

)

Other nondeductible expenses

 

344

 

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

756

 

 

 

(0.3

)

 

 

854

 

 

 

(4.0

)

Uncertain tax positions

 

(303

)

 

 

(0.6

)

 

 

594

 

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

589

 

 

 

(2.7

)

Foreign rate difference

 

(182

)

 

 

(0.4

)

 

 

(493

)

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

(227

)

 

 

1.1

 

Other—net

 

(515

)

 

 

(1.0

)

 

 

912

 

 

 

(0.3

)

 

 

(250

)

 

 

1.1

 

Income tax provision (benefit)

$

11,456

 

 

 

23.0

%

 

$

(26,000

)

 

 

9.5

%

 

$

(4,679

)

 

 

21.7

%

The Company made income tax payments of $55.7 million, $15.2 million and $9.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The Company received refunds from the Internal Revenue Service and various states totaling $89 thousand, $16 thousand and $10.4 million, for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

The approximate income tax effect of each type of temporary difference giving rise to deferred income tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 was as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Deferred income tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

$

37,156

 

 

$

39,135

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

14,339

 

 

 

16,301

 

Accrued compensation

 

10,962

 

 

 

9,743

 

Net operating losses—foreign

 

10,373

 

 

 

11,427

 

Capitalized R&E—net of amortization

 

10,221

 

 

 

 

Sales allowances and doubtful accounts

 

1,339

 

 

 

959

 

Interest expense limitation

 

673

 

 

 

1,553

 

Net operating losses—domestic (state)

 

506

 

 

 

733

 

Research and experimental credit

 

386

 

 

 

1,250

 

Other

 

826

 

 

 

1,443

 

Total deferred income tax assets

 

86,781

 

 

 

82,544

 

Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset

 

(10,373

)

 

 

(11,427

)

Net deferred income tax assets

 

76,408

 

 

 

71,117

 

Deferred income tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible asset amortization

 

282,032

 

 

 

307,654

 

Software, equipment and property depreciation and amortization

 

17,628

 

 

 

20,313

 

Deferred contract costs

 

9,235

 

 

 

9,456

 

Operating lease assets

 

7,604

 

 

 

9,439

 

Interest rate cap

 

1,607

 

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax liabilities

 

318,106

 

 

 

346,862

 

Net deferred income tax liabilities

$

241,698

 

 

$

275,745

 

Valuation Allowance—The Company has accumulated net operating losses related to its foreign subsidiaries of $10.4 million and $11.4 million at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. A valuation allowance equal to 100% of the related tax benefit has been established as of December 31, 2022 and 2021. The valuation allowance decreased $1.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2022 due to net operating loss expirations of the foreign subsidiaries exceeding the current year net operating losses of the foreign subsidiaries. The valuation allowance increased $2.0 million and $1.7 million during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, due to the net operating losses of the foreign subsidiaries. No amounts were released during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020. The net operating losses are set to expire in 2023 through 2027 as China allows for a five-year carryforward.

The state net operating losses of $0.5 million are expected to be more likely than not fully utilized. Most states allow for a 20-year carryforward of net operating losses. All losses will expire in 2035-2041 if not fully utilized.

The change in unrecognized tax benefits excluding interest and penalties for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021was as follows (in thousands):

75


 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Balance at beginning of year

$

3,722

 

 

$

3,045

 

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

 

797

 

 

 

663

 

Additions based on adjustments to tax positions related to prior years

 

105

 

 

 

32

 

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

 

(901

)

 

 

(18

)

Balance at end of year

$

3,723

 

 

$

3,722

 

The Company believes its liability for unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, will not significantly change over the following twelve months. However, due to the open statute of limitations within the various jurisdictions in which the Company files tax returns, the amount of any change cannot be reasonably estimated and it is possible there could be significant changes in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits over the following twelve months.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. As of December 31, 2020, there were no unrecognized tax benefits2022 and no amounts2021, the amount accrued for interest and penalties.penalties was not material. The Company reflects the liability for unrecognized tax benefits as current income tax liabilities in its consolidated balance sheets. The amounts included in “reductions for tax positions of prior years” represent expirations of statutes of limitation and decreases in the unrecognized tax benefits relating to settlements reached with taxing authorities during each year shown.

With few US State exceptions, the major jurisdictions subject to examination by the relevant taxing authorities and open tax years, stated as the Company’s fiscal years, are as follows:

Jurisdiction

Open Tax Years

US Federal

2019 - 2021

US States

2019 - 2021

China

2019 - 2021

Canada

2019 - 2021

8.
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

Accounts receivable–Net as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, consists of the following (in thousands):

 

December 31,

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Accounts receivable

$

103,692

 

 

$

82,584

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales reserves

 

(5,339

)

 

 

(3,791

)

Accounts receivable–Net

$

98,353

 

 

$

78,793

 

Changes to the allowance for doubtful accounts and sales reserves during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, consists of the following (in thousands):

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Balance at beginning of period

$

3,791

 

 

$

4,224

 

 

$

3,970

 

Charges to bad debt and sales reserves

 

4,262

 

 

 

3,634

 

 

 

3,814

 

Write-offs, net

 

(2,714

)

 

 

(4,067

)

 

 

(3,560

)

Balance at end of period

$

5,339

 

 

$

3,791

 

 

$

4,224

 

9.
OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Other current assets as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, consists of the following (in thousands):

 

December 31,

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Prepaid software and equipment maintenance

$

7,638

 

 

$

7,593

 

Prepaid SaaS costs

 

7,423

 

 

 

5,909

 

Prepaid service fees

 

5,268

 

 

 

8,623

 

Prepaid insurance

 

4,062

 

 

 

4,416

 

Non-trade receivables

 

690

 

 

 

8,321

 

Other

 

11,277

 

 

 

11,319

 

Total

$

36,358

 

 

$

46,181

 

76


10.
SOFTWARE, EQUIPMENT, AND PROPERTY

Software, equipment, and property as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, consists of the following (in thousands):

 

December 31,

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Software, licenses and database

$

175,616

 

 

$

140,692

 

Computer equipment

 

33,043

 

 

 

31,635

 

Leasehold improvements

 

30,430

 

 

 

34,880

 

Building and land

 

4,910

 

 

 

4,910

 

Furniture and other equipment

 

1,478

 

 

 

5,343

 

           Total software, equipment, and property

 

245,477

 

 

 

217,460

 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

(99,034

)

 

 

(81,615

)

Net software, equipment, and property

$

146,443

 

 

$

135,845

 

Depreciation and amortization expense related to software, equipment, and property was $27.9 million, $24.5 million and $17.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

11.
LEASES

The Company adopted ASC 842 on January 1, 2021 using the modified retrospective transition method. Due to the adoption of ASC 842, the Company recognized operating right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities of $47.1 million and $53.0 million, respectively, as of the date of adoption. Results for reporting periods prior to adoption are presented under ASC 840 as it was the accounting standard in effect for such periods.

The Company leases real estate in the form of office space and data center facilities. Generally, at the inception of the contract, the term for real estate leases ranges from 1 to 17 years and the term for equipment leases is currently1 to 3 years. Some real estate leases include options to renew that can extend the original term by 3 to 5 years.

Operating lease costs are included within cost of revenues, exclusive of amortization of acquired technologies, research and development and general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). The Company does not awarehave any finance leases.

In December 2022, the Company terminated a corporate office lease which otherwise would have expired in March 2026. In connection with the lease termination, the Company agreed to a termination fee in the amount of any issues$3.8 million, which released the Company from all future minimum lease payments and variable leases costs related to this facility. As of the termination date, the Company derecognized the operating lease asset and operating lease liability and recognized a loss on lease termination of $3.1 million, included within general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss).

The components of lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 were as follows (in thousands):

 

December 31,

 

2022

 

 

2021

Operating lease costs

$

12,390

 

 

$

16,386

 

 

Variable lease costs

 

2,319

 

 

 

2,110

 

 

Total lease costs

$

14,709

 

 

$

18,496

 

 

The $3.1 million loss on lease termination is included in operating lease costs for the year ended December 31, 2022.

Under ASC 840, rent expense was $9.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2020.

The lease term and discount rate consisted of the following as of December 31, 2022 and 2021:

 

December 31,

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)

 

13.6

 

 

 

12.9

 

Weighted-average discount rate

 

6.4

%

 

 

6.3

%

Supplemental cash flow and other information related to leases for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 were as follows (in thousands):

 

December 31,

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Cash payments for operating leases

$

11,933

 

 

$

11,403

 

Operating lease assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities

 

2,825

 

 

 

2,876

 

The $3.8 million lease termination fee is included in the cash payments for operating leases for the year ended December 31, 2022.

The table below reconciles the undiscounted future minimum lease payments (in thousands) under review that couldnoncancelable operating leases with terms of more than one year to the total operating lease liabilities recognized on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2022.

77


Years Ending December 31:

 

 

2023

$

5,737

 

2024

 

7,030

 

2025

 

7,204

 

2026

 

7,243

 

2027

 

5,438

 

Thereafter

 

57,491

 

Total lease payments

 

90,143

 

Less: Interest

 

(30,414

)

Total

$

59,729

 

12.
GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill and intangible assets are primarily the result of business acquisitions.

The Company historically has performed its annual impairment assessment of goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets as of September 30 of each year. During 2022, the Company changed the date of its annual impairment assessment to November 30 to align with its annual business planning and budgeting process and to allow the Company to maximize the time and resources required to perform the impairment analysis. This change does not result in a delay, acceleration, or avoidance of an impairment charge. This change has been applied prospectively as retrospective application is deemed impracticable due to the inability to objectively determine the assumptions and significant payments, accrualsestimates used in earlier periods without the benefit of hindsight. Accordingly, the annual impairment assessment was performed as of September 30, 2022 and November 30, 2022.

For the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 the annual impairment assessment indicated no impairment and there was no change to the carrying amount of goodwill or material deviationindefinite life intangible assets due to impairment.

Based on the impairment assessments performed during the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company determined that its China reporting unit had an estimated fair value that was not significantly in excess of its carrying value. While it was concluded that the goodwill assigned to the China reporting unit was not impaired, it could be at risk of future impairment if the China reporting unit's long-term financial objectives are not achieved or if there are changes to estimates and assumptions from its position.a number of factors, many of which are outside the Company's control. As a result of the assessment, the Company did not recognize an impairment charge related to the China reporting unit.

The following table presents the gross amount, accumulated impairment loss, and carrying amount of goodwill as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Gross Amount

 

 

Impairment Loss

 

 

Carrying Amount

 

Balance as of December 31, 2022

$

1,520,926

 

 

$

(25,797

)

 

$

1,495,129

 

Balance as of December 31, 2021

 

1,492,681

 

 

 

(25,797

)

 

 

1,466,884

 

The accumulated impairment loss was recognized during the year ended December 31, 2019.

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill were as follows during the year ended December 31, 2022 (in thousands):

Carrying

Amount

Balance as of December 31, 2021

$

1,466,884

Acquisition of Safekeep, Inc.

28,245

Balance as of December 30, 2022

$

1,495,129

There was no change to the carrying amount of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

During February 2022, the Company recorded $4.8 million of acquired technology intangible assets as a result of the acquisition of Safekeep (see Note 4).

The intangible assets balance as of December 31, 2022, is reflected below (in thousands):

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated

 

Remaining

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

 

Useful Life

 

Useful Life

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Carrying

 

 

(Years)

 

(Years)

 

 

Amount

 

 

Amortization

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Customer relationships

1618

 

 

12.3

 

 

$

1,299,750

 

 

$

(410,095

)

 

$

889,655

 

  Acquired technologies

37

 

 

1.8

 

 

 

187,950

 

 

 

(149,256

)

 

 

38,694

 

           Subtotal

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,487,700

 

 

 

(559,351

)

 

 

928,349

 

  Trademarks—indefinite life

 

 

 

 

 

 

190,470

 

 

 

 

 

 

190,470

 

Total intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,678,170

 

 

$

(559,351

)

 

$

1,118,819

 

The intangible assets balance as of December 31, 2021, is reflected below (in thousands):

78


 

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated

 

 

Remaining

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

 

Useful Life

 

 

Useful Life

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Carrying

 

 

(Years)

 

 

(Years)

 

 

Amount

 

 

Amortization

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Customer relationships

1618

 

 

 

13.3

 

 

$

1,299,750

 

 

$

(337,831

)

 

$

961,919

 

  Acquired technologies

37

 

 

 

2.3

 

 

 

183,164

 

 

 

(122,318

)

 

 

60,846

 

  Favorable lease terms

6

 

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

280

 

 

 

(266

)

 

 

14

 

           Subtotal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,483,194

 

 

 

(460,415

)

 

 

1,022,779

 

  Trademarks—indefinite life

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

190,470

 

 

 

 

 

 

190,470

 

Total intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,673,664

 

 

$

(460,415

)

 

$

1,213,249

 

Amortization expense for intangible assets was $99.2 million, $98.7 million and $98.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Future amortization expense for each of the next five years and thereafter for intangible assets as of December 31, 2022, is as follows (in thousands):

Years Ending December 31:

 

 

 

 

 

2023

$

99,003

 

2024

 

81,417

 

2025

 

72,949

 

2026

 

72,949

 

2027

 

72,949

 

Thereafter

 

529,082

 

Total

$

928,349

 

13.
EQUITY METHOD INVESTMENT

In June 2021, the Company completed an investment in a limited partnership (the “Investee”), which is affiliated with one of the Company’s principal equity owners. The Company is consideredinvested $10.2 million, including related fees and expenses, for an approximate 7% interest of the Investee.

The change in the carrying value of the investment during the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021is summarized below as follows (in thousands):

Equity method investment carrying value at December 31, 2020

 

$

 

Cash contributions

 

 

10,228

 

Share of net income (loss) from the Investee

 

 

 

Equity method investment carrying value at December 31, 2021

 

 

10,228

 

Share of net income (loss) from the Investee

 

 

 

Equity method investment carrying value at December 31, 2022

 

$

10,228

 

14.
ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accrued expenses as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, consist of the following (in thousands):

 

December 31,

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Compensation

$

53,530

 

 

$

49,510

 

Royalties and licenses

 

3,832

 

 

 

2,640

 

Software license agreements

 

3,243

 

 

 

3,265

 

Sales tax

 

2,615

 

 

 

2,296

 

Employee insurance benefits

 

2,749

 

 

 

2,443

 

Professional services

 

1,877

 

 

 

2,371

 

Other

 

3,599

 

 

 

4,166

 

Total

$

71,445

 

 

$

66,691

 

79


15.
OTHER LIABILITIES

Other liabilities as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, consist of the following (in thousands):

 

December 31,

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Software license agreements

$

1,208

 

 

$

4,211

 

Deferred revenue-non-current

 

1,240

 

 

 

1,574

 

Contingent consideration

 

100

 

 

 

 

Other

 

110

 

 

 

 

Total

$

2,658

 

 

$

5,785

 

16.
LONG-TERM DEBT

On September 21, 2021, CCC Intelligent Solutions Inc., an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, together with certain of the Company’s subsidiaries acting as guarantors entered into a credit agreement (the “2021 Credit Agreement”).

The 2021 Credit Agreement replaces the Company’s 2017 First Lien Credit Agreement (the “First Lien Credit Agreement”), dated as of April 27, 2017, as amended as of February 14, 2020.

The proceeds of the 2021 Credit Agreement and cash on hand were used to repay all outstanding borrowings under the First Lien Credit Agreement.

The repayment of outstanding borrowings under the First Lien Credit Agreement was determined to be a Cayman Islands exempted companydebt extinguishment and the Company recognized a $9.2 million loss on early extinguishment of debt in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss) during the year ended December 31, 2021.

2021 Credit Agreement—The 2021 Credit Agreement consists of an $800.0 million term loan (the “Term B Loan”) and a revolving credit facility for an aggregate principal amount of $250.0 million (the “2021 Revolving Credit Facility” and together with no connectionthe Term B Loan, the "2021 Credit Facilities"). The 2021 Revolving Credit Facility has a sublimit of $75.0 million for letters of credit. The Company received proceeds of $798.0 million, net of debt discount of $2.0 million, related to any other taxable jurisdictionthe Term B Loan.

The Company incurred $9.8 million in financing costs related to the Term B Loan, recorded to a contra debt account. The Company incurred $3.1 million in financing costs related to the 2021 Revolving Credit Facility, recorded as deferred financing fees. The financing costs are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the Term B Loan and 2021 Revolving Credit Facility using the effective interest method.

Beginning with the quarter ended March 31, 2022, the Term B Loan requires quarterly principal payments of $2.0 million until June 30, 2028, with the remaining outstanding principal amount required to be paid on the maturity date, September 21, 2028. Beginning with fiscal year ended December 31, 2022, if the Company's leverage ratio, as defined in the 2021 Credit Agreement is presently notgreater than 3.5, the Term B Loan requires a prepayment of principal, subject to income taxes or income tax filing requirements in the Cayman Islands or the United States. As such, the Company’s tax provision was zero for the period presented.

Net Loss Per Ordinary Share

Net loss per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding for the period. The calculation of diluted loss per share does not consider the effect of the warrants issuedcertain exceptions, in connection with the (i) Initial Public Offering, (ii)receipt of proceeds from certain asset sales, casualty events, and debt issuances by the exerciseCompany, and up to 50% of annual excess cash flow, as defined in and as further set forth in the 2021 Credit Agreement. When a principal prepayment is required, the prepayment offsets the future quarterly principal payments of the over-allotment optionsame amount. As of December 31, 2022, the Company's leverage ratio did not exceed the 3.5 threshold and (iii) Private Placement Warrants since the exerciseCompany was not subject to the annual excess cash flow calculation, and as such, not required to make a prepayment of principal. The Company was not subject to the annual excess cash flow calculation as of December 31, 2021.

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the amount outstanding on the Term B Loan is $792.0 million and $800.0 million, respectively, of which $8.0 million is classified as current in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Borrowings under the 2021 Credit Facilities bear interest at rates based on the ratio of the warrantsCompany’s and its subsidiaries’ consolidated first lien net indebtedness to the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ consolidated EBITDA for applicable periods specified in the 2021 Credit Agreement. The interest rate per annum applicable to the loans under the 2021 Credit Facilities is based on a fluctuating rate of interest equal to the sum of an applicable rate and, at the Company’s election from time to time, either:

(1)
a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (a) the rate last quoted by the Wall Street Journal as the “prime rate,” (b) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50%, (c) one-month LIBOR plus 1.00% and (d) with respect to the Term B Loan, 1.50% and with respect to the 2021 Revolving Credit Facility, 1.00%, or
(2)
a Eurocurrency rate determined by reference to LIBOR (other than with respect to Euros, Euribor and with respect to British Pounds Sterling, SONIA) with a term as selected by the Company, of one, three or six months (subject to (x) in the case of term loans, a 0.50% per annum floor and (y) in the case of revolving loans, a 0.00% per annum floor).

A quarterly commitment fee of up to 0.50% is payable on the unused portion of the 2021 Revolving Credit Facility. The 2021 Revolving Credit Facility matures on September 21, 2026.

During the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, the weighted-average interest rate on the outstanding borrowings under the Term B Loan was 4.2% and 3.0%, respectively. The Company made Term B Loan interest payments of $33.5 million and $6.7 million during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company issued a standby letter of credit for $0.7 million which reduces the amount available to be borrowed under the 2021 Revolving Credit Facility and at December 31, 2022 and 2021, $249.3 million was available to be borrowed.

80


Borrowings under the 2021 Credit Agreement are contingent uponguaranteed by Cypress Holdings Intermediate Holdings II, Inc., and certain of its US subsidiaries by a perfected first priority lien on the occurrencestock of futureCCC Intelligent Solutions Inc., and substantially all of its assets, subject to various limitations and exceptions.

The 2021 Credit Agreement contains representations and warranties, and affirmative and negative covenants, that among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, our ability to: incur additional indebtedness, incur liens, engage in mergers, consolidations, liquidations or dissolutions; pay dividends and distributions on, or redeem, repurchase or retire our capital stock; and make certain investments, acquisitions, loans, or advances.

In addition, beginning with the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2022, the terms of the 2021 Credit Agreement include a financial covenant which requires that, at the end of each fiscal quarter, if the aggregate amount of borrowings under the 2021 Revolving Credit Facility exceeds 35% of the aggregate commitments, the Company’s leverage ratio cannot exceed 6.25 to 1.00. Borrowings under the 2021 Revolving Credit Facility did not exceed 35% of the aggregate commitments and the Company was not subject to the leverage test during the year ended December 31, 2022.

First Lien Credit Agreement—In April 2017, the Company entered into the First Lien Credit Agreement. The First Lien Credit Agreement initially consisted of a $1.0 billion term loan (“First Lien Term Loan”), a $65.0 million dollar revolving credit facility (“Dollar Revolver”), and a $35.0 million multicurrency revolving credit facility (“Multicurrency Revolver” and together with the Dollar Revolver, the “First Lien Revolvers”), with a sublimit of $30.0 million for letters of credit under the First Lien Revolvers. The Company received proceeds of $997.5 million, net of debt discount of $2.5 million, related to the First Lien Term Loan.

In February 2020, the Company refinanced its long-term debt (“2020 Refinancing”) and entered into the First Amendment to the First Lien Credit Agreement (“First Lien Amendment”). The First Lien Amendment provided an incremental term loan, amended the amount of commitments and the maturity dates of the First Lien Credit Agreement’s revolving credit facilities. The proceeds of the incremental term loan were used to repay all outstanding borrowings under the Second Lien Credit Agreement (“Second Lien Credit Agreement”).

The repayment of outstanding borrowings under the Second Lien Credit Agreement was determined to be a debt extinguishment and the Company recognized an $8.6 million loss on early extinguishment of debt in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) during the year ended December 31, 2020.

The First Lien Amendment provided an incremental term loan in the amount of $375.0 million. The Company received proceeds from the incremental term loan of $373.1 million, net of debt discount of $1.9 million.

In addition, the First Lien Amendment reduced the amount of commitments and extended the maturity dates of the First Lien Credit Agreement's revolving credit facilities. The First Lien Revolvers continued to have a sublimit of $30.0 million for letters of credit.

The Company incurred $27.6 million and $3.4 million in financing costs related to the First Lien Credit Agreement and First Lien Amendment, respectively. These costs were recorded to a contra debt account and were being amortized to interest expense over the term of the First Lien Credit Agreement using the effective interest method. The unamortized costs at the time of extinguishment of the First Lien Credit Agreement were recognized as a loss on early extinguishment of debt in the consolidated statement operations and comprehensive income (loss) during the year ended December 31, 2021.

The First Lien Term Loan required (after giving effect to the First Lien Amendment) quarterly principal payments of approximately $3.5 million until March 31, 2024, with the remaining outstanding principal amount required to be paid on the maturity date, April 27, 2024. The First Lien Term Loan required a prepayment of principal, subject to certain exceptions, in connection with the receipt of proceeds from certain asset sales, casualty events, and debt issuances by the inclusionCompany, and up to 50% of such warrants would be anti-dilutive. The warrants are exercisable to purchase 29,600,000 shares of Class A ordinary sharesannual excess cash flow, as defined in and as further set forth in the aggregate.

The Company’s statementFirst Lien Credit Agreement. When a principal prepayment was required, the prepayment offset the future quarterly principal payments of operations includes a presentation of income (loss) per share for ordinary shares subject to possible redemption in a manner similar to the two-class method of income (loss) per share. Net income per share, basic and diluted, for Class A redeemable ordinary shares is calculated by dividing the interest income earned on the Trust Account, by the weighted average number of Class A redeemable ordinary shares outstanding since original issuance. Net loss per share, basic and diluted, for Class B non-redeemable ordinary shares is calculated by dividing the net loss, adjusted for income attributable to Class A redeemable ordinary shares, by the weighted average number of Class B non-redeemable ordinary shares outstanding for the period. Class B non-redeemable ordinary shares includes the Founder Shares as these shares do not have any redemption features and do not participate in the income earned on the Trust Account.

The following table reflects the calculation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per ordinary share (in dollars, except per share amounts):

   For the Period
from

July 3, 2020
(inception)
Through

December 31,
2020
 

Redeemable Class A Ordinary Shares

  

Numerator: Earnings allocable to Redeemable Class A Ordinary Shares

  

Interest Income

  $—   
  

 

 

 

Net Earnings

  $—   
  

 

 

 

Denominator: Weighted Average Redeemable Class A Ordinary Shares

  

Redeemable Class A Ordinary Shares, Basic and Diluted

   69,000,000 

Earnings/Basic and Diluted Redeemable Class A Ordinary Shares

  $0.00 
  

 

 

 

Non-Redeemable Class B Ordinary Shares

  

Numerator: Net Loss minus Redeemable Net Earnings

  

Net Loss

  $(185,775,870

Redeemable Net Earnings

  $—   
  

 

 

 

Non-Redeemable Net Loss

  $(185,775,870
  

 

 

 

Denominator: Weighted Average Non-Redeemable Class B Ordinary Shares

  

Non-Redeemable Class B Ordinary Shares, Basic and Diluted

   16,748,571 

Loss/Basic and Diluted Non-Redeemable Class B Ordinary Shares

  $(11.09
  

 

 

 

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

Note:same amount. As of December 31, 2020, basic and diluted shares are the same as there are no non-redeemable securities that are dilutivesubject to the shareholders.

Concentrationrequest of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subjectthe lenders of the First Lien Term Loan, a principal prepayment of up to $21.9 million was required. In April 2021, the Company made a principal prepayment of $1.5 million to concentrations of credit risk consist ofthose lenders who made such a cash account inrequest.

Using a financial institution, which, at times, may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Coverage of $250,000. The Company has not experienced losses on this account and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such account.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” approximate the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying balance sheet, primarily due to their short-term nature.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for sale of an asset or paid for transfer of a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. GAAP establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). These tiers include:

Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical instruments in active markets;

Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable such as quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and

Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions, such as valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.

In some circumstances, the inputs used to measure fair value might be categorized within different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In those instances, the fair value measurement is categorized in its entirety in the fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company evaluates its financial instruments to determine if such instruments are derivatives or contain features that qualify as embedded derivatives in accordance with ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging”. For derivative financial instruments that are accounted for as liabilities, the derivative instrument is initially recorded at its fair value on the issuance date and is then re-valued at each reporting date, with changes in the fair value reported in the statements of operations. The classification of derivative instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities or as equity, is evaluated at the end of each reporting period. Derivative liabilities are classified in the balance sheet as current or non-current based on whether or not net-cash settlement or conversion of the instrument could be required within 12 months of the balance sheet date.

Recent Accounting Standards

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards if currently adopted would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

NOTE 4 — INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

Pursuant to the Initial Public Offering, the Company sold 69,000,000 Units, which includes the full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option in the amount of 9,000,000 Units, at purchase price of $10.00 per Unit. Each Unit consists of one Class A ordinary share and one-fifth of one redeemable warrant (“Public Warrant”). Each whole Public Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Class A ordinary share at an exercise price of $11.50 per whole share (see Note 9).

NOTE 5 — PRIVATE PLACEMENT

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 15,800,000 Private Placement Warrants at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant, for an aggregate purchase price of $15,800,000. Each Private Placement Warrant is exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (see Note 9). A portion of the proceeds from the Private Placement Warrants were added toBusiness Combination, the Company made a principal prepayment of $525.0 million on July 30, 2021. Subsequently, in September 2021, using the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering heldTerm B Loan provided in the Trust Account. If2021 Credit Agreement and cash on hand, the Company does not completefully repaid the remaining $804.2 million of outstanding borrowings on the First Lien Term Loan.

The prepayments of outstanding borrowings under the First Lien Credit Agreement were determined to be debt extinguishments and the Company recognized a Business Combination withinloss on early extinguishment of debt of $15.2 million in the Combination Period or any Extension Period,consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss) during the proceeds fromyear ended December 31, 2021.

Amounts outstanding under the saleFirst Lien Credit Agreement bore interest at a variable rate of LIBOR, plus up to 3.00% per annum based upon the Company’s leverage ratio, as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement. A quarterly commitment fee of up to 0.50% was payable on the unused portion of the Private Placement Warrants will be usedFirst Lien Revolvers.

During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the weighted-average interest rate on the outstanding borrowings under the First Lien Term Loan was 4.1% and 4.2%, respectively. The Company made interest payments of $36.1 million and $53.6 million during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

In March 2020, the Company borrowed $65.0 million on its First Lien Revolvers. The borrowings were fully repaid in June 2020 and there were no outstanding borrowings on the First Lien Revolvers as of December 31, 2021.

Borrowings under the First Lien Credit Agreement were guaranteed by Cypress Holdings Intermediate Holdings II, Inc., and certain of its US subsidiaries by a perfected first priority lien on the stock of CCC Intelligent Solutions Inc. and substantially all of its assets, subject to fundvarious limitations and exceptions.

81


The First Lien Credit Agreement contained representations and warranties, and affirmative and negative covenants, that among other things, restricted, subject to certain exceptions, our ability to: incur additional indebtedness, incur liens, engage in mergers, consolidations, liquidations or dissolutions; pay dividends and distributions on, or redeem, repurchase or retire our capital stock; and make certain investments, acquisitions, loans, or advances.

In addition, the redemptionterms of the Public Shares (subject toFirst Lien Credit Agreement included a financial covenant which required that, at the requirementsend of applicable law) and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless.

NOTE 6 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Founder Shares

In July 2020, the Sponsor paid $25,000 to cover certain offering and formation costs of the Company in consideration for 17,250,000 Class B ordinary shares (the “Founder Shares”). On July 23, 2020, the Sponsor transferred 75,000 Founder Shares to each of the Company’s directors. The Founder Shares included an aggregate of

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

up to 2,250,000 shares that were subject to forfeiture depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option was exercised, so that the number of Founder Shares would equal, on an as-converted basis, approximately 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares after the Initial Public Offering. As a result of the underwriters’ election to fully exercise their over-allotment option, 2,250,000 Founder Shares are no longer subject to forfeiture.

Each of the Company’s initial shareholders has agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of its Founder Shares until the earliest of: (A) one year after the completion of a Business Combination and (B) subsequent to a Business Combination, (x)fiscal quarter, if the closing price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share subdivisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 120 days after a Business Combination, or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of the Public Shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.

Advances from Related Party

An affiliate of the Sponsor advanced the Company an aggregate of $1,400,894 to cover expenses related to the Initial Public Offering and for working capital purposes. The advances are non-interest bearing and due on demand. Advances in the aggregate amount of $1,383,191 were repaidborrowings under the First Lien Revolvers over the prior four fiscal quarters exceeded 35% of the aggregate commitments under those revolving credit facilities, the Company’s leverage ratio could not exceed 8.30 to 1.00. The Company was in compliance with its financial covenant as of the quarter ended March 31, 2020. Borrowings under the First Lien Revolvers did not exceed 35% of the aggregate commitments and the Company was not subject to the leverage test during the periodyear ended December 31, 2021.

Second Lien Credit Agreement—In April 2017, the Company entered into the Second Lien Credit Agreement.

The Second Lien Credit Agreement consisted of a $375.0 million term loan (“Second Lien Term Loan”). The Company received proceeds of $372.2 million, net of discount of $2.8 million. The discount was recorded to a contra debt account and was being amortized to interest expense over the life of the Second Lien Term Loan using the effective interest method. At the time of the 2020 Refinancing, the debt discount was written off to loss on early extinguishment of debt.

The Company incurred $8.9 million in financing costs related to the Second Lien Credit Agreement. These costs were recorded to a contra debt account and were being amortized to interest expense over the term of the Second Lien Term Loan using the effective interest method. At the time of the 2020 Refinancing, there were $6.6 million of unamortized financing costs which were written off to loss on early extinguishment of debt.

The Second Lien Term Loan required no principal payments and all outstanding principal was scheduled to be due upon maturity on April 25, 2025.

Amounts outstanding under the Second Lien Term Loan bore interest at a variable rate of LIBOR, plus 6.75%. During the year ended December 31, 2020 the weighted-average interest rate on the Second Lien Term Loan was 8.6%. The Company made interest payments of $4.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2020.

Long-term debt as December 31, 2022 and 2021, consists of the following (in thousands):

 

December 31,

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Term B Loan

$

792,000

 

 

$

800,000

 

Term B Loan—discount

 

(1,669

)

 

 

(1,926

)

Term B Loan—deferred financing fees

 

(8,199

)

 

 

(9,464

)

           Term B Loan—net of discount and fees

 

782,132

 

 

 

788,610

 

Less: Current portion

 

(8,000

)

 

 

(8,000

)

           Total long-term debt—net of current portion

$

774,132

 

 

$

780,610

 

The table below is a roll forward of the Company's contra debt deferred financing fees and discount and deferred financing fees asset balances (in thousands):

 

Deferred

 

 

Discount—

 

 

Financing

 

 

Contra

 

 

Fees

 

 

Debt

 

Balance—December 31, 2020

$

16,134

 

 

$

2,788

 

  Fees written off of due to early extinguishment of debt

 

(12,982

)

 

 

(2,258

)

  Payment of fees and discount

 

12,893

 

 

 

2,000

 

  Amortization of fees and discount

 

(3,682

)

 

 

(604

)

Balance—December 31, 2021

 

12,363

 

 

 

1,926

 

  Amortization of fees and discount

 

(1,878

)

 

 

(257

)

Balance—December 31, 2022

$

10,485

 

 

$

1,669

 

As of December 31, 2020, advances2022 and 2021, the deferred financing fees asset balance included $2.3 million and $2.9 million in the aggregate amount of $17,703 are outstanding.

Promissory Note – Related Party

On July 10, 2020, the Company issued an unsecured promissory note (the “Promissory Note”)relation to the Sponsor, pursuant to which the Company could borrow up to an aggregate principal amount of $300,000. The Promissory Note was non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of (i) December 31, 2020 or (ii) the completion2021 Revolving Credit Facility.

Scheduled Payments for Debt—Principal amounts due in each of the Initial Public Offering. There were no outstanding borrowings under the Promissory Notenext five years and thereafter, as of December 31, 2020.2022, are as follows (in thousands):

Years Ending December 31:

 

 

2023

$

8,000

 

2024

 

8,000

 

2025

 

8,000

 

2026

 

8,000

 

2027

 

8,000

 

Thereafter

 

752,000

 

Total

$

792,000

 

Related Party Loans

Interest Rate CapIn orderAugust 2022, the Company entered into two interest rate cap agreements to finance transaction costsreduce its exposure to increases in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliateinterest rates applicable to its floating rate long-term debt. The fair value of the Sponsor,interest rate cap agreements was estimated using inputs that were

82


observable or certainthat could be corroborated by observable market data and therefore, was classified within Level 2 of the Company’s officersfair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2022.

The Company did not designate its interest rate cap agreements as hedging instruments and directors may, but are not obligated to, loanrecords the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). Such Working Capital Loans would be evidenced by promissory notes. The notes may be repaid upon completion of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $2,000,000 of notes may be converted upon completion of a Business Combination into warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant. Such warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds heldchanges in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans.fair value within earnings. As of December 31, 2020,2022, the interest rate cap agreements had a fair value of $12.0 million, classified within other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

Interest Rate Swaps—In June 2017, the Company had no outstanding borrowings underentered into three floating to fixed interest rate swap agreements (“Swap Agreements”) to reduce its exposure to the Working Capital Loans.

variability from future cash flows resulting from interest rate risk related to its floating rate long-term debt. On January 19,September 21, 2021, the Company made an aggregate payment of $10.0 million to extinguish the Swap Agreements that were scheduled to expire in June 2022.

17.
LONG-TERM LICENSING AGREEMENT

During 2018, the Company entered into a convertible promissory notelicensing agreement with a third party to obtain a perpetual software license (“Licensing Agreement”) for a database structure, tools, and historical data used within the Sponsor pursuant to whichCompany’s software. The Company has included the Sponsor agreed to loanpresent value of the future payments required as a long-term licensing agreement within the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The present value of the future payments was computed using an effective annual interest rate of 6.25%, and the Licensing Agreement requires the Company up to make quarterly principal and interest installment payments of approximately $1.2 million through December 2031.

The present value of the future cash flows upon execution of the agreement was $45.6 million, which included an original discount of $23.2 million. At December 31, 2022, the remaining liability, net of the discount was $33.6 million, with $2.9 million classified as current. At December 31, 2021, the remaining liability, net of the discount was $36.3 million, with $2.7 million classified as current.

The discount was recorded to a contra liability account and is being amortized to interest expense over the term of the agreement using the effective interest method. During the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, the Company recognized $2.2 million, $2.4 million and $2.5 million, respectively, in interest expense related to the Licensing Agreement. The unamortized discount as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 was $10.6 million and $12.8 million, respectively.

Principal amounts due in each of the next five years and thereafter for the Licensing Agreement as of December 31, 2022, are as follows (in thousands):

Years Ending December 31:

 

 

2023

$

2,876

 

2024

 

3,061

 

2025

 

3,257

 

2026

 

3,466

 

2027

 

3,689

 

Thereafter

 

17,279

 

Total

$

33,628

 

18.
REDEEMABLE NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST

On March 12, 2020 (the “Close Date”), the Company closed a stock purchase agreement (the “Stock Purchase Agreement”) with a third-party investor (the “Investor”) for purchase by the Investor of Series A Preferred Stock in CCCIS Cayman Holdings Limited (“CCC Cayman”), the parent of the Company’s China operations. On the Close Date, CCC Cayman, a subsidiary of the Company, issued 1,818 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Shares”) at $7,854 per share to the Investor for net proceeds of $14.2 million. As of the Close Date, on an as-converted basis, the Preferred Shares represented an aggregate principal amount of $2,000,000 (the “Convertible Promissory Note”) (see Note 11).

NOTE 7 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Risks and Uncertainties

Management continues to evaluate the impact10.7% initial ownership interest of the COVID-19 pandemicissued and outstanding capital stock of CCC Cayman, or 9.1% on a fully-diluted basis if all shares reserved for issuance under the Company’s CCC Cayman employee incentive plan were issued and outstanding. As of December 31, 2022, on an as-converted basis, the Preferred Shares represent an aggregate 10.0% initial ownership interest of the issued and outstanding capital stock of CCC Cayman, or 8.6% on a fully-diluted basis.

The Preferred Shares are entitled to non-cumulative dividends at an annual rate of 8.0%, when and if declared.

At the option of the Investor, the Preferred Shares are convertible into ordinary shares of CCC Cayman, initially on a one-for-one basis but subject to potential adjustment, as defined by the Stock Purchase Agreement, at any time, or automatically upon the closing of an initial public offering.

The Preferred Shares are redeemable upon an actual or deemed redemption event as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement or at the option of the Investor beginning on the five-year anniversary of the Close Date, if an actual or deemed redemption event has concludednot yet occurred. The redemption price, as defined by the Stock Purchase Agreement, is equal to the original issue price of the Preferred Shares, plus 10.0% compound interest per annum on the Preferred Share issue price, plus any declared but unpaid dividends on the Preferred Shares.

The Preferred Shares are entitled to distributions upon the occurrence of a sale or liquidation of CCC Cayman representing an amount that whileis equal to the original issue price of the Preferred Shares, plus 10.0% compound interest per annum on the Preferred Share issue price, plus any declared but unpaid dividends.

The Preferred Shares do not participate in net income or losses.

83


As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Investor’s ownership in CCC Cayman is classified in mezzanine equity as a redeemable non-controlling interest, because it is reasonably possibleredeemable on an event that is not solely in the control of the Company. The Investor’s non-controlling interest is not remeasured to fair value because it is currently not probable that the virus could have a negative effect onnon-controlling interest will become redeemable. If the Company’s financial position, resultsInvestor’s non-controlling interest becomes probable of its operations and/or search for a target company,being redeemable, the specific impact is not readily determinableCompany will be required to remeasure the non-controlling interest at fair value with changes in the carrying value recognized in additional paid-in capital.

At December 31, 2022 and 2021, the carrying value of the redeemable non-controlling interest was $14.2 million.

19.
CAPITAL STOCK

The consolidated statements of mezzanine equity and stockholders’ equity reflect the Business Combination as of the dateClosing Date (see Note 3). As CCCIS was determined to be the accounting acquirer in the Business Combination, all periods prior to the Closing Date reflect the balances and activity of these financial statements.CCCIS. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result frombalances, share activity and per share amounts prior to the outcome of this uncertainty.

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

Registration and Shareholder Rights

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into on August 13, 2020,Closing Date were retroactively adjusted, where applicable, using the holdersExchange Ratio of the Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and any warrants that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans (and any Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of the Working Capital Loans) will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration and shareholder rights agreement. The holders of these securities will be entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the completion of a Business Combination. However, the registration and shareholder rights agreement provides that the Company will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until termination of the applicable lock-up period. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting Agreement

The underwriters were paid a cash underwriting discount of $0.20 per Unit, or $13,800,000 in the aggregate. In addition, the underwriters are entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per Unit, or $24,150,000 in the aggregate. The deferred fee will be forfeited by the underwriters in the event that the Company fails to complete a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

Forward Purchase Agreements

On July 24, 2020 and August 12, 2020, the Company entered into two respective forward purchase agreements which provide for the purchase by each of Dragoneer Funding LLC (“Dragoneer Funding”) and entities managed by or associated with Willett Advisors LLC of up to a combined aggregate of 17,500,000 units (the “forward purchase units”), with each unit consisting of one Class A ordinary share and one-fifth of one warrant to purchase one Class A ordinary share for $10.00 per unit, or $175,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement to close substantially concurrently with the closing of a Business Combination.

The obligations under the forward purchase agreements will not depend on whether any public shareholders elect to redeem their shares and provide a minimum funding level for the initial Business Combination. The forward purchase shares and forward purchase warrants will be identical to the Class A ordinary shares and warrants, respectively, included in the Units sold in the Initial Public Offering, except that they will be subject to certain registration rights.

NOTE 8 — SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Preference SharesPreferred Stock—The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 preferenceup to 100,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001$0.0001 per share with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. AtAs of December 31, 2020,2022, there were no preference shares of preferred stock issued or outstanding.

Class A Ordinary SharesCommon Stock—The Company is authorized to issue 200,000,000 Class A ordinaryup to 5,000,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.0001$0.0001 per share. Each holder of common stock is entitled to one (1) vote for each share of common stock held of record by such holder on all matters voted upon by the stockholders, subject to the restrictions set out in the Certificate of Incorporation. Holders of Class A ordinary sharescommon stock are entitled to one vote for each share. At December 31, 2020, there were 24,893,689 Class A ordinary sharesreceive any dividends as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors. Upon a liquidation event, subject to the rights of the holders of any Preferred Stock issued and outstanding excluding 44,106,311 Class A ordinaryat such time, any distribution shall be made on a pro rata basis to the common stockholders.

There were 622,072,905 and 609,768,296 shares subject to possible redemption.

Class B Ordinary Shares—The Company is authorized to issue 20,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holderscommon stock issued and outstanding as of the Class B ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each share. At December 31, 2020, there were 17,250,000 Class B ordinary shares issued2022 and outstanding.

2021, respectively.

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

Holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders, except as required by law.Capital Stock Activity Prior to the Business Combination only

Dividends—In July 2021, the board of directors of CCCIS declared a cash dividend on common stock. The aggregate cash dividend of $134.6 million was paid on August 3, 2021.

In March 2021, the board of directors of CCCIS declared a cash dividend on common stock. The aggregate cash dividend of $134.5 million was paid on March 17, 2021.

In connection with the dividends paid in March 2021 and August 2021, certain CCCIS option holders received a strike price reduction of $66.40 per option to compensate for a reduction in the fair value of the underlying shares. The strike price reduction did not result in any incremental fair value and thus no additional stock-based compensation expense was recognized and the aggregate payment to the option holders of $9.0 million was recorded as a deemed distribution.

Share Issuances—In February 2021, CCCIS issued 883,729 shares of common stock to an executive and recorded stock-based compensation expense of $8.0 million, equal to the Founder Shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors. Holdersfair value of the Public Shares will not be entitledcommon shares at the time of issuance.

In January 2021, CCCIS issued 110,679 shares of common stock to votea board member for aggregate cash proceeds of $1.0 million, equal to the fair value of the common shares at the time of issuance.

In February 2020, CCCIS issued 340,551 shares of common stock to an executive and recorded stock-based compensation expense of $1.6 million, equal to the fair value of the common stock at the time of issuance.

20.
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Company sponsors a tax-qualified defined contribution savings and investment plan, CCC 401(k) Retirement Savings and Investment Plan (the “Savings Plan”). Participation in the Savings Plan is voluntary with substantially all domestic employees eligible to participate. Expenses related to the Savings Plan consist primarily of the Company’s contributions that are based on percentages of employees’ contributions. The defined contribution expense for the appointmentyears ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 was $6.1 million, $5.3 million and $4.6 million, respectively.

21.
STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS

In connection with the Closing of the Business Combination, the CCC Intelligent Solutions Holdings Inc. 2021 Incentive Equity Plan (the "2021 Plan") was adopted and approved by the Company's board of directors during such time. In addition, prior to the completion of a Business Combination, holders of a majorityand stockholders.

The purpose of the Founder Shares may remove a member2021 Plan is to enable the Company to attract, retain, and motivate employees, consultants, and independent members of the board of directors of the Company and its subsidiaries by allowing them to become owners of common stock enabling them to benefit directly from the growth, development, and financial successes of the Company.

Prior to the Business Combination, the Company maintained its 2017 Stock Option Plan (the “2017 Plan”).

Upon the adoption and approval of the 2021 Plan, the 2017 Plan was terminated and each outstanding vested or unvested option, as required under the 2017 Plan, was converted to the 2021 Plan, multiplied by the Exchange Ratio, with the same key terms and vesting requirements. Additionally, the Company maintained a Phantom Stock Plan (the “Phantom Plan”), which provided for any reason.the issuance of phantom shares of

The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares84


CCCIS’s common stock (“Phantom Shares”) to eligible employees under the 2017 Plan. All stock-based award activity prior to the closing of the Business Combination on July 30, 2021 has been retroactively restated to reflect the Exchange Ratio.

Awards granted under the 2017 Plan and the Phantom Plan either had time-based vesting or performance-based vesting with a market condition. Options expire on the tenth anniversary of the grant date. Awards granted under the Phantom Plan were settled in cash and thus accounted for as liability awards.

During 2021, the board of directors of CCCIS approved a modification that resulted in vesting of the performance-based awards with a market condition and the Phantom Shares upon Closing of the Business Combination. At the time of modification, the Company estimated a new fair value of the modified awards. As such, at the time of a Business Combination or earlier atsuch modification, the optionCompany recognized $203.9 million of stock-based compensation based on the fair value of the holders thereof atperformance-based awards with a ratio such thatmarket condition and $6.0 million of stock-based compensation based on the fair value of the Phantom Shares.

The total number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Founder Sharescommon stock that will be reserved and that may be issued under the 2021 Plan will automatically increase on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning with fiscal year 2022, by a number of shares equal in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20%to 5.0% of the sum of (i) the total number of ordinary shares issued andof common stock outstanding upon completionon the last day of the Initial Public Offering, plus (ii)prior fiscal year or such lesser amount as determined by the totalboard of directors. For the year ended December 31, 2022, the board of directors elected not to increase the number of Class A ordinary shares issued or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or rights issued or deemed issued, bycommon stock reserved under the Company in connection with or in relation to2021 Plan.

The following table summarizes the consummationshares of a Business Combination, excluding any forward purchase securitiescommon stock reserved for future issuance under the 2021 Plan as of December 31, 2022 and Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities exercisable for or2021:

 

December 31,

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Stock options outstanding

 

45,249,260

 

 

 

55,644,495

 

Restricted stock units outstanding

 

31,288,688

 

 

 

18,558,211

 

Restricted stock units available for future grant

 

57,946,089

 

 

 

72,175,815

 

Reserved for ESPP

 

5,622,825

 

 

 

6,031,704

 

Common stock reserved for future issuance

 

140,106,862

 

 

 

152,410,225

 

Restricted Stock Units—RSUs are convertible into Class A ordinary shares issued, deemed issued, or to be issued, to any seller in a Business Combination and any Private Placement Warrants issued to the Sponsor, its affiliates or any member of the Company’s management teamcommon stock upon conversionvesting.

The grant date fair value of Working Capital Loans.each RSU with time-based vesting and performance-based vesting is determined using the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. The grant date fair value of each performance-based RSU with a market condition is estimated on the date of grant using the Monte Carlo simulation model.

Stock-based compensation for RSUs with time-based vesting is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the number of RSUs that are probable of vesting. Stock-based compensation for performance-based RSUs or performance-based RSUs with a market condition is recognized on a straight-line basis over the performance period based on the number of RSUs that are probable of vesting.

The table below summarizes the RSU activity for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021:

 

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Shares

 

 

Fair Value

 

Non-vested RSUs—December 31, 2020

 

 

 

$

 

  Granted

 

18,677,411

 

 

 

10.74

 

  Canceled

 

(119,200

)

 

 

11.59

 

Non-vested RSUs—December 31, 2021

 

18,558,211

 

 

 

10.74

 

  Granted

 

16,426,878

 

 

 

10.07

 

  Vested

 

(2,324,324

)

 

 

11.22

 

  Canceled

 

(1,372,077

)

 

 

10.93

 

Non-vested RSUs—December 31, 2022

 

31,288,688

 

 

$

10.34

 

During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company granted 16,426,878 RSUs, of which 14,859,033 have time-based vesting requirements, 783,949 have performance-based vesting requirements and 783,896 have performance-based with a market condition vesting requirements.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company granted 18,677,411 RSUs, of which 7,730,019 have time-based vesting requirements, 5,473,701 have performance-based vesting requirements and 5,473,691 have performance-based with a market condition vesting requirements.

The valuation of the performance-based RSUs with a market condition granted during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 was determined using a Monte Carlo Simulation model using the following assumptions:

 

 

2022

 

2021

Expected term (in years)

 

2.8

 

2.2

Expected volatility

 

35%

 

35%

Expected dividend yield

 

0%

 

0%

Risk-free interest rate

 

2.28%

 

0.51%

The key assumptions used in the Company's fair value estimates include the following:

85


Expected Term—The expected term represents the period that the stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The Company uses the simplified method to determine the expected term for its option grants. The simplified method calculates the expected term as the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the stock options. The Company uses the simplified method to determine its expected term because of its limited history of stock option exercise activity.

Expected Volatility—The Company has limited trading history of its common stock and the expected volatility was estimated based on the average volatility for comparable publicly traded companies over a period equal to the expected term of the stock option grants.

Expected Dividend—Historically, the Company has not paid regular dividends on its common stock and has no plans to pay dividends on common stock on a regular basis. The Company does not have a dividend policy. Therefore, the Company used an expected dividend yield of zero.

Risk-Free Interest Rate—The risk-free interest rate is based on the US Treasury zero coupon issues in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected term of awards.

The Company used a pre-vesting forfeiture rate to estimate the number of options that are expected to vest that was based on the Company’s historical turnover rate.

Stock OptionsThe table below summarizes the option activity for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 :

 

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

 

Weighted-Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Remaining

 

 

Aggregate

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise

 

 

Contractual Life

 

 

Intrinsic Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Price

 

 

(in years)

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Options outstanding—December 31, 2019

 

52,720,652

 

 

$

2.91

 

 

 

7.7

 

 

$

88,271

 

  Granted

 

4,210,228

 

 

 

4.58

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Exercised

 

(476,090

)

 

 

2.85

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Forfeited and canceled

 

(884,751

)

 

 

3.02

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding—December 31, 2020

 

55,570,039

 

 

 

3.03

 

 

 

6.9

 

 

 

337,358

 

  Granted

 

2,822,484

 

 

 

8.58

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Exercised

 

(1,924,063

)

 

 

2.70

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Forfeited and canceled

 

(823,965

)

 

 

3.66

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding—December 31, 2021

 

55,644,495

 

 

 

2.95

 

 

 

6.0

 

 

 

469,591

 

  Exercised

 

(10,081,164

)

 

 

2.74

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Forfeited and canceled

 

(314,071

)

 

 

4.46

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding—December 31, 2022

 

45,249,260

 

 

$

2.99

 

 

 

4.9

 

 

$

258,470

 

Options exercisable—December 31, 2022

 

41,637,338

 

 

$

2.74

 

 

 

4.7

 

 

$

248,307

 

Options vested and expected to vest—December 31, 2022

 

45,042,410

 

 

$

2.97

 

 

 

4.9

 

 

$

257,911

 

The weighted-average grant-date fair value for time-based options granted during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $3.67 and $1.83, respectively. The weighted-average grant-date fair value for performance-based options with a market condition granted during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 was $0.88.

The fair value of the options that vested during the year ended December 31, 2022 was $8.8 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company issued 10,074,354 shares of common stock upon exercise of 10,081,164 stock options. As part of cashless exercises, 6,810 shares were applied to the exercise price and tax obligations of the option holders.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company issued 1,922,019 shares of common stock upon exercise of 1,924,063 stock options. As part of cashless exercises, 2,044 shares were applied to the exercise price and tax obligations of the option holders.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, prior to the Business Combination, the Company granted 2,822,484 stock options, of which 2,754,374 have time-based vesting and 68,110 have performance-based with a market condition vesting. The exercise price of all stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2021 was equal to the fair value of the underlying shares at the grant date.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company issued 330,675 shares of common stock upon exercise of 476,090 stock options. As part of cashless exercises, 145,415 shares were applied to the exercise price and tax obligations of the option holders.

The valuation of time-based stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was determined using the Black-Scholes option valuation model using the following assumptions:

 

 

2021

 

2020

Expected term (in years)

 

6.5

 

6.5

Expected volatility

 

40%

 

40%

Expected dividend yield

 

0%

 

0%

Risk-free interest rate

 

0.62 - 0.67%

 

0.39 - 0.45%

For performance-based options with a market condition, the market condition is required to be considered when calculating the grant date fair value. In no event willorder to reflect the Class B ordinarysubstantive characteristics of the performance-based options with a market condition, a Monte Carlo simulation valuation model was used to calculate the grant date fair value of such stock options. Monte Carlo approaches are a class of computational

86


algorithms that rely on repeated random sampling to compute their results. This approach allows the calculation of the fair value of such stock options based on a number of possible scenarios. Stock-based compensation expense for the performance-based options with a market condition is not recognized until the performance condition is probable of occurring. The valuation of the performance-based options with a market condition granted during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was determined through the Monte Carlo simulation model using the following assumptions:

 

 

2021

 

2020

Expected term (in years)

 

5.5

 

5.5

Expected volatility

 

33%

 

33%

Expected dividend yield

 

0%

 

0%

Risk-free interest rate

 

0.44%

 

0.44%

Cayman Equity Incentive Plan—During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company adopted the CCCIS Cayman Holdings Employees Equity Incentive Plans (“Cayman Incentive Plans”), which provide for the issuance of stock option awards in CCC Cayman (“Cayman Awards”) to eligible employees of the Company's China subsidiaries.

Pursuant to the Cayman Incentive Plans, the number of Cayman Shares that may be subject to stock incentives is not to exceed 3,000,000 in the aggregate.

Awards under the Cayman Incentive Plans are settled in cash and thus accounted for as liability awards. Awards granted under the Cayman Incentive Plans have time-based vesting and expire on the tenth anniversary of the grant date.

The Company records stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Time-based awards generally vest ratably over a four-year period based on continued service. Vesting of the time-based awards can be accelerated in certain circumstances, such as an initial public offering, as defined in the Cayman Incentive Plans.

During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company granted 1,303,000 stock options under the Cayman Incentive Plans. The exercise price of the options granted is equal to the fair value of the underlying shares convert into Class A ordinaryat the grant date. As of December 31, 2022, 1,303,000 are outstanding, none of which are exercisable.

The Company is recognizing stock-based compensation expense related to the options granted during the year ended December 2022 based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following assumptions:

Expected term (in years)

6.25

Expected volatility

40%

Expected dividend yield

0%

Risk-free interest rate

3.5%

Employee Stock Purchase Plan—In October 2021, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the ESPP. The ESPP is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Under the ESPP, employee purchases occur at the end of discrete offering periods. The first offering period began on January 1, 2022 and ended on June 30, 2022. Subsequent six-month offering periods begin on July 1 and January 1 (or such other date determined by the board of directors).

Under the ESPP, eligible employees can acquire shares of the Company’s common stock by accumulating funds through payroll deductions. Employees generally are eligible to participate in the ESPP if they are a U.S. employee and are employed for at least 20 hours per week. The Company may impose additional restrictions on eligibility. Eligible employees can select a rate of lesspayroll deduction between 1% and 15% of their compensation. The purchase price for shares of common stock purchased under the ESPP is 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on (i) the first day of the applicable offering period or (ii) the last day of the purchase period in the applicable offering period. An employee’s participation automatically ends upon termination of employment for any reason.

Shares of common stock reserved for sale under the ESPP were 5,622,825 and 6,031,704 as of December 31, 2022, and 2021, respectively. The aggregate number of shares reserved for sale under the ESPP increases on January 1 by the lesser of 1% of the total numbers of shares outstanding or a lesser amount as determined by the Board of Directors. For the year ended December 31, 2022, the board of directors elected not to increase the number of shares of common stock reserved under the ESPP.

As of December 31, 2022, 408,879 shares had been sold under the ESPP.

The fair value of ESPP purchase rights sold during the year ended December 31, 2022 was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

Expected term (in years)

0.5

Expected volatility

47%

Expected dividend yield

0%

Risk-free interest rate

0.2%

Company Earnout Shares—Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, CCCIS shareholders and option holders, subject to continued employment, have the right to receive up to an additional 13.5 million shares and 1.5 million shares of common stock, respectively, if, before the tenth anniversary of the Closing, (a) the share price has been greater than one-to-one.or equal to $15.00 per share for any twenty trading days within any thirty consecutive trading day period beginning after Closing, or (b) there is a change in control, as defined in the Business Combination Agreement.

NOTE 9 – WARRANT LIABILITY87


WarrantsThe fair value of the Company Earnout Shares was estimated on the date of the grant, using the Monte Carlo simulation method. Compensation expense on the shares granted to option holders was recorded ratably over the implied service period of five months beginning on July 30, 2021.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company recognized $19.5 million of stock-based compensation expense related to the Company Earnout Shares granted to the CCCIS option holders.

Phantom StockPhantom Shares vested under the same time-based or performance-based with a market condition as the stock options granted under the 2017 Plan. The valuation of Phantom Shares was measured based on the fair value per share of the Company’s common stock.

Upon consummation of the Business Combination on July 30, 2021, all outstanding Phantom Shares vested and were subsequently settled in cash for $10.2 million.

During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company recognized stock-based compensation expense of $7.0 million and $2.2 million, respectively, related to the Phantom Shares.

Stock-Based Compensation—Stock-based compensation expense has been recorded in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) as follows for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Cost of revenues

 

$

5,812

 

 

$

13,644

 

 

$

494

 

Research and development

 

 

19,536

 

 

 

40,681

 

 

 

1,174

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

25,309

 

 

 

65,045

 

 

 

2,024

 

General and administrative

 

 

58,840

 

 

 

142,625

 

 

 

7,644

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

 

$

109,497

 

 

$

261,995

 

 

$

11,336

 

As of December 31, 2022, there was $168.5 million of unrecognized stock compensation expense related to non-vested time-based awards which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.8 years. As of December 31, 2022, there was $71.2 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to non-vested performance-based awards, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.4 years.

22.
WARRANTS

Upon consummation of the Business Combination (see Note 3), the Company assumed the outstanding Public Warrants mayand Private Warrants issued by Dragoneer.

Public Warrants were only able to be exercised for a whole number of shares. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the Public Warrants. TheCompany’s common stock. All Public Warrants will become exercisablehad an exercise price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment, beginning on the later of (a)August 29, 2021, and were to expire on July 30, days after the completion of a Business Combination and (b) 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering. The Public Warrants will expire five years from the completion of a Business Combination2026 or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

The Company will not be obligated to deliver any Class A ordinary shares pursuant to the exercise of a warrant and will have no obligation to settle such warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the Class A ordinary shares underlying the warrant is then effective and a prospectus relating thereto is current, subject toOn November 29, 2021, the Company satisfying its obligations with respectannounced that it had elected to registration, or a valid exemption from registration is available. No warrant will be exercisableredeem all of the outstanding Public Warrants on December 29, 2021. Each Public Warrant not exercised before 5:00 p.m. Eastern Daylight Time on December 29, 2021 was redeemed by the Company for $0.10 and the Company will not be obligated to issue a Class A ordinary share upon exercise of a warrant unlessPublic Warrants subsequently ceased trading.

Of the Class A ordinary share issuable upon such warrant exercise has been registered, qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws17,299,983 Public Warrants that were outstanding as of the state of residence of the registered holder of the warrants.

The Company has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 20 business days after the closing of a Business Combination, it will use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants, and the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the same to become effective within 60 business days after the closingClosing of the Business Combination, 10,638 warrants were exercised for cash proceeds of $0.1 million and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement and a current prospectus relating to those Class A ordinary shares until the warrant expire or are redeemed, as specified in the warrant agreement; provided that if the Class A ordinary shares are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company may, at its option, require holders of Public Warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event the Company so elects, the Company will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but it will use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available. If a registration statement covering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective by the 60th day after the closing of a Business Combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when the Company will have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption, but the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available.

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A ordinary share equals or exceeds $18.00. Once the warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding warrants (except as described with respect to the Private Placement Warrants):

in whole and not in part;

at a price of $0.01 per warrant;

upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder; and

if, and only if, the closing price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted) on the trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

If and when the warrants become redeemable by the Company, the Company may exercise its redemption right even if it is unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A ordinary share equals or exceeds $10.00. Once the warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding warrants (except as described with respect to the Private Placement Warrants):

in whole and not in part;

at $0.10 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption provided that holders will be able to exercise their warrants15,876,341 were exercised on a cashless basis priorin exchange for an aggregate of 4,826,339 shares of common stock. The Company paid $0.1 million to redemption and receive that numberredeem the remaining 1,413,004 unexercised Public Warrants. As of shares determined by reference to an agreed table based on the redemption date and the fair market value of the Class A ordinary shares; and

if, and only if, the closing price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $10.00 per public share (as adjusted) on the trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

If the Company calls theDecember 31, 2021, there were no Public Warrants for redemption, as described above, its management will have the option to require any holder that wishes to exercise the Public Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis,” as described in the warrant agreement. The exercise price and number of ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a share dividend, extraordinary dividend or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, except as described below, the Public Warrants will not be adjusted for issuances of ordinary shares at a price below its exercise price. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the Public Warrants. If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of Public Warrants will not receive any of such funds with respect to their Public Warrants, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with respect to such Public Warrants. Accordingly, the Public Warrants may expire worthless.outstanding.

In addition, if (x) the Company issues additional Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of a Business Combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per Class A ordinary share (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors and, in the case of any such issuance to the Sponsor or its affiliates, without taking into account any Founder Shares held by the Sponsor or such affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”), (y) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of a Business Combination on the date of the consummation of a Business Combination (net of redemptions), and (z) the volume weighted average trading price of its Class A ordinary shares during the 20 trading day period starting on the trading day prior to the

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

day on which the Company consummates its Business Combination (such price, the “Market Value”) is below $9.20 per share, the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, the $18.00 per share redemption trigger price will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 180% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, and the $10.00 per share redemption trigger price will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price.

The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the Public Warrants underlying the Unitsshares sold in the Initial Public Offering, except that the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions.Dragoneer’s initial public offering. Additionally, the Private Placement Warrants will beare exercisable on a cashless basis and be are non-redeemable, except as described above, so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by someone other than the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.

NOTE 10 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The fair valuePrivate Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities reflects management’s estimate of amounts thatcommon stock. Each whole Private Warrant entitles the Company would have received in connection with the saleregistered holder to purchase one share of the assetsCompany’s common stock. All warrants have an exercise price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment, beginning on August 29, 2021, and will expire on July 30, 2026 or paid in connection with the transferearlier upon redemption or liquidation.

There were no exercises or redemptions of the liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants atPrivate Warrants during the measurement date. In connection with measuring the fair value of its assets and liabilities, the Company seeks to maximize the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from independent sources) and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs (internal assumptions about how market participants would price assets and liabilities). The following fair value hierarchy is used to classify assets and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservable inputs used in order to value the assets and liabilities:

Level 1:

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market for an asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

Level 2:

Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs. Examples of Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities and quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.

Level 3:

Unobservable inputs based on our assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

The Company classifies its U.S. Treasury and equivalent securities as held-to-maturity in accordance with ASC Topic 320 “Investments—Debt and Equity Securities.” Held-to-maturity securities are those securities which the Company has the ability and intent to hold until maturity. Held-to-maturity treasury securities are recorded at amortized cost and adjusted for the amortization or accretion of premiums or discounts. Atyear ended December 31, 2020,2022 and 2021. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company had no held-to-maturity securities.17,800,000 Private Warrants outstanding.

At December 31, 2020, assets held in the Trust Account were comprisedThe Company recognized income (expense) of $690,000,000 in cash. During the period ended December 31, 2020, the Company did not withdraw any interest income from the Trust Account.

The following table presents information about the Company’s liabilities that are measured at fair value on$26.1 million and ($64.5) million as a recurring basis at December 31, 2020 and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs the Company utilized to determine such fair value.

   Level   December 31,
2020
 

Liabilities:

    

Warrant Liability – Public Warrants

   1   $59,064,000 

Warrant Liability – Private Placement Warrants

   3   $90,856,186 

FPA Liability

   3   $69,874,782 

The Warrants were accounted for as liabilities in accordance with ASC 815-40 and are presented within warrant liabilities on our balance sheet. The warrant liabilities are measured at fair value at inception and on a recurring basis, with changes in fair value presented within change in fair value of warrant liabilities in the statementconsolidated statements of operations.operations and comprehensive income (loss) for year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021 the Company’s warrant liability was $36.4 and $62.5 million, respectively.

23.
COMMITMENTS

Purchase Obligations—The Company has long-term agreements with suppliers and other parties related to licensing data used in its solutions and services, outsourced data center, disaster recovery, and software as a service that expire at various dates through 2031. Under

88


the terms of these agreements with suppliers, the Company has future minimum obligations as of December 31, 2022 as follows (in thousands):

Years Ending December 31:

 

 

2023

$

25,510

 

2024

 

18,426

 

2025

 

14,099

 

2026

 

12,456

 

2027

 

11,451

 

Thereafter

 

39,600

 

Total

$

121,542

 

GuaranteesThe Private Warrants were initially valued usingCompany’s services and solutions are typically warranted to perform in a Modified Black Scholes Option Pricing Model, which is consideredmanner consistent with general industry standards that are reasonably applicable and substantially in accordance with the Company’s services and solutions documentation under normal use and circumstances. The Company’s services and solutions are generally warranted to be performed in a Level 3 fair value measurement.professional manner and to materially conform to the specifications set forth in the related customer contract. The Modified Black Scholes model’s primary unobservable input utilizedCompany’s arrangements also include certain provisions for indemnifying customers against liabilities if its services and solutions infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights.

To date, the Company has not incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnifications or commitments and has not accrued any liabilities related to such obligations in determining the fair valueaccompanying consolidated financial statements.

Employment Agreements—The Company is a party to employment agreements with key employees that provide for compensation and certain other benefits. These agreements also provide for severance payments and bonus under certain circumstances.

24.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS AND CONTINGENCIES

In the ordinary course of business, the Private WarrantsCompany is from time to time, involved in various pending or threatened legal actions. The litigation process is inherently uncertain, and it is possible that the expected volatilityresolution of the common stock. The expected volatility as of the IPO date was derived from observable public warrant pricing on comparable ‘blank-check’ companies without an identified target. The expected volatility as of subsequent valuation dates was implied fromsuch matters might have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s own public warrant pricing.consolidated financial condition and/or results of operations. The Public Warrants for periods where no observable traded price was availableCompany’s management believes, based on current information, matters currently pending or threatened are valued usingnot expected to have a barrier option simulation. For periods subsequent tomaterial adverse effect on the detachmentCompany’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

25.
RELATED PARTIES

The Company has engaged in transactions within the Public Warrants from the Units, the Public Warrant quoted market price was used as the fair value asordinary course of each relevant date.business with entities affiliated with its principal equity owners.

The following table presents the changes in the fair valuesummarizes revenues and expenses with entities affiliated with one of warrant liabilities:

   Private
Placement
   Public   Warrant
Liabilities
 

Fair value as of July 3, 2020 (inception)

  $—     $—     $—   

Initial measurement on August 18, 2020

   22,792,602    20,412,606    43,205,208 

Change in valuation inputs or other assumptions

   68,063,584    38,651,394    106,714,978 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value as of December 31, 2020

  $90,856,186   $59,064,000   $149,920,186 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

There were no transfers in or out of Level 3 from other levels in the fair value hierarchy.

FPA Liability

The liabilityits principal equity owners for the FPAs were valued usingyears ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit card processing

 

$

811

 

 

$

399

 

 

*

 

Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee health insurance benefits

 

 

3,166

 

 

 

3,228

 

 

*

 

Human resources support services

 

 

237

 

 

 

242

 

 

 

246

 

Board of director fees for services, including related travel and out-of-pocket reimbursements

 

 

131

 

 

 

204

 

 

 

186

 

Sales tax processing and license fees for tax information

 

 

561

 

 

 

286

 

 

*

 

The following table summarizes amounts receivable and payable to entities affiliated with one of its principal equity owners as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Receivables

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit card processing

 

*

 

 

*

 

Payables

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee health insurance benefits

 

$

501

 

 

$

232

 

Human resources support services

 

*

 

 

*

 

Sales tax processing and license fees for tax information

 

*

 

 

*

 

Board of director fees for services, including related travel and out-of-pocket reimbursements

 

*

 

 

*

 

*Not significant

As of October 2022, the entity which provides sales tax processing and license fees for tax information is no longer affiliated with the principal equity owner and is no longer a related party.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company completed a strategic investment in a limited partnership (the “Investee”) in which the Company invested $10.0 million, plus $0.2 million of related fees and expenses, for an adjusted net assets method, whichapproximate 7% interest (see Note 13). The limited

89


partnership is consideredaffiliated with one of the Company’s principal equity owners. The limited partnership recognized no income or loss during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021.

During the year ended December 31, 2021 the Company issued 110,679 shares of common stock to be a Level 3 fair value measurement. Under the adjusted net assets method utilized, theboard member for aggregate commitmentcash proceeds of $175$1.0 million, pursuant to the FPAs is discounted to present value and comparedequal to the fair value of the shares at the time of issuance.

26.
NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

The Company calculates basic earnings per share by dividing the net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. The diluted earnings per share is computed by assuming the exercise, settlement and warrants to bevesting of all potential dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period using the treasury stock method. We exclude common stock equivalent shares from the calculation if their effect is anti-dilutive. In a period where the Company is in a net loss position, the diluted loss per share is calculated using the basic share count. The 8,625,000 Sponsor Vesting Shares that are issued pursuant toand outstanding at December 31, 2022 and 2021 are excluded from the FPAs. weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding until the vesting requirement is met and the restriction is removed.

The fair valuefollowing table sets forth a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used to compute basic earnings per share of common stock (in thousands, except for share and warrants to be issued underper share data).

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Numerator

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

38,406

 

 

$

(248,919

)

 

$

(16,876

)

Denominator

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares of common stock - basic

 

 

607,760,886

 

 

 

543,558,222

 

 

 

504,115,839

 

Dilutive effect of stock-based awards

 

 

35,080,710

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares of common stock - diluted

 

 

642,841,596

 

 

 

543,558,222

 

 

 

504,115,839

 

Net income (loss) per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.06

 

 

$

(0.46

)

 

$

(0.03

)

Diluted

 

$

0.06

 

 

$

(0.46

)

 

$

(0.03

)

Common stock equivalent shares of 8,108,217, 32,061,021, and 15,632,980 were excluded from the FPAs arecomputation of diluted per share amounts for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively, because their effect was anti-dilutive.

27.
SEGMENT INFORMATION AND INFORMATION ABOUT GEOGRAPHIC AREAS

The Company operates in one operating segment. The chief operating decision maker for the Company is the chief executive officer. The chief executive officer reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis, accompanied by information about revenue by type of service and geographic region, for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance.

Revenues by geographic area presented based onupon the public trading pricelocation of the Units issued in the Company’s IPO. The excess (liability) or deficit (asset) of the fair value of the common stockcustomer are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

United States

 

$

774,697

 

 

$

680,609

 

 

$

626,101

 

China

 

 

7,751

 

 

 

7,679

 

 

 

6,962

 

Total revenues

 

$

782,448

 

 

$

688,288

 

 

$

633,063

 

Software, equipment and warrants to be issued compared to the $175 million fixed commitment is then reduced to account for the probability of consummation of the Business Combination. The primary unobservable input utilized in determining the fair value of the FPAs is the probability of consummation of the Business Combination. As ofproperty, net by geographic area are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

United States

 

$

146,398

 

 

$

135,784

 

China

 

 

45

 

 

 

61

 

Total software, equipment and property-net

 

$

146,443

 

 

$

135,845

 

28.
DIVESTITURE

On December 31, 2020, the probability assignedCompany closed an Asset Purchase Agreement with a third-party buyer (the “Buyer”) to transfer its obligation of providing certain services and related assets and liabilities to the consummationBuyer for total consideration of $3.8 million, including $1.8 million of contingent consideration.

The divestiture did not constitute a discontinued operation or the Business Combination was 95% which was determined basedsale of a business.

The Company recognized a gain on an observed success ratesdisposition of business combinations for special purpose acquisition companies.

The following table presents a summary of$3.8 million during the changesyear ended December 31, 2020 within general and administrative expenses in the fair valueconsolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss). During the FPA liability, a Level 3 liability, measured on a recurring basis.

   FPA Liability 

Fair value, July 3, 2020

  $—   

Loss on change in fair value (1)

   69,874,782 
  

 

 

 

Fair value, December 31, 2020

  $69,874,782 
  

 

 

 

(1)

Represents the non-cash loss on change in valuation of the FPA liability and is included in loss on change in fair value of FPA liability on the statement of operations.

NOTE 11 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date up to the date that the financial statements were issued. Based upon this review, other than as describe below, except as described in Note 2, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBERyear ended December 31, 2020

On January 19, 2021, the Company entered intoreassessed the estimated contingent consideration and recognized a Convertible Promissory Notegain of $0.6 million.

90


Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures.

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the Sponsor pursuantparticipation of our CEO and CFO, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based on such evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded that as of December 31, 2022, our disclosure controls and procedures are designed at a reasonable assurance level and are effective to provide reasonable assurance that information we are required to disclose in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the guidelines set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013). Based on the evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2022. Our management's assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022, has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(d) and 15d-15(d) under the Sponsor agreedExchange Act) during the three months ended December 31, 2022 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to loanmaterially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures or the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company up to an aggregate principal amount of $2,000,000, which amount was drawn in full on the same day. have been detected.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

Item 9C. Disclosures Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspection

Not applicable.

91


PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

The Convertible Promissory Noteinformation required by this item is non-interest bearing and due on the date on which the Company consummates a Business Combination. If the Company does not consummate a Business Combination, the Company may use a portion of any funds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Convertible Promissory Note; however, no proceeds from the Trust Account may be used for such repayment. If such funds are insufficient to repay the Promissory Note, the unpaid amounts would be forgiven. Up to $2,000,000 of the Convertible Promissory Note may be converted into warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the Sponsor. The warrants would be identicalincorporated by reference to the Private Placement Warrants.

On February 2, 2021, the Company entered into a business combination agreement (the “Business Combination Agreement”), by and among the Company, Chariot Merger Sub and CCC. The Domestication, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement are hereinafter referredrelevant information in our Proxy Statement to as the “Business Combination”.

The Business Combination Agreement provides for, among other things, the following transactions on the closing date: (i) the Company will become a Delaware corporation (the “Domestication”) and,be filed in connection with our 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders within 120 days after the Domestication, (A) the Company’s name will be changed as determined by CCC in its sole discretion, (B) each outstanding Class A ordinary shareend of the Company and each outstanding Class B ordinary sharefiscal year ended December 31, 2022.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the relevant information in our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders within 120 days after the end of the Company will become one sharefiscal year ended December 31, 2022.

Item 12. Security Ownership of common stockCertain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the relevant information in our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders within 120 days after the end of the Company (the “Dragoneer Common Stock”),fiscal year ended December 31, 2022.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and (C) each outstanding warrantRelated Transactions, and Director Independence.

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the relevant information in our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders within 120 days after the end of the Company will become one warrantfiscal year ended December 31, 2022.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement to purchase one sharebe filed in connection with our 2023 Annual Meeting of Dragoneer Common Stock; and (ii)Stockholders within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022.

92


PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)
The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
(1)
Consolidated Financial Statements

The consolidated financial statements are filed under Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(2)
Financial Statement Schedules

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the Domestication, Chariot Merger Sub will merge with and into CCC, with CCC as the surviving companyinformation called for is not required or is shown either in the consolidated financial statements or in the notes thereto.

(3)
Exhibits

The exhibits listed in the following Exhibit Index are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit

Number

Description

2.1*

Business Combination Agreement, dated as of February 2, 2021, by and among Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp., Chariot

Opportunity Merger Sub, Inc., and Cypress Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Annex A to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus).

2.2

Amendment No. 1 to the Business Combination Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2020, by and among Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp., Chariot Opportunity Merger Sub, Inc., and Cypress Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Annex AA to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus).

2.3

Amendment No. 2 to the Business Combination Agreement, dated July 6, 2021, by and among Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp., Chariot Opportunity Merger Sub, Inc., and Cypress Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Annex AAA to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus).

3.1

Certificate of Incorporation of CCC Intelligent Solutions Holdings Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on August 5, 2021).

3.2

Bylaws of CCC Intelligent Solutions Holdings Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on August 5, 2021).

4.1

Description of Securities (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed by the Registrant on March 1, 2022).

4.2

Specimen Warrant Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by the Registrant on August 11, 2020).

4.3

Warrant Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp., dated August 13, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on August 19, 2020).

10.1

Shareholder Rights Agreement (incorporated by reference to Annex I to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus).

10.2†

CCC 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed by the Registrant on October 14, 2021).

10.3

Credit Agreement, dated as of September 21, 2021, by and among CCC Intelligent Solutions Inc., CCC, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Swingline Lender, and each lender and issuing bank from time to time party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on September 24, 2021).

10.4†

CCC 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed by the Registrant on October 14, 2021).

10.5**†

Employment Agreement, dated April 27, 2017, by and between CCC Information Services Inc. (as successor by merger to Cypress Intermediate Holdings II, Inc.) and Githesh Ramamurthy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by the Registrant on March 29, 2021).

10.6†

Employment Agreement, dated April 27, 2017, by and between CCC Information Services Inc. (as successor by merger to Cypress Intermediate Holdings III, Inc.) and Barrett J. Callaghan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by the Registrant on March 29, 2021).

10.7†

Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated April 25, 2022, by and between CCC Intelligent Solutions Holdings Inc. and Barrett J. Callaghan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on April 29, 2022).

93


10.8†

Employment Agreement, dated January 8, 2020, by and between CCC Information Services Inc. and Brian Herb (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by the Registrant on March 29, 2021).

10.9

Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on August 5, 2021).

21.1

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

23.1

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.

31.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as

Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as

Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.1***

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.2***

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley

Act of 2002.

101.INS

Inline XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

104

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

* Schedules and after giving effectexhibits to such merger, continuingthis Exhibit omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K Item 601(b)(2). The Registrant agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit to the SEC upon request.

** Schedules and exhibits to this Exhibit omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K Item 601(b)(10). The Registrant agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit to the SEC upon request.

*** Furnished herewith as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (the “Merger”).Exhibits 32.1 and 32.2.

Concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, the Company entered into subscription agreements (the “Subscription Agreements”) with certain investors. † Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary.

None.

94


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the Subscription Agreements, each investor agreedrequirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to subscribe forbe signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

CCC INTELLIGENT SOLUTIONS HOLDINGS INC.

By:

/s/ Githesh Ramamurthy

Githesh Ramamurthy Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

March 1, 2023

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and purchase,in the capacities and the Company agreed to issue and sell to such investors, on the Closing Date (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) immediately following the Closing (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), an aggregate of 15,000,000 shares of Dragoneer Common Stock for a purchase price of $10.00 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of $150,000,000.dates indicated.

/s/ Githesh Ramamurthy

March 1, 2023

Githesh Ramamurthy

(Principal Executive Officer)

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Brian Herb

Chief Financial & Administrative Officer

March 1, 2023

Brian Herb

(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/ Rodney Christo

Chief Accounting Officer

March 1, 2023

Rodney Christo

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/ Christopher Egan

Director

March 1, 2023

Christopher Egan

/s/ William Ingram

Director

March 1, 2023

William Ingram

/s/ Stephen G. Puccinelli

Director

March 1, 2023

Stephen G. Puccinelli

/s/ Eileen Schloss

Director

March 1, 2023

Eileen Schloss

/s/ Eric Wei

Director

March 1, 2023

Eric Wei

/s/ Teri Williams

Director

March 1, 2023

Teri Williams

/s/ Lauren Young

Director

March 1, 2023

Lauren Young

F-1995